#and this is a small sign for you (if you have the chances and privileges) to get everything with your bodies checked & to be kind to ur bod

[bunnyreaper]

the price we pay

kinktober 10 - fuck machine

dom!ghost x sub!reader x sub!soap

(18+/mdni, fuck machine, cuckolding vibes, bondage, degradation, negotiated kink, anal)

Belonging to Simon Riley brought with it a litany of mysteries, both large and small—it's a privilege and a burden you and Johnny both willingly signed up for. 

Simon was always the first (and often only) one to know things in your relationships—plans, observations, feelings, they'd all sit inside his head for weeks or months, waiting for the perfect opportunity to come out. Over time, you've learned to spot the signs of a brewing plan or ruminating thought. This one you picked up on fairly quickly, having made a game of it with Simon. 

Simon sits across from you, lonely on the loveseat as you lounge on the couch, lost in his phone with a focused squint. It's nothing unusual, the two of you spending time together peacefully coexisting in silence—but you sense something amiss.

"You're planning something." You whisper, eyes glued to him as he taps at something on his screen. 

He pauses, gaze connecting with yours as he stares you down, resolute with a slight smirk on his face. "Yeah, and?" 

"How long now?" You ask.

"3 weeks." 

"I'm getting faster, Simon!" You punch the air in victory, kicking and flailing your legs in a delighted little dance that makes your lover smile. "Okay, continue, I won't ask any more questions." You giggle as you bite your lip and turn your attention back to the TV, willing yourself to not think about the surprise. 

So you weren't caught completely unaware when one day an oversized, nondescript box was delivered to the door. Johnny's away on an assignment without you both, meaning whatever it is could only belong to Simon, and likely part of whatever he's been working on over the past several weeks. 

Johnny went away aware something was coming, but not knowing what—because unlike Johnny, Simon could keep a secret from his lovers. You've been resorting to unfair tactics with Simon, waiting until he's in his blissed-out, post fuck state to probe him gently. 

You lay draped across Simon, both of you completely bare as you cuddle up—his hot cum still oozing out of you. 

Now's your chance, you think. Simon's always more relaxed post-sex, and you're not going to ask too much. 

Threading your fingers up to his hair, you stroke his scalp and smile as his eyes slip shut. "Is it a gift?" 

"I suppose." He whispers, eyes cracking open as he eyes you wearily, you can see the cogs turning as he debates giving you an inch, and worrying you'll take a mile.

You study him intently, wondering if you can chance another. "For me?" 

"For all of us." He reaches to your chin, tilting it as he leans in for a breath-stealing kiss that silences any further inquiries. "Now that's enough." 

You nod, beyond satisfied as you snuggle back into Simon's chest and try to temper your excitement.

The package arriving perfectly in time for the day Johnny gets home from his mission is very suspicious. 

You'd both spent the afternoon cuddling Johnny on the couch before Simon disappeared upstairs with his box and ordered you both to stay out of the bedroom until he allowed you in. Johnny had probed you for what you knew, as he tried to come up with ideas for what it could be. 

"Mebbes it's a puppy, I'd like tha'" Johnny comments idly as he plays with your hair, stroking through it as he snuggles up behind you.

You giggle, but shake your head, not convinced by that theory. "I'd hope he wouldn't keep a puppy in the box for that long, plus surely it would've made a noise by now." 

"Hmm." Johnny hums. "King size weighted blanket?" 

Simon's eyes had lit up when you had mentioned it in the past. "Ooh, one we can all snuggle under." You wriggle back into Johnny, imagining the comfort of being cuddled up with your boys and blessed with the extra weight. Then again, you didn't really need a weighted blanket when you had them.

You hear Simon's footsteps as he starts to come back downstairs, and you turn over to shush Johnny with a kiss. "Quiet, don't get us in trouble." 

"Aye, lass." 

After an afternoon of soft closeness and conversation, the three of you would usually take this time to head to the bedroom and fuck the missing parties' brain's out, to catch them up on everything they've missed—but the atmosphere is so different, knowing whatever Simon has been planning is just waiting for you upstairs. 

When Simon nods in the direction of the stairs, you both obediently rush to your feet, heading upstairs as he leads the way. 

"Johnny, be a good boy and go take a shower for me." Simon's voice is a stern command as he reaches the landing and stops Johnny from entering the bedroom. "I'll come and get you when I need you, yeah?" 

"Yes, sir." Johnny nods, his eyes widening as they connect with yours. 

Separating the two of you isn't a good sign for what's to come, and your stomach flips with fear as you're led into the bedroom wordlessly.

"Simon?" You ask, voice hesitant he starts to grab some of the items he's prepared. The whispered name doesn't get a response, so you try again. "...Sir?" 

Simon stops dead in his tracks, turning to you with that expression, the one that tells you his slipping into his dom mindset—head whirring with his plans, with considerations for all of your safety and welcome, and with anticipation for what's to come. "On the bed, now. Clothes off." 

You freeze for a moment, swallowing thickly before you rush to throw up every garment you're wearing—they're hastily discarded on the floor, only to be collected and folded when Simon hits you with a stern look. 

Once you're bare, you lay on the bed, uncertain of what's to come and yet trusting in the other man completely. 

Simon repositions you as he wants you, turning you over on your stomach before pulling up your ass into the air.

The large object at the foot of the bed covered by the sheet hasn't escaped your attention. "What's that?" 

Simon follows your gaze, to the covered mound. Silently, he pulls away the covering to reveal the contraption underneath. 

A fucking machine.

"Wow, fuck. What are you planning?" You gasp, already squirming in anticipation.

Simon steals your focus, turning your head back into the bed. "You'll see." 

His hands run over your naked behind, trailing down your legs before he gets to work gently attaching a spreader bar to your ankles—preparing you to be able to take the dildo attached to the machine. When he's done securing your ankles, he gets to work on securing your wrists together so you're truly helpless. 

You squirm as you feel the lube drip onto your exposed holes, his finger working the slick into your pucker and preparing you. Your head spins, as you begin to anticipate the machine fucking your ass, until you feel the cold metal of a plug and Simon's hand holding your rear. He works slowly, opening you up on a finger or two until he can get the plug inside.  With that done, he leans over, close to your head. 

"Love you." He mumbles as he presses a kiss to the top of your head. "Safeword?" 

"Red." You confirm, relishing in the feeling of being so safe with your boyfriend and dominant. "Love you too, Si."

"Good girl." 

He gives you a once-over, checking everything is in place, before he moves away. Next, he gets to work on moving the machine, you can just see in your peripheral as you crane your neck that he's moving things around—and then you feel the tip poke at your entrance, positioned so carefully so as to not truly enter you.

"Fuck." You shiver with anticipation, trying to wiggle back onto it only to be met with strong hands stilling your hips. 

You're already so needy, you're barely able to think of how the evening might unfold or what this will all lead to. Right now, you just want relief.  "Are you gonna turn it on?" 

"Not yet." 

You crane your neck to watch as Simon leaves the room, leaving you exposed and anticipating. 

The conversation between him and Johnny in the bathroom is muffled, barely audible over the blood pumping in your ears. 

When they make it to the room, Johnny is being led by Simon, due to the silk wrapped around his eyes. Simon lays him face down on the bed next to you, pulling off his towel and leaving him exposed alongside you. Johnny's already rock hard in anticipation, his cock rubbing against the mattress.

"Why's he blindfolded?" You ask, brain trying to piece together what is happening, what Simon has in store.

Upon hearing your voice, Johnny's hand twitches, wanting to reach out to touch you but knowing instinctively he isn't allowed. Were it not for the blindfold, the two of you would at least be able to share meaningful looks.

"For the surprise." Simon mumbles, as he starts to gather lengths of rope to tie Johnny up with—by the looks of it, your boyfriend was going to be bound head to toe beside you. 

"Oh, so I shouldn't ruin it?" You giggle, teasing Simon with the fact you could disobey and give the game away before he's ready. 

Your words are met with a scoff, and you watch Simon scowl as he pauses. "Not unless you want to trade places with him." 

As Simon gets to work tying Johnny's arms and legs, you realise very quickly that the last thing you want is to trade places with Johnny—at least you're seemingly in more of a position to get pleasure tonight, whereas it seems Johnny might get denied. You also realise that when the blindfold comes off, Johnny's going to be fucking furious. 

"Am getting tied up, ooh." Johnny coos, his tone playful as his lips curl into a smirk. 

You watch, fascinated, as Simon works deftly, securing the black rope over every inch of Johnny's gorgeous body. 

"If it helps, Johnny, I'm a little restrained too—ow!" You don't get to finish your sentence, as Simon cuts you off with a sharp spank. 

"What did I say?" He growls, attention turning to you for a moment to fix you with a steely glare. 

You pout, but bite your tongue from giving any further hints—you know what's good for you, after all. "Sorry, I won't give anything away, sir. Promise." Hopefully, the groveling will keep you in Simon's good books. 

"Yeah, could still be anything." Johnny comments, conspiring with you to keep you out of trouble—bless him. You had a feeling the two of you won't be so allied in a few minutes. 

It becomes clearer to you with each second that this setup is one of Simon's games to play you against one another, and tonight you're the lucky one, rather than the punished. Of course, it's all only temporary, and in the spirit of everyone's enjoyment—outside of the bedroom, you all try your hardest to never create imbalances between you.

"Jokes on us, he's gonna tie us both up and leave us in here, so he can get some peace, Johnny." You joke, trying to keep the mood fairly light.

"'m getting close to it." Simon is back to grumbling, as he finishes up his binds on Johnny's limbs. "Safeword?" 

"Red." Johnny confirms, his expression turning more serious. 

Simon presses a kiss to his forehead before he gets to work on undoing the blindfold."Love you." 

"Love you—" Johnny's words are cut off as his eyes flicker open, and he takes a second to crane his neck around to take in the scene beside him. "—bastard." 

"Don't like what you see, Johnny?" Simon chuckles, low and full of mischief, as he walks toward the bottom of the bed, standing near the machine that is so close to working its way inside you. 

"Fuck you." Johnny snarls, his eyes looking angered and desperate as he meets your gaze. He is, as you expected, furious.

And you hate that his reaction makes you leak—he wants you so bad, and he's being denied, completely at Simon's mercy. 

You want to get fucked so bad, whether it's by Johnny or the machine or Simon, you don't care. But tonight, you know the only thing getting stuffed in your cunt is the dildo on the fuck machine. "Please, sir, please turn it on." The words rush out of your mouth before you can stop them, need coursing through your body.

There's a low growl from both men before Simon speaks first. "Tell Johnny how much you want it." His words are accompanied by him adjusting the dildo at your entrance, getting ready to grant your wish.

Johnny's eyes soften when you look to him, but the fury within is still evident. You hope he sees the softness in your eyes too, hope he can see how helpless you are right now under Simon's spell that is making you complicit.

"Johnny, want it so bad... fuck." You wiggle once more, trying to get any kind of relief. Johnny grits his teeth through the next part. "Tell him to turn it on for me, please."

Another growl from Johnny as he thrashes against the mattress, unable to really do anything at all. "These fucking ropes, as soon as I get—" 

His sentence is interrupted by your moan, loud and uninhibited as the dildo breaches you, working itself in at a tortuously slow rhythm.

Simon is messing with the controls in your peripheral. "How's that?" 

"Slow." You whine, desperate for more already. The machine picks up its pace, fucking into you more steadily as it strokes against your insides. "T-thank you." 

Simon makes his way back to the side of the bed, standing behind Johnny as he taunts the man with his touch, stroking his face delicately as if to subdue and tame a wild animal.

"Is it better than him?" Simon asks, leaning into your field of vision.

You look up at him, mind hazy and unsure what response he wants. Does he want you to humiliate Johnny for him? Is he going to make you say you prefer the machine just to exert his power and control?

Simon senses your hesitation, your need for guidance in this moment, and his hand comes to stroke your face, much like he is already doing with Johnny. "Just looking for the truth, pet."

Your eyes flicker back to Johnny's, noticing the way they shine with something other than anger—fear and humiliation, as he waits for your response. Poor, sweet Johnny, already being broken down into submission by Simon. 

"... No." You whisper truthfully, gaze fixed on Johnny, so you can catch his relief. 

Simon tuts, walking back to the controls to turn them up as if to try and change your mind. "Shame."

The machine's pace increases, ramming the dildo into your cunt faster and faster and forcing the moans out from your pretty little mouth.

Johnny turns ferocious once again. "Yer not seriously gonna leave me here while a machine fucks ma girl instead of me?!" He pleads, desperate and mad and so confused, and yet still working his hips into the mattress for relief. 

"Your girl?" Simon snarls, returning to tug at the roots of Johnny's hair until his head is floating off the bed. 

Johnny swallows, winces at the sensation, and attempts to correct himself. "Our girl." 

Simon throws his head down with little regard, as if he's disgusted to even have touched your other boyfriend.

"My girl." His voice is all growl, threatening and territorial as he crawls onto the bed, ignoring Johnny and his need in favour of yours. "Here's how this is gonna go, Johnny. You're gonna be a good boy and stay there." 

You hear the cap of the lube open, and slick sounds as Simon lubes up his cock—both you and Johnny are breathless in anticipation. 

Simon's fingers then work the plug out of you, and you know exactly what is coming next. You're about to get double penetrated, while Johnny lays there and watches, powerless to stop it. He's wanted both men to take you at once for so long, only to be denied. 

Now it was going to happen without him. 

You feel Simon nudge his cock at your pucker, spreading around the lube there and chuckling at Johnny's livid reaction.

"You're gonna stay there, and me this machine are gonna fuck her better than you ever could."  

#simon ghost riley x reader #soap mactavish x reader #ghost x reader #simon riley x reader #soap x reader #ghoap x reader #call of duty x reader #john mactavish x reader #john soap mactavish x reader #call of duty fanfiction #call of duty fanfic #kinktober #soap x ghost x reader

[popponn]

in perfection and in imperfection.

summary: he is loving, so much so, despite everything and because of 'everything' he calls as you. (a short headcanons of them as boyfriend, again.)

notes: january feels like it will be a busy month for me. in a good way, it's a good feeling. maybe this is also a sign i will meet rl isagi. those things aside, happy new year everyone. good luck for this year too. have this very fit of madness hcs. warnings: none, just fluff of downbad & lovesick boys, reader's gender unspecified.

characters: isagi, chigiri, rin

isagi yoichi—

is so understanding and sharp that you will never feel uncared for. most probably also got a list of your favorite things & important dates in his notes & calendar. even noel noa doesn't get that privilege. he is so downbad that everyone just accepts everything is second to you (and soccer).

is the type that gets so into you once you get his heart. do you worry that you might be #2 soccer? stay still babe, at some point you kind of mix in with 'the soccer' too honestly. every first goal? dedicated in your name. first person to call after a match? you—no matter how short or long it will be, it has to be you. he is away for a match overseas? you better be the one who gets a sleep call schedule ready because when yoichi wants something yoichi will somehow do it. and if you try to praise him—despite all the years of growing confidence—he still gets flustered like a boy with his first crush when it's you. it's as endearing as it is embarrassing to him. if someone points it out he will state it with pride though—after all, his feelings for you are one of his pride.

however, is also the type of guy who would rather shoulder as much as possible. he does it out of love, sure, but having him trying to swallow some problem under the guise of "forcing you to change something is a big no" is just asking for a bigger problem in the long run. so, you do have to be the one who gets the serious talks starting—and he sometimes could get really stubborn even though he is one of the most communicative ones so get ready for that. the thing with yoichi is that he really has to get it to accept it.

chigiri hyoma—

is a beautiful ikemen who walks with the charm of a shoujo manga lead maxed out. as in if this guy falls for you he just naturally acts like a shoujo lead who came to life. and he is also one of the most fashionable guys who puts attention and care on his and your appearance. try to aim for the cutest couple award and high chance you will win.

is also a very dedicated man. he will make sure you know how much he treasures you and it shows. he is not the tidiest person, he is also a pretty demanding guy, but with you? "fine, okay. i'm doing this just for you, you know," he says and hyoma doesn't lie. he will do anything for you. the amount of trust he puts on you is really evident too and he is not one to shy away from saying it. also, trust that this guy will gladly run across tokyo on a lazy monday morning during his rare break just to deliver you anything if you ask. he will demand kisses, yes, but that's also a benefit in its own way.

but, he is also very moody and, admittedly, impatient. so when he gets into this sort of mood you have to keep your head clear and deal with him until his head cools down. he won't hurt you—he will never—but without a doubt his attitude and wording could definitely drag your anger out. he also tends to focus on one thing and one thing only when he gets like this, while it has its benefits, during these times you have to be really patient when trying to talk to him.

itoshi rin—

is the type of guy who truly embodies "it's the small things". also, he is so attentive and combining this with the fact he is more into action than words—you honestly get yourself a gold mine of top-tier 'act of service' bf.

is actually very affectionate once you can translate his silent languages. he is always close to you at every chance he gets. it's not even funny. some people could translate this as some guard dog behavior, some braver souls translate this like a kid following the elder around, but honestly rin just likes being close to you. it calms him down in a way that also somehow manages to keep him awake—which is a nicer way to put 'this guy sometimes barely blinks when he is staring at you'. your happiness is one of his top priorities and he will bite someone literally if he has to just for that. this is how bad it is. but all in all, all of this is a way for him to keep an eye for you and be ready to assist you in anything—you need to take something? you need him to carry something? you want to buy something? just leave it to him, it will make him happy too. if you get overwhelmed? tell him, this guy is actually really quick to adjust things the moment he gets it. and for you? he will somehow do it even faster.

with all that being said though, this guy could get confusing at times. when he gets into a particularly negative thought, his first response would be to bark out his emotions and afterward distance himself. clearly, communication with him is hard. but despite all the silent treatment you get, he still wants to have you close—while being the one who keeps his distance from you. dealing with rin when he is being like this truly requires maturity and delicacy that probably rivals an esper skills.

#bllk imagines #bllk x reader #bllk #blue lock #blue lock fluff #blue lock x reader #blue lock scenarios #bllk fluff #blue lock imagines #bllk scenarios #bllk headcanons #blue lock headcanons #isagi x reader #rin x reader #chigiri x reader #itoshi rin x reader #isagi yoichi x reader #chigiri hyoma x reader #isagi fluff #rin fluff #chigiri fluff #isagi yoichi #rin itoshi #chigiri hyoma #wow bullet notes hcs i did it (it's still paragraphs) #also we are starting the isagi posting again its number 5 bby #january is starting off busy but writing this helps me calm down despite everything. having a hobby is fun. #back to sched. if this doesn't appear on tag then it's fate ♡ (will fix it up when im awake and aware sigh)

[miniwheat77]

American Honey. (Alejandro X Reader.)

!CW! NSFW, Smut, Sex Pollen, fuck or die, unprotected sex, reader getting bullied by Alejandro and his men, poorly translated Spanish, (sorry if I missed any)

I love the way this turned out, I hope you guys love it too! This was a request :) please comment and reblog so that this can reach other places, Alejandro is too good to go unseen 🥵

(Not edited because I’m lazy.)

Truth be told, you weren’t the biggest fan of this place.

You’d been adopted as a child and your adoptive family loved Mexico, which is how you ended up here. It wasn’t always the safest, but they seemed to like it. It was difficult growing up in an English speaking household, school was difficult, the kids there were mean to you, and as you got older, it only got worse.

You decided to join the special forces in the hopes that you’d be tucked away in an office somewhere, as little interactions as possible. But it’s not how everything worked out. You were on the front lines.

Everyone had a cool call sign, or nickname.

But you? You were just Gringa. Nobody liked you, you were different and people didn’t like different. Especially not the special forces.

You ended up on Alejandro’s base by chance. He didn’t want to let you in, but because you were the most skilled out of a lineup, he had no choice. He picked fun at you too alongside everyone else. The only person that was even remotely nice to you was Rudy. He and his wife had you over for dinner a couple times, and he even called you by your name. It was nice when people were kind to you, because it didn’t happen very often.

On more than one occasion, a few of the women on base cornered you in the women’s barracks. It got so bad that you had to be separated. When you brought it up to Alejandro, he told you that you either had to deal with it, or be separate. Of course, when you were given your own room, it only ramped up the harassment you got on a daily basis. Jealous that you were getting special privileges. They found other ways around you not being in the same barracks.

Which is why you walked around with a black eye and a split lip almost every day.

You didn’t want to fight back. They were your people and you refused to lay a finger on your own. You just wished they thought the same. You had just sat down, water bottle in hand. You knew better than to get in line to eat first. They’d always push you to the back.

“Gringa. You have mail, in my office.” Alejandro nods. This was unusual, usually he’d just bring it to you. You stood up and followed after him. Despite the fact that he harassed you too, you always obeyed him. You did right by him even when he didn’t reciprocate. He sits down at his desk, sliding a box out of his drawer. “I need to see what’s inside, that’s why I brought you in here.” You nod your head, pulling out your pocket knife and cutting the box open. You open it up, there’s a small black bag inside along with a letter. You unfold the letter, reading the inside.

“Hi Honey, we miss you so much. We wanted to let you know we’ve been thinking about adoption once again, you’ll have to give us a call when you get the chance. Your real grandfather from America sent this for you along with a small card on the inside. We thought it was sweet because you’re our American Honey. We hope you have better luck than you’ve been having. Keep your head up and don’t let them get to you too much.

Love, mom and dad.”

You pull the black bag open, sliding the contents into your hand. It’s a bunch of Honey Sticks. You smile, finally understanding the joke she’s made, American Honey. You take the card out that she mentioned and open it up. Inside is a photo of a woman, but you don’t really understand.

“Hello, I know you probably don’t know me, but I’ve always wanted to meet you. Your mother was a little young when she found out she was pregnant with you. She was a wild child, I’m sure you’re a wild child just like she was. I adored you from the day I met you, and when I found out your mom was giving you up, it shattered me. I hope I’ll get to meet you one day, I never did get the chance for anymore grandkids. You’re my only granddaughter. Here is some American Blueberry Honey from our farm, it’s all organic and it’s very sweet like I imagine you are. I’m writing this to you because your mom passed away unexpectedly. I felt you deserved to see her. I’m attaching a couple photos of her, and my address and phone number in case you ever want to call or write back. I’d really appreciate it if you did.”

You smile, looking down at the photos. For a minute, you forget where you are. You forget all about your Colonel’s judgmental eyes. You put the card back into the envelope, passing it to your Colonel. He has to look over everything. He doesn’t trust you.

You slide a couple of the honey sticks from the bag, looking over them.

“You were adopted Gringa?” He asks. You nod your head. He nods, “where were you born?” He asks. You shrug. “Somewhere in the states.”

He takes the bag from you, looking over it before passing it back to you. “Don’t forget we’re going on a mission tomorrow, everyone else needs rest from the last mission. You’re my only available soldier.” You nod your head. You always got left behind on missions. “Yes sir.” You stand up, picking up the box of stuff you’d just gotten. “Goodnight Gringa.” You nod your head. You were really starting to hate that fucking nickname.

—

The next day, you were dressed and ready. It was still early, you’d already eaten breakfast. You sat patiently outside of Alejandro’s office, waiting for his orders.

When the time came for you to leave, you finally got a breakdown of the mission.

“It’s nothing big, that’s why it’s just the two of us. Narcos have some other kind of operation going that we need to bust up, it’s probably only 5-6 men. We’re going to move slow, try to take them out from afar.” You nod your head. The both of you got on the helicopter, and it was quite a long ride. It was silent. Alejandro sat near the pilot and you sat in the back, admiring the view of the forest. It was dense. The green went on for miles. You couldn’t help but smile down at the peacefulness of it all.

“Something funny Gringa?” Alejandro asks. You can barely hear him, luckily the headset you’ve got on makes it easier. “No sir. Just admiring the views.” You turn your head back toward the window. You can hear Alejandro laugh quietly.

When you arrived a few miles away from the operation, you geared up completely. You had your sniper rifles, handguns, assault rifles, and plenty of ammo. You started hiking through the dense forest. Side by side. You were aware of your surroundings, ready for anything. You stayed calm despite the intense situation. You had a basic idea of what might be waiting for you, but you never knew what you could be walking into. Alejandro poked fun at you, but he actually really liked you. You were calm and collected. Fast on your feet. You were skilled when it came to any kind of combat. He knows he neglects you as a soldier. He sees the way they treat you around base and knows that he should intervene.

He doesn’t know exactly why he doesn’t.

When you get close enough to see everything going on, you get set up. Propping your rifles up to get a good view of all of them. “Shoot fast, Gringa. Can’t risk any of them getting away.” You nod your head, lining up your crosshairs with them.

You don’t wait for his orders, the moment one is lined up in your sights, you fire, kicking the empty bullet casing out of the gun and lining up for another shot. When the both of you finish, you’ve only killed 4. “Others must be in the building. Go ahead, I’ll cover you.” He nods. “Yes sir.” You stand up, leaving your rifle behind and drawing your assault rifle out. You hike down toward the building, keeping yourself covered with trees and walking as quietly as possible. It was a little difficult with the vegetation from the forest but you still did your best. Alejandro watches you in the scope of his rifle, watching ahead of you and around you. He hopes this mission will go smoothly. As you get closer to the building, he feels unsettled. ���Go slow gringa, something doesn’t seem right.” He says into his radio. “Yes sir.” You reply. You slow your speed, eyes scanning everything in front of you. Your senses are heightened because you’re nervous, you’re sure you’ll hear anything.

Unfortunately for you, it’s too late. You hear the soft patter of something hitting the ground in front of you, and only have a split second to react, covering your face with your arms and stepping back as the grenade explodes.

Alejandro watches in horror as you’re thrown back, dirt and debris fly into the air, a cloud of smoke covering his vision. “Shit!” He growls. He stands up, rushing to get to you. He sees a few men appearing out of the tree line, firing at each them. He rushes to you, kneeling next to you. “Gringa?” He asks.

You don’t know where you are. The darkness is nice, but it only lasts for a few seconds before you hear Alejandro’s gunshots. You’re being shaken by him, but the ringing in your ears overrides everything else. “Gringa? Can you hear me?” He asks. He shakes you again, seeing your eyes move. “Hey, you’re going to be okay.” He breathes. He’s looking over you, he can see a few wounds from Shrapnel, but he doesn’t see them anywhere serious. “Y/N!” He snaps in your face. You close your eyes tightly. Sitting up. “I’m fine.” You breathe. He helps you up and you flinch at the loud ringing. It starts to fade as you look around. It’s quiet now.

As peaceful as it was on the helicopter.

When the ringing fades out completely, you wish you could just lay there, stare up at the sky and enjoy the peace for just a second. What you’d give for it.

“Come on. We have to keep moving.” He breathes.

You move in quickly to sweep the building, it’s an old cement building, but the inside is actually pretty nice. It has to be for how long everyone stays out here. Months on end, making whatever drug their boss tells them to. You notice a few bottles of something red. You can tell it isn’t blood because of the translucent consistency. But it’s odd. You make your way back outside, noticing the work stations are all full of the same red liquid. There a few large barrels of it sitting outside. “The hell is this?” You ask aloud.

Alejandro is standing near you, and neither of you expect to be splashed with the liquid. You flinch away, turning and raising your guns at your assailant.

His maniacal laughter is what really scares you. He’s got a gunshot wound on his side, he’s not going anywhere. He’s leaned up against the barrel, plastic cup in his hand. “Es una droga sexual. ¡Ahora ambos están infectados!” He laughs again.

Alejandro moves in quick, he’s seething. “What did he say?” You ask. The man looks at you, eyes wide. He’s got an evil smile on his face. “estas con una gringa? ella no sabe español?” He laughs. Alejandro shakes his head. “¿Cuál es la droga?!” He yells. You flinch away at his tone of voice. “Vas a tener que chingarte a tu gringa linda, dejarla embarazada.” He purrs. “¿Qué significa eso?” Alejandro growls. Grasping the man by the lapels and slamming him back into the barrel. “La cura es el sexo, no hay otra. Buena suerte hermano.” He smirks. His teeth are red from his blood.

“No eres hermano mío, solo un cobarde.” You flinch as Alejandro raises his pistol up, firing into the man’s head. His body slumps forward and Alejandro stands up, letting out a frustrated sigh. “What did he say? What is this?” You ask.

He rubs his face in frustration.

“It’s a sex drug.”

You look confused. “I don’t understand.”

“It’s a sex drug, but it’s in the early stages of development, that’s why we’ve never heard of it before. He said..” he pauses. “If the infected doesn’t have sex, they’ll die.”

“And what he splashed on us.. was that-?” You look at him. He nods his head. You turn away from him. “There’s no other cure?” You ask. “No. Not something we’ll find in time.”

“Well. Suppose we should head back. Say our goodbye’s.”

His turns quickly to look at you. “What?” He asks.

You look at him. “What?”

“Y/N.. we can get through this if…” he swallows hard. You raise your eyebrows. “What? If what?” You cross your arms. Looking at him. “If I have sex with you? Are you out of your mind?” Alejandro’s assumptions have clearly stuck a nerve. “You’re loco if you think I want to have sex with you!”

“But you’d rather die? I’ll have to say Gringa, that’s pretty harsh.” He smiles. “That right there is exactly why I’d rather die.” You seethe. He looks confused. “My goddamn name is Y/N.” You growl. He steps closer to you. “Watch your tone with me.” He growls. “I’m going to die anyways.” You shake your head. “What, you’ll let us both die over me calling you Gringa? Really?” He breathes.

“It’s not just you.” You shake your head. “It’s everyone.” You voice is low and aggressive. “They call me gringa. I’m last to eat, last to shower, last to be chosen for missions. I haven’t had dinner in a week. They exclude me, treat me like shit. They corner me in the goddamn bathroom and beat the holy hell out of me. And my Colonel? The one who’s supposed to give a shit? Doesn’t say a word when he sees the bruises they’ve left. You had no right to call that man a coward. You’re the biggest coward I’ve ever met.” You spit your words at him like they’re laced with venom. Like they’ll drop him dead in a few seconds. He sighs. Everything you’ve said is true. He’s mistreated you.

“I’m sorry.” He breathes. “Querida…” he trails off. “I know I’ve been bad to you. But I can change it.” He breathes. “No.” You shake your head. “Make yourself comfortable because I’m not changing my mind.” You breathe. You shove passed him, walking into the building. You go into one of the rooms, sitting down on the bed. You take your shoes off, pulling the blanket off. Walking back outside. You walk into the woods a little more, laying the blanket out. “What are you doing?” He asks. “Enjoying the peace and quiet.” You breathe. He nods. “Mind if I join you?” He asks. You shrug. He sighs, sitting down next to you. You’re laying on your back, looking up at the sky. “Cloudy.” He mumbles. “Yeah. Hopefully it’ll rain.” You smile. “I like when you smile.” He laughs. “Why?” You look at him. “Because you don’t do it often. Earlier in the helicopter, I was admiring you.” He laughs. You roll your eyes. “Also, when you saw that letter from your family. I like their nickname for you, American Honey.” He smiles. You can’t help but laugh at this. “If this is you trying to get me to have sex with you, it’s not going to work. He rolls his eyes. “I can be a gentleman without the intention of trying to have sex with you, Mocosa.” He laughs. “I’m serious. Why do they call you that?” He smiles. “They said I was too sweet. As a kid I knew no stranger, so they called me American Honey.” You look down. “American Honey? I don’t think I’ve ever had any.” He shrugs. You think for a second, sighing.

You grasp hold of your pocket on your jacket, the Velcro making a tearing sound as you pull it open, you slide out a few of the honey sticks, passing one to him. “It’s blueberry honey.” You nod. He takes it from you. “You have to bite the top to split the film open.”

You bite the top of yours, feeling the honey drip into your mouth. You can’t help but smile as you watch Alejandro struggle to open his. You laugh. Reaching your hand out. “Here.” You say. He passes it to you and you turn it to the other side, biting it open for him. “Thank you.” He smiles. You can feel the effects of the drug beginning to kick in. You want to kick yourself for the way you’re looking at him. He’s getting more and more attractive by the minute. You hear a groan leave his lips. “This is really good.” He breathes. “It is really sweet.” He licks his fingers where it’s dribbled onto them. You have to force yourself to look away. The tightening in your lower stomach becoming harder and harder to ignore. “Here, have another.” You pass him the other. “Open it for me, Cariño?” He smiles. You nod. You bit it open, flinching as it pops into your mouth. Alejandro freezes up, having to force himself to look away from your lips, and how sweet they’re looking. He’s felt the drug working but has ignored the way his pants have gotten tight. He takes the stick of honey from you, and watches as you lay back.

The minutes tick by and his heart is racing, the arousal he feels is almost unbearable. You can barely focus on anything, his heavy breathing, the smell of him. It’s too much. “I’m sorry.” He breathes. “I’ve got to get away from you, or I won’t be able to stop myself.” He breathes. Just as he stands up, you’re quick to yelp. “Wait!” You breathe, sitting up. He turns to look at you, confusion written all over his face. You’ve shed your jacket and he didn’t realize it, but he can see how hard your nipples are through your shirt. “What?” He asks. “You.. you don’t have to.” You breathe. You’ve got your knees pressed together. Tightening your thighs to try and ease the ache you feel between them. He steps toward you, and he can see the fire burning in your eyes. You don’t move away or tell him to stop. “Are you sure?” He asks. You nod your head. He lowers himself to his knees, thankful for the blanket beneath him. He moves himself between your legs, licking his bottom lip as he leans into you. His lips brush over yours lightly. Hips presses into yours. He moans out when you rock your hips ip into him, desperate for some kind of relief. He presses his lips to yours, he kisses you hard.

He can taste the honey on your tongue, and he’s addicted right there. You moan into his lips when he rocks his hips into yours. He pulls away, but only to attach his lips to your jawline, moving down to your throat. He’s biting at the skin, feeling your heart beat as he runs his tongue along your jugular vein. He pulls your shirt up and over your head, helping you remove your bra with it. He attaches his lips to one of your nipples, sucking at it gently, feeling you buck your hips up into him. He can’t help smile into you. He doesn’t want to neglect you, moving to attach his lips to other. You wrap a hand in his hair, whining out at the attention he’s giving you. “Alejandro- want you so bad.” You breathe. “You’ll have me, ser paciente.” You nod your head. He kisses lower, over your chest and belly, tugging your pants down your legs. You take a deep breath as he glides his hands down your hips, kissing over your belly button. He looks up at you, dipping down to press a kiss against your clit. Cock twitching at the mewl you let out. You whine, raising your hips into him. Desperate for attention. He pushes your hips down, wrapping his arms around your thighs to hold you still. His tongue gliding up through your folds has a sigh leaving your lips. He moans into.

“Taste so fuckin sweet..” he mutters, chuckling into you. “You’ve got the perfect nickname, you’re just as fucking sweet.” He growls, burying his face into you, starting his assault on your clit. You blush, looking away. You try to squirm out of his grasp but he holds you tight. You clutch the blanket beneath you, moaning out as you look up at the sky. You can feel the sting from the shrapnel still buried in your skin, but you’re overwhelmed. The peacefulness and the way he makes you feel overrides any pain you’ve felt.

You’re getting louder with each flick of his tongue and he knows you’re getting close, but he doesn’t want you to cum like this. He pulls away, feeling you whine at the loss of friction. “Relax, I’ll give your pussy the attention it needs.” He smiles, unbuckling his belt.

He wipes his face, moving his hips up to yours. “You sure you want this?” He asks. You nod your head eagerly. He pushes the tip of his cock up against your entrance and you bite your lip. You close your eyes as he sinks into you, clutching the blankets hard. The pleasure is intensified from the drug you’ve taken and the both of you nearly cum right there, moaning out. “Fucking hell you feel good.” He growls, moving to kiss you. “You taste yourself on me? Hm?” He smirks, starting to thrust his hips into you. He’s starting at a brutal pace and you can’t keep it together as he fucks you.

“You taste sweet yeah? Sweeter than that honey.” He smiles. His belt rattles as he thrusts into you. The sound is distracting you. The thought of what it is, him fucking into you so good. You can’t keep it together. “I’m gonna cum-“ you whimper. “Already?” He chuckles. He’s taunting you. You nod your head. “Yes!” You moan. He lifts your thighs up, thrusting deeper, trying to get a better angle on you. “Rub your clit for me.” He breathes. You nod your head, still obeying him. You rub circles over yourself, and he fuels the burning fire with his words.

“Yes- such a good girl. Always doing what you’re told. Yeah, rub that sweet pussy for me baby.” He growls. He can feel his own high approaching pathetically fast. “I’m- I-“ he laughs at your lack of words, feeling your legs shake as he pushes you into your orgasm. You cry out, tears slipping from the corners of your eyes as you shut them tightly. You soak his cargo pants, and he growls as he feels your arousal on him. He doesn’t stop fucking you, even with you being overwhelmed. He’s chasing his own high. He leans down to kiss you again, desperate for the taste of sweetness he knows he’ll get from you. He kisses you hard, feeling your tongue move against his own. You moan into his lips, wrapping your legs around his back.

“Give it to me, Colonel.” You look him in the eyes. He growls, thrusting harder if it’s possible. “Beg for it.” He breathes. “Please-“ you gasp. “Please cum inside me, I’ve been good for you. Please give it to me!” You whine. His heart is pounding, cock twitching as he gets closer and closer to his high. “Fuck, I’m gonna cum.” He gasps. “I’m gonna give it to you, Cariño. Trust me.” He groans. He has a death grip on your thighs. When he reaches his high, he’s sensitive before he even finishes. It’s the most intense orgasm he’s ever had by far. He holds your hips tightly into him, taking slow deep thrusts to ride out his high.

“Oh fuck-“ he gasps. He slides out of you, watching his filth spill out of your pussy. The relief you feel is immediate. Hearts are no longer racing. He lays next to you on the blanket, panting as he comes down from his high, looking up at the sky. “I’m sorry if I was too rough.” He breathes, looking at you. “You weren’t.” You blush.

Just then, your radio’s go off.

“Colonel, do you copy?”

“Colonel do you copy? Exfil is still about an hour out, it’s going to be dark soon.”

“We’re on our way.” He says into the radio.

He helps you up. You both redress yourselves quickly.

“We’ve got to make quick work of this, got a lighter?” He asks. You pass him the one you keep on you at all times and he picks up a stick, lighting it on fire. He throws it into a barrel of liquid and you both run away quickly.

The barrel explodes and the whole area around it bursts into flames. You both admire it for a second. “Let’s go.” He grasps your hand, pulling you along. He hands you back you lighter.

It doesn’t take too long to reach exfil, but the wetness you feel from Alejandro’s cum is a little uncomfortable and he can tell by the way you keep shifting yourself on the seat in the helicopter, sending you a wink every once in a while. You turn your head away from him each time, blushing.

—

When you get back, you go straight to the infirmary for your wounds to be treated from the explosion. While you’re recovering, Alejandro has a quick meeting with his soldiers.

“I want everyone to know that Y/N isn’t going anywhere. I want you all to treat her the same as you treat everyone else. She saved my life today and she didn’t have to. If I see anyone mistreating her from this moment forward, you will be discharged from my base. Do I make myself clear?” His voice is stern.

“Yes sir!” They all say in unison. “Thank you! Go back to eating.” He calls.

He makes his way to the infirmary to check on you. Unsure of what to do with these newfound feelings that he has for you, and what in the hell he’s supposed to do if you’re pregnant.

#call of duty mw2 #soap mw2 #cod mw2 #ghost mw2 #captain john price #price mw2 #alejandro mw2 #captain price #johnny soap mactavish #mw2 smut #alejandro vargas #alejandro x reader #alejandro cod

[httpjungkookcom]

Man Eater Hunting | JJK (m)

Pairing | Jungkook x Reader

Word Count | 46K (It’s a long one.)

Genre | Idol! Jungkook x "Man Eater”! Reader, Hella Smut 

Summary | Namjoon’s never very aware of what he says when he’s drunk, and this time is no exception to that rule. Unknowingly, Joon creates a chain of events that lead to his youngest member actively chasing his best friend. All under the pretense that you’re an untouchable, unpleasable, man eater. 

Index | sexual content, dirty talking, Jungkook also gets praised a lot so kind of praise kink (?), fingering (both male and female receiving, oops), oral (both male and female receiving), unprotected sex, sub! Jk for the majority, soft dom! Jk at the end, overstimulation, hair pulling, jungkook is so shy and flustered around reader, big schlong jk, jungkook pinning like never before

A/N | They fuck A LOT. Also based off my previous post: Popular Jungkook who is just DYING to get into the readers pants. But she knows this and can obviously tell, so she makes it her absolute mission to tease him to hell and back...… … and does his absolute best to make her cum until her legs give out. 

Parties were never really your thing, in high school, in college, and even into adulthood, they’ve never been very appealing to you. The loud, head splitting music, mixed with human bodies dancing and slamming into each other, and lastly the stale smell of sweat and spilt drinks is enough to make your mind reel. Namjoon, as much as you love him, is lucky that you’ve even shown up. Granted, he did tell you it would be “A small get together with my members and a few friends.” As the house continues to fill with bodies, you now realize that he’s used his intelligence to trick you into coming.

There's happy birthday signs strung up above the door frames, balloons tied to table centerpieces, and shiny streamers littered all over the house. Namjoon himself is wearing a crown (that you bought him as a joke), and a sash that reads an obnoxiously immature BIRTHDAY BOY!!! that came with the crown. Admittedly, despite it being his birthday, he does look a bit ridiculous as he welcomes guests in. 

From the couch, you watch and laugh at some of the guests' reactions to Namjoon’s outfit. Some aren’t surprised in the slightest, giving him a warm embrace before immediately making their way inside. Most people head for the kitchen, making themselves some sort of alcoholic drink before socializing. However, other’s are clearly taken back by his outfit, wide eyes beginning to question his choices. You can hear a faint, “How much money did it take to convince you to wear this?” from the door, causing you to smile. Namjoon answers with a heartwarming, “Y/N bought it for me.” This makes you smile even harder, watching your best friend since freshman year in college. 

Eventually, everyone is filtered in and mingling, finally giving Joon a break from his hosting job. Namjoon is holding your hands, dragging you up from the couch before you even have a chance to argue with him. “Jungkook is here, you gotta meet him!” Namjoon yells over the music, dragging you to the youngest member you’ve yet to have the privilege to meet. Every time you’ve visited Joon, Jungkook was always scheduled to do something else. You’ve never really thought much of it, assuming that you’d meet whenever you got the chance to. 

“Namjoon-Hyung!” Is yelled over the music, causing both you and Joon to spin around almost immediately. You can see the smile on Namjoon’s face even in the dark, Joon dragging you by the hand over to the voice. While you did hear it, you’re unsure of who it was as the mass of bodies collided with one another. 

“Jungkook! I was just coming to look for you. I want to introduce you to my friend from college, we’ve been good friends for years now. Jungkook, this is Y/N, Y/N, this is Jungkook, the youngest member of our group.” Namjoon quickly introduces you, a bright smile adorning his face throughout the entire interaction. “Y/N’s met everyone but you, Kook. You’re always so busy whenever she comes around.”

“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Jungkook.” You smile, bowing slightly to him. He quickly returns the gesture, bowing lower than you. 

“The pleasure is all mine, believe me. Namjoon-Hyung has told me so much about you over the years. You’re almost like a celebrity within our group.” Jungkook chuckles, earning a small elbow to the ribs from Namjoon, which he ignores. Before you can even fully register, Namjoon is being whisked away by another party guest. You and Jungkook are left standing awkwardly in the middle of the room, sharing glances but neither of you know what to really say. 

“It was really nice meeting you, I'll definitely see you around Kook.” You smile, giving him a small bow once more before making your way back to your comfort couch. Much to your surprise, Jungkook is following you back, taking a seat next to you. As you get comfortable on one side, you raise an eyebrow as he occupies the other cushion. “Kook? What’s up?” You question a small smirk playing on your face. From the way he’s sitting, you already can see what he wants. He’s leaning back, legs spread a considerable amount, one arm is the back on the couch, hand just barely behind your shoulder blades. His other hand rests on the arm rest next to him, holding his drink. 

He leans into you, “I’ve heard a lot about you, you know?” He says, his voice smooth and soft in your ears. You can almost hear the flirt in his voice. 

“Yeah? All bad things I hope.” You answer back, almost allowing your lips to graze his ear. At this, you can see him readjust his hips to face you a bit more. At the move, his arm is now closer to fully encompassing your body. 

“I can definitely say I’m not disappointed.” Kook answers back, “You’re very pretty, Y/N.” 

“You’re very attractive too, bun.” You mumble, allowing your lips to graze his ear. You can almost see him melt, hips now continuously readjusting as you place a hand on his closest knee. Spotting Taehyung across the room, you smile slightly. “Your band members are looking at you.” You giggle, nodding over to them. Jungkook slightly untangles himself from your pretzel, looking across the room to them. Taehyung is staring at Jungkook, eyes slightly wide. You can see Jimin standing by Tae, but you’re honestly not sure if he’s paying you any mind. “Was this your plan for tonight?”

Jungkook snaps his head back over to you, quick to open his mouth to refute the situation. He calms slightly as you smirk at him, hand just sliding up the slightest onto his thigh. “I think they’re just surprised you’re here, don’t pay any attention to them.” With a smirk spread across his face, he places a small kiss onto your jaw. A small hum is enough to spur him on, another kiss being placed lower onto your neck. 

“Meet me in the upstairs bathroom.” You whisper to him, glancing across the room one last time. Tae is still stealing glances, likely doing his best to see how Jungkook’s flirting is progressing. At the eye contact, his attention is quickly diverted to the floor. Jungkook almost jumps out of his skin, eyes blown wide at your suggestion. You offer a question. “Did I misread, bun? Is that not what you wanted?” 

“No, no it’s great. I’ll meet you there, you go first.” Jungkook answers, sitting back on the couch to allow you to get up. You do, making your way past Tae and towards the stairs. It’s almost 5 minutes before the door is opened again, Jungkook slowly stepping into the room. For a minute, you truly didn’t think that he would come and meet you in the bathroom. Unknown to you, Jungkook just whisper-yelled to Taehyung for approximately four and a half minutes before hauling ass to the bathroom. 

“I thought you said she was hard to bag!! She told me to meet her in the bathroom!” Jungkook answers, eyes wide as he stares at Taehyung. 

“Well, I don’t know! That’s just what I’ve heard. Maybe she likes you!” Tae answers, looking up at the stairs to ensure you’re not lingering. 

“Well what do I do?”

“Kiss her? Give her head? She gives you head?” Taehyung is throwing out any ideas from his brain, wondering just how Jungkook got himself into this situation. 

Taehyung heard once, from a very drunk Namjoon, that you were impossible to please. A ‘man eater, but without multiple partners’ as Joon drunkenly babbled. Thinking it was funny, Tae told this to Jungkook (who was then determined to prove Tae wrong.) Truthfully, Jungkook wasn’t really expecting you to offer a trip to the bathroom. After being introduced to you, Jungkook was expecting you to shut his attempts down immediately. You’re much prettier than he imagined, your looks and sweet personality going straight to his head. 

“So how do I woo her over?”

“Dude, she’s going to eat you alive.” Tae mumbles, pushing him up the stairs. At the shove, Jungkook slightly trips up the stairs as the toe of his boot hit’s the edge. It’s like sending your son off to war, knowing there’s a very real possibility of him being eaten alive. Glancing over to Jimin, Jimin can only giggle. 

“Didn’t think you were going to show for a second there.” You giggle, gently grabbing his collar and pulling him closer to your body. “Thought you were going to stand me up.” You smile, placing a hot kiss on his neck. Immediately, he’s putty in your hands as a small whimper falls past his lips. “What held you back, talking to Tae?” You ask, placing more kisses to his neck and jaw. He easily follows your lead, shuffling over to the closed toilet before sitting down. You follow, straddling his thighs and easily sitting on his lap. 

“How? …No.” Jungkook mumbles, “Nothing like that.” 

“Hm, is that so?” You smile, pressing your body closer to his. You easily tangle your hands in his hair, tugging slightly. Finally, your lips brush across his, the slightest touch making Jungkook keen. Eventually, you give in despite your better judgment, smashing your lips onto his. 

Easily, he kisses you back as if you’ve rehearsed it before. Each movement is precise, lips molding into one another's. You can taste the faint alcohol on his lips from his drink, a mix of strawberry and some other flavor. One of his hands holds your waist, the other resting on the curve of your ass as he pulls you closer to his chest. Without realizing, you're slowly grinding your hips into his. Each tug on his hair, each bite on his lips earns you a small whine.

“My whiny, needy baby.” You hum, earning another whimper from Jungkook. The tent underneath you is undeniable, Jungkook’s jeans clearly constricting him. “My sweet boy, sweet bun.” You hum, allowing your hands to slip underneath his shirt. Slowly, you rake your hands along his torso, feeling every inch of skin you can reach. “But, I’m not that easy Kook. Not sure what Tae told you, but I don’t sleep with every guy that gives me the slightest bit of attention.”

Jungkook’s eyes suddenly widened for the second time of the night, “No, no Tae didn’t say that. Nothing like that, I swear.”

“What did he say?” You hum, placing kisses along his neck. You listen to him scramble to explain what the situation is, obviously distracted as his hips begin to buck slightly against you. “Tell me what secret you’re passing around about me.”

Jungkook swallows hard before speaking, “We, uhm, we don’t think you sleep with everyone. W-we’d never think that of you. It’s the opposite actually…man eater.”

“Man eater?” You ask again, pulling a nod from him. You honestly have to fight that laugh that threatens to escape your throat. “You might get lucky next time, bun.” You smile, “Today though, I’m afraid you and Tae’s little scheme used up all your luck.”

“Wait-” You speak before he has the chance to continue his defense.

“I’ll see you next time, Kook.” You smirk, placing a small kiss onto the corner of his mouth before leaving the bathroom. Walking downstairs, you avoid Tae’s glance with a burning vigor. Your head is held low as you scurry past him and Jimin, darting as fast as possible into the kitchen. Quickly scanning the room, you find Namjoon by the sink pouring shots out. With a chorus of groans and complaints from his friends, you pull him aside. His eyes are slightly wide as he stares back at you, both concerned and confused. 

“Long story short, Jungkook hit on me but I could tell something was up with him and Tae. So I made out with him in the bathroom and left him with a boner because apparently Tae and him think I'm a man eater. And now, I'm trying to figure out who told them I'm a so-called man eater. Hm, Kim?” He’s a bit tipsy, and isn’t exactly processing your entire question. Namjoon’s eyes are wide as he stares back at you. 

“You made out…with Jungkook?” He points an accusatory finger at you.

“Yes, I just said that.”

“And he liked it? He got a boner?? He likes you then!”

“Yes, maybe? I don't know. Listen,” You’re a bit shocked at the lack of understanding, so you reiterate. “Namjoon, did you tell them I'm a man eater?”

“Sober? No.” Namjoon states, pausing to think. “Drunk… maybe.” Maybe? What does he mean by maybe?

“Namjoon…”

“What? You know how I am when I’m drunk, I like to share my infinite knowledge with my friends.” He laughs at himself, half expecting you to laugh with him. Instead, you stare at him with a sense of disbelief. “Okay, fine. I think it was new year and it was only me, Tae and Yoongi I think. And I was kinda drunk, and I was telling them some college story about us. I think when we lived in that shitty apartment together, where you could hear through the walls? And it kinda smelt like paint all the time?” He explains, beginning to get off topic. One glance at you and he quickly returns to the issue at hand, “And I think I just blurted it out without realizing. And then threw up in the bathroom.”

“New years? Joon, that was so long ago!” You whine, fake strangling him as he laughs at you. Even if you really tried, you don’t think you could be actually angry at him. You’ve known him for so long now that you’re well aware that he genuinely didn’t  mean any harm, and sometimes he just gets ahead of himself. “Okay, I'm running out of here before Jungkook has a chance to catch me again. Since it’s your birthday, I won't kill you yet. Happy birthday, Joon. I love you, I'll see you later.” You wrap him in a quick hug before pulling back, gently fixing his tilted crown, and then effectively booking it out of there. You assume Jungkook would be by Tae, so you avoid the stairs as you exit the house. Driving home, you try to convince yourself that it could be worse. 

Tae easily grabs Jungkook as he sprints down the stairs, catching his elbow before he has the chance to scurry after you. “Kook? What happened? You get her?” Taehyung has the biggest boxy smile spread across his face, a hint of disbelief in his eyes. So much for you being a so-called man eater by Joon. 

“What? No. Not even close.” Jungkook mumbles, hands coming in front of him. 

Tae continues to hold his elbow, noticing the shift. Glancing down, Tae see’s Jungkook clearly trying to cover his crotch with folded hands. Jimin also notices the folded hands, mixed with the slightly embarrassed expression written all over his face. “Are you serious right now?” Tae asks, faking a gag as he rips his hand away. A small laugh comes from Jimin, furthering Kook’s embarrassment. “So what happened?”

“She sat me down on the toilet, made out with me, and then asked me to tell her what me and you were up to.” Jungkook mumbles, “and pulled my hair and called me her whiny needy baby.”

“That’s hot.” Jimin inputs his two cents, the three men all nodding slightly in agreement. 

“So what now? Did you get her number, maybe she’s just not the hookup in a bathroom type.” Tae asks, smacking Jungkook's arm with a smile. 

“All she said is she’ll see me next time, so that’s  good I guess?” Jungkook groans, “Tae, she’s hot. Like really, really hot.” 

As the next couple of weeks progress, Jungkook thinks that he’s never going to see you again. Purposely, he’s been going to group hangouts just on the off chance you come to one of them. The members notice this right away, teasing him out of a confession. Admittedly, the confession still doesn't stop the teasing. Jimin and Tae act as Kook’s wing men from then on, both slightly shocked that his liking to you wasn’t just a one time thing. When Jungkook mumbled, I think I kinda maybe like Y/N, Jimin and Tae shared a glance that could have conveyed 1000 words.  

To save him the embarrassment, the two of them take turns going to group events just on the off chance that you show. Jokingly, they made a 3 way pinky promise to text the group chat the second they catch sight of you. The group chat, consisting of the three of them, is called Mission Y/N : Kook’s Man Eater. (Jungkook’s complaints were met by deaf ears, and he was outvoted 2 to 1.) It’s a random Saturday night when the group chat is pinged (Jungkook even turned on notifications), the message “Hottie spotted, Yoongi, Joon, her and me at karaoke bar” from Jimin on his screen. 

Jungkook gets ready like a madman, doing his absolute best to put on an attractive outfit. This includes his signature chunky boots matches with various accessories. Before even replying to the group chat, Jungkook is running out of his house. Jungkook shows up relatively unannounced, shocking everyone slightly as he steps into the room. Jimin is the least surprised, Yoongi the most as he shouts “When did you show up?!” over the music. The commotion causes you to look over, honestly slightly surprised to see him too. Looking at Joon, he just shrugs it off, continuing to belt into a microphone. 

Everyone settles down, all taking their respective seats. Jungkook sits in between Joon and Jimin, you on the other side of Joon, and then Yoongi on your other side. Jungkook can’t even convey how badly he wants to switch places with Joon, but he doesn’t mention it. It’s not until Yoongi and Joon stand up, declaring “We ordered more drinks, but we’re gonna go help the staff grab them. We ordered a lot,” that Jungkook has a chance to interact with you. Seeing the obvious opportunity, Jimin delivers a slap to Jungkook’s back before following the two of them out, mumbling a small “I’ll help!” 

“Thought Joon said you weren’t gonna come?” You laugh, taking the chance to slide closer to Jungkook. He’s cute when he’s flustered, doing his best to maintain his composure and come up with answers that make sense. He looks good underneath the flashing lights, his piercings and jewelry sparkling whenever the light catches them. “You look good tonight, bun.”

The pet name immediately shoots to his core, a small hum falling past his lips. “Couldn’t miss you being here.” he smiles, wrapping an arm around you and pulling you closer to his body. 

“Think your luck is better today?” You smile, kissing his jaw. 

“I really want it to be.” Jungkook mumbles, almost sounding like a whine. 

“Surely not in the karaoke room?” You smile, leaning up to place a kiss onto his lips. His eyes are slightly hooded, taking and relishing in whatever touch you give him. He’s extremely sensitive as you slip your hand underneath the slightly unbuttoned shirt, gently pinching a nipple. His chest pushes forward against your hand, seeking more touch. “How’d you deal last time, find someone to sleep with besides me?” You tease, allowing your hand to fall to his lap. “Are you always this easy to rile up or do you just really like me?” You smile, gently grinding the palm of your hand into him. 

Jungkook let’s out a small moan, allowing his head to fall into the crook of your neck to muffle himself. “No, just really like you.” He admits, face flushing a bright red. Before you have another chance to tease him, he speaks up, “Let me take you on a date, please.”

“A date?” you smile, grinding your palm with a bit more pressure. “I thought you just wanted to fuck?” You laugh, watching as Jungkook pulls his face back slightly, heavy eyes staring at you as if his life depends on it. 

“Please, I wanna take you out. Anywhere you want, anytime.” He mumbles, leaning forward. Your lips easily connect, Jungkook is eager to taste you. 

Pulling back, you’re met with puppy eyes that search for any sign of wrongdoing. Quickly reassuring him, you pull your phone out. “I guess it could be fun, I don't know about anytime though, Mr. idol.” He doesn't respond to the tease immediately, focused on inputting his number into your phone. Looking at the name, you giggle slightly. It reads Jungkook (Namjoon’s group member.) “Oh Kook,” You laugh, changing it to “kook” with a bunny emoji next to it. You also send him a quick text so he has your number. 

“Also for you, anytime.” Your lips meet again before you can even fully register it, Jungkook easily uses his strength to hoist you onto his lap. Jungkook’s hands are immediately resting on your ass, kneading the flesh underneath his palms as much as he can given your outfit. Your hands tangle in his hair once again, pulling and tugging on his soft locks. Each tug makes him release a small groan, encouraging you to continue doing it. 

“What if we walk in and they’re butt ass naked-” that’s definitely Jimin

“They won't be, shut up.” then Yoongi

“Ew, don’t talk about my friend like that.” and lastly, poor Namjoon. 

The two of you almost shove each other away, you’re adjusting your clothes and Jungkook furiously tries to finger brush his hair out. You could honestly laugh if the other guys weren’t currently walking into the room. “Ugh, finally!” you complain, getting up and grabbing a cocktail off of Namjoon’s tray. “You guys couldn’t have taken longer even if you tried.” You laugh, resuming your spot on the sofa. Namjoon and Yoongi are immediately arguing with you, making you laugh. 

Jimin is eyeing Jungkook, trying to figure out if the two of you just sat in silence the entire time. If you did, Jimin would honestly feel bad for the two of you. After setting down the tray and taking his seat next to Kook, he can see his lips better underneath the dim lighting. His lower lip is slightly swollen and red, causing Jimin to plaster on his shit eating grin. Jimin makes a mental note to text the group chat later. 

With more drinks, everyone gets more comfortable and bubbly. You and Yoongi are singing and dancing with each other, jokingly holding hands as you swing your arms. Namjoon is dancing in his seat, and Jimin and Kook are swaying side to side as they drink. As the song winds down to its end, you grab one of the microphones before thrusting it to the general direction of Jungkook and Jimin. “You guys haven't sung at all, come on. Woo us over, boys.” You laugh, making Joon smile as Jimin tentatively takes the microphone. Jimin and Kook share a look of confusion, slowly getting up. 

“Yeah boys, let's go.” Yoongi giggles, the alcohol finally catching up to him. You laugh as Yoongi leans forward, slapping Jungkook's ass before he has a chance to avoid the strike. Jimin immediately notices, moving far enough away to avoid an impending slap. 

You, Namjoon, and Yoongi watch as the two of them pick a slow song, beginning to dance and sway to the music. You laugh as Jimin quickly turns it into a tease, gesturing to Yoongi before slowly dragging his hand along his face. Namjoon is next, Jungkook strutting over before grabbing a handful of his hair. The look on Namjoon's face makes you burst out laughing, Jungkook failing to keep his composure as he also cracks up. 

You’re well aware that it's your turn next, Jimin releasing Yoongi’s face and slowly making his way over to you. Jungkook realizes, moving to Yoongi in the meantime. The laugh you let out is atrocious, Jimin spinning around so his back is facing you. Slowly, he sat down onto your lap before reaching around and grabbing one of your hands. With a giant smirk, he places it onto his ass. “I can touch?!” You laugh over the music, lightly slapping the skin underneath your palm. The slap makes Jimin giggle before crawling up, now making his way over to Namjoon. 

Jungkook is making his way over before you even have a chance to recover, a giant smile spread across his face. He easily straddles your lap, knees on either side of the sofa as he sits down onto your lap. Yoongi lets out  a loud whoop that makes you laugh, Jungkook smiling so hard that the corners of his eyes are crinkling slightly. One hand holds the karaoke microphone to his lips, the other snaking around to grab a fistful of your hair. “Oh?” you ask, laughing slightly. He tugs on your hair slightly, making you peer up to him. Your hands rest on his thighs, squeezing them slightly. Slowly leaning in, you think he’s going to kiss you before he abruptly pulls away, a tease through and through. 

Him and Jimin make their way back to the microphone stands, finishing up the song. You and Yoongi let out loud whoops and cheers, Namjoon slightly shocked as he sits there and slowly claps his hands. You can’t help but laugh, reaching over to smooth out his hair that is still disheveled from Jungkook. The night basically ends from there, no one wanting to go up because “There’s no beating that performance.” Instead, the group finished up the drinks that were ordered while talking over soft music playing in the background. You learn a lot more about Yoongi than you previously knew, swearing up and down that his life experiences were the most interesting thing you've ever heard. (It may have been the alcohol talking, honestly.) 

While you’re busy talking to Yoongi, Jimin takes the opportunity to whisper to Jungkook. “What’d you two do when we left?” Jimin whispers, pulling Jungkook's head closer to him. “Don't tell me that you just sat here in silence the entire time!”

“No, give me some credit, jeez!” Jungkook whispers back, rolling his eyes slightly. “I got her number and asked if I could take her out on a date. I think it worked because she said that she’d let me.”

“That's it?! No making out, no grinding, nothing?!” Jimin asked, mouth slightly open.

“That’s an invasion of privacy.” He whispers, making Jimin's jaw fall open even more. Since when?? “Listen, I just don’t wanna tell her business too.”

Jimin still stares in disbelief at Jungkook, “I’m telling Taehyung.” He says before whipping his phone out of his back pocket. This statement makes Jungkook laugh, shrugging Jimin's vague threat off before joining in on the group's conversation. It’s somehow trailed off into college stories, you and Namjoon laughing and jokingly slapping each other. 

Once again, Namjoon opens his mouth just a bit too much and spills your sex life without even realizing. “Y/N was a complete bombshell in college, smoking hot, had boys wrapped around the block for her. Every single one was denied, apparently too fake daddy doms and unsatisfactory-”

You slap your hand over his mouth before he can even continue his words, a loud slap smack filling the room. You wouldn’t be surprised if you accidentally gave him a fat lip, but at that point it was little concern to you. “Namjoon doesn’t know what he's talking about.” You mumble through gritted teeth, still pressing your hand against his mouth. “You know how he gets when he’s tipsy.” You laugh, trying to lighten the situation. Jimin, Jungkook, and Yoongi all just stare at the two of you, Namjoon beginning to writher as you press his head back into the sofa. “Namjoon, I could kill you right now. I mean it.”

This makes Yoongi laugh, shrugging off the awkward situation. “Eh, understandable though. No one likes an annoying guy in bed, especially me.” This turns all of the attention from you to Yoongi, who realizes what he said as he’s met with slightly wide eyes. “I mean, theoretically. Anyway, I'm going to get going.” Yoongi mumbles, getting up out of his seat and collecting his belongings. 

“It’s okay, Yoongi. No one’s judging here.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up in an attempt to reassure him. “Get home safe, call a cab or something.”

“Oh, for sure.” Yoongi smiles, throwing back whatever was left in his cup before setting it back down. The gesture makes you laugh before standing up, giving him a small hug before he leaves. The others follow, bidding him a goodnight with a chorus of Get home safe! Don’t throw up in the car! 

The four of you stay, leisurely finishing your drinks as the night winds down. The horror that flashes across your face is undeniable, Yoongi sending you a video attachment. Without even clicking play, you can tell it’s your lap dances from dumb and dumber just from the thumbnail. Quickly, you push it out of your mind before anyone realizes. 

In the karaoke room, Namjoon is almost falling asleep, head resting on your shoulder as he fights his eyelids to stay open. It makes you smile, gently reaching over to pat his head, “Joonie, you should probably get going. If you want, I'll come with you to make sure you get in safely.” You smile, imagining Namjoon passed out in the back of the cab. Before he has a chance to reply, Jimin is jumping up out of his seat and hoisting him up.

“Uh, we live in the same building anyway. So, uh, yeah it just makes sense for us to go home together. Plus, that way we don’t have to call two cabs…”

“...Right.” You don’t buy it, but you still get up to hug them goodbye, wishing them a safe trip. Once again, you and Jungkook are left in that godforsaken karaoke room. “So Jimin’s what, your wing man?” You smile, jokingly punching his arm. You find yourself sliding closer to him once more, easily wrapped under his arm. 

“No, he just thinks he is.” Jungkook shrugs, a gentle smile on his face. “Let me drive you home.” 

“You drank-”

“Like one, and that was earlier.” He defends himself, pulling you closer to him. Your lips easily slot together, and it feels like you can't stay away from each other even if you tried. It's a much softer kiss than earlier, lips slowly sliding across each other. Your hand rests on his lower abdomen as the other wraps around his back, hugging him slightly. “Plus, if I don't drive home I'll have to come pick up my car tomorrow morning.”

“You interrupted our kiss to say that, really?” You tease, pulling yourself away from him. “Okay Kook, get up and walk in a straight line.” With a loud groan, he gets up and walks from one side of the room to the other, placing the heel of one foot onto his toe. After he makes it across (decent at best), you get up and begin to collect your stuff. Jungkook secretly celebrates behind you. “You’re lucky I’m not a cop, I'd arrest you.” You joke. 

You and Kook walk out with your arms linked, you embarrassing stumbling more than Jungkook. The car he leads you to almost stops you in your tracks, glancing up at him to see if he was joking. “Well, here we are.” He smiles, opening the passenger door for you and waiting for you to climb in. 

“You’re joking? A Benz, Kook?'' It's a beautiful car, wrapped in a sleek black wrap that makes it look even more appealing. You almost don’t want to get into it, the interior looking just as appealing as the exterior. “You couldn't drive some busted up Honda?” You whine, slowly climbing in and trying to make sure you don't knock anything with your shoes. Patting your pockets to ensure you have everything, Jungkook makes his way over to the driver seat. 

“What, you don’t like it?” Jungkook laughs, starting the car. 

“I forget you’re rich.” You laugh. The two of you sit in the car for maybe 3 minutes, you finally glance over to Jungkook. It finally hits you that he doesn’t know where to drive, but you’re also confused why he wouldn’t just ask for your address. You laugh, telling him and watching him type it in. “You’ve gotta be kidding me.” You laugh as the map comes up onto the screen, directing him where to drive. “I hate rich people.”

Jungkook just laughs as he begins driving, extremely carefully you notice. You decide not to tease him about it, thinking it’s sweet. It’s not until you get to your apartment complex that one of you speaks up, in this case Jungkook. “Let me walk you up.”

“I’d like that.” You smile, nodding. Just as carefully as you climbed in, you climb back out. “Don’t make fun of my housing situation though, I'll rip your dick off.” You threaten, linking arms with Jungkook as you walk in. 

“I’d never.” He laughs, letting you lead the way. You’re at your door before you know it, unlocking the two locks and stepping in halfway. 

“I’d invite you in, but I'm afraid you’d like that too much.” You smirk, watching his reaction. “Text me when you get home safe, Kook. Goodnight.” You smile, leaning forward and placing a kiss onto his cheek. Before he can respond, you’re darting back into the safety of your apartment before he has the chance to see you blush. Just as he was told, he texts you less than 30 minutes later with a cute, 

Made it home, good night :)

There’s a picture attachment, and for a second you think that it’s going to be some sort of nude. To your surprise (delight), it’s a picture of him and his dog laying down. You reply with a small, cuteeee, before allowing yourself to fall asleep. 

On Jungkook's end, Jimin and Taehyung are blowing up the group chat. Jimin’s outraged with Kook's sudden secret-ness, and Taehyung is more confused than anything. There's at least 5 text messages of What happened tonight? What? What do you mean he won't spill the details?? Turning off his notifications (he has your number now), Jungkook rolls over before falling asleep. 

______

The next morning Jungkook is sitting up out of bed, slightly confused, but quickly determining that it was a good night. In fact, he even pats himself on the back a little just as a personal pick me up. While he thinks it went well, he can’t exactly remember all of the details. He's flying to the group chat before another minute passes by. 

What happened last night?

We don’t know, dipshit. You won’t tell us anything.

Oh, right. That definitely was a conversation Jimin and him had last night at the karaoke bar. In his messages, he sees a random number without a saved name. Examining it, it doesn’t ring any bells before he’s clicking onto the chat. Oh yeah, that also happened. Jungkook thought he wasn’t drunk last night, maybe he got more intoxicated as his alcohol digested, whichever one it is doesn’t matter as he sits there trying to put together the puzzle pieces. 

On your end, you’re doing arguably better as you crawl out of bed and get ready for work. You have an early Sunday morning shift, thanking the heavens as it’s usually pretty dead. You’ve managed to get ready, make yourself coffee in a To Go cup, and remember last night's festivities all before the ripe time of 8 am. It’s almost a new personal record for you, walking out of your apartment door with a little more pep in your step than usual. 

It's about an hour into your shift when the front door rings, signaling a customer has entered. “Hello, welcome to Mochas. What can I get started for -“ Looking up from the display case you were currently stocking, it’s Jungkook. “What are you doing here?!” 

He seems just as confused to see you, glancing around the quiet café. “I just wanted a coffee! I didn't know you worked here! Why didn’t you tell me?!” 

“You’ve never asked!” At the small commotion, a few customers glance over at the two of you. Embarrassed, you push the bickering aside and move to the register, ready to take his order. “Whaddya want?” 

“Wow, customer service is 1/10. Bad yelp reviews all around.” Jungkook fakes in front of you, pretending to have his feelings hurt. It makes you giggle a little, which makes him smile. “A caramel iced coffee please, and whatever baked good you think tastes the best.” He winks, pulling out his card.

Handing it over to you, you grunt as it hits your hand, the stupid black card both heavy and cold as it’s some type of metal. “I hate rich people.” You grumble some more, making Jungkook laugh in front of you. You grab his baked good first, placing it into a small bag before extending it out to him. 

“Oh, you can keep it.” He smirks, doing his best to send you a wink. Truthfully, it does make your heart beat a little faster but he doesn’t need to know that. 

“I- Thanks Kook. But you’ve got to try it, it’s my favorite one.” You smile, trying to regain some sort of composure. Reaching into the bag, you pull off a corner before offering it to him. While you should’ve seen it coming, you didn’t expect it so early in the morning. He leans forward, taking the piece with his mouth and doing a very thorough lick of your fingers that held it. “Kook- don’t.” You vaguely threaten, watching him wiggle his brows at you. “Your order will be ready shortly.” 

While making his drink, you threaten multiple times to stick your fingers or spit in the cup. While you don’t think he’d care (obviously), it’s a threat nonetheless. For the sake of your job, you don’t really. “Thank you so much, pretty girl.” Jungkook smiles as he takes the drink from you, “I’ll see you soon, let me know when you’re ready for our date!” He grins before leaving, one of his signature Kook grins that reaches all the way up to the corner of his eyes. 

Right, the date that he’d let you pick the time. Texting Namjoon, you ask for their work schedule. While you’d like to test his promise of “For you, anytime.” You’d feel too guilty if you were making him miss something regarding his career. Namjoon surprisingly sends it right away, questioning your motives. Not having the time currently, you tell him you’ll explain the situation later. While you tell Namjoon a lot of it (you spare him some details about his youngest), you haven’t had the time to tell him about last night. 

The rest of work is uneventful, a few people coming in every now and then. As your shift begins to end, you gladly pass your responsibilities to the next shift leader. It's only 1pm when you get off, finally excited to have a day that’s not completely wasted by work. This also gives you time to actually look over the group's work schedule, seeing that both today and Wednesday were open. Today feels too soon to see him again, and you think you’d lose your mind with how fast everything is progressing. Re-watching the dreaded video Yoongi sent you was almost whiplash, the giant smiles on both yours and Kook’s face were enough to make you red in the ears. 

Pulling out your phone, you shoot him a quick text. 

Wednesday at 7 sounds good? I’ll let you pick the place. :)

He texts back surprisingly fast (in hindsight, duh. It’s his day off)

Wednesday at 7 works perfectly, it’ll be a surprise. Dress fancy. 

You think it’s too soon to say you hate rich people again, so you leave the texts at that and carry on with your day. Jungkook, on the other hand, is shitting himself. He really wished you would've just picked the place, because now he’s scrambling. The next text he sends out is embarrassing, and he almost has half a mind to rethink sending it on the off chance you see it. (You would tease him, for sure.)

Namjoon, please you gotta help me.

The next three days fly by in a blur, and you’re secretly cursing your past self for deciding on making the date Wednesday. You open at work, and get off at noon. So while you at least have time after you get off, without a nap, you’ll be dead the entire date. Jungkook sends you an endearing text the morning of, a sweet 

I’ll pick you up later :), 

on your phone screen making you smile. 

I’m at work :(( 

You text back, expecting nothing to come from it. 

What? You picked the day, dummy. I’ll swing by.

You could tell him don't bother, but you secretly want to see him. The bell rings continuously for the next 30 minutes, making you excited each time. After maybe the 20th ring, you don’t even glance up anymore. “What, no greeting? Wooowwww, customer service has gone down even more.” He complains, jokingly slamming his hands down onto the register counter. 

“Took so long, I didn't think you were gonna actually show up.” You smile, looking up at him. He looks just as pretty as always, a soft smile on his face. 

“You think that a lot.”

“Shut up, so what can I get for you?” You smile, preparing to type into the iPad register. 

“Hmmmm, I don't know. How about you explain the entire menu to me?” He jokes, leaning down onto his hands. It’s an excuse just to hear you talk to him, and you can tell as he peers up to you. “Well, go on.”

“Is that a caramel iced coffee I hear?” You jokingly put a hand around your ear before typing it into the system. “And what sweet treat would you like today?”

“You.”

“Hmm, is that my favorite baked good of all time? Got itttt.” You giggle, also typing it in again. As you are finishing up, you can hear footsteps coming from the back. “My managers coming, if you still wanna talk you better act really pretentious.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook straightens up his posture. 

“How?”

“Ask if we have any gluten free stuff, I don't know.” You say, this makes him laugh. Just as you expected, the shift manager comes out from the back to make sure everything is running smoothly. She obviously listens to your conversation with the customers, making sure there’s no issues to resolve. 

“Do you have any gluten free items?”

“Yes sir, we have brownies and cook-”

“And vegan? I can’t eat any animal products, against my moral beliefs.”

“Yes, we only have one which is an oatmeal-”

“Is that also sugar free?” 

The third question almost makes you laugh, physically having to stop yourself from giggling. The manager quickly understands the situation and almost books it away, which makes the situation even more funny. As the door closes behind her, you finally crack up. Jungkook is in the same boat, softly clapping his hands together as he giggles as quietly as possible. 

“That was good, that was good.” You laugh, finally reaching into the case to pull out your favorite. You split it in half this time, handing him the half. 

“What about my drink?”

“I’ll use my employee discount, I get free drinks usually. Unless they're, like, really expensive, but it’s just an iced coffee so it should be fine.” You smile, beginning to make his drink. You can almost feel his eyes boring into your back as you make it, watching every move. “It’s rude to stare, ya know. I’m not gonna poison you.” You giggle, finishing it up before handing it over. His fingers brush against yours as he takes it, making you smile. 

“I like watching you in your element, it’s nice. I’d blow up the barista station.” He easily makes you laugh again. “You should come watch us one time, in the studio or on dance practice days? Or maybe a concert?”

“I think Tae and Jimin would giggle at us too much.” You smile, pointing out his little wingmen that are painfully obvious. 

“No, no they wouldn’t. I’d beat them up for you.” Jungkook jokes, beginning to flex his muscles in the middle of your humble coffee shop. 

“Alright, alright. That’s enough.” You slap his arm away from your face (he made sure to lean in as he flexed,) laughing slightly. He’s smiling just as much, making your stomach feel slightly fuzzy. “You know Jimin and Tae would tease us the entire time. Anyway, what should I wear tonight? What’s the dress code?”

“Fancy dress?” Jungkook shrugs.

“Heels or no heels?”

“Heels.”

“Red or black?”

“Red, definitely. It’ll match your complexion.”

“Jewelry or no jewelry?”

“If you want, yes. What do I want? Yes.”

“Alright, got it.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up. “You should probably get going so I can get back to work.”

“Nooo, I could sit here and watch you make coffee all day.” Kook whines, leaning over and jokingly placing his face against the glass display case. 

“Heyyy,” You push his face off, revealing a Kook-stamp as you called it. It’s the faint imprint of his cheek left on the glass. “You’re making more work for me.” You faintly scold before wiping the marks off with a rag. 

“Aren’t you going to be too tired for our date? If you fall asleep I won’t carry you.” He most definitely would. “You’ll be left in the passenger seat.”

“I’ll take a nap, dad.” You mock, jokingly rolling your eyes. “Shoo, shoo.” You smile, fanning your hands at him to get him away from the pick up counter. “I’ll see you later tonight.”

“I’ll pick you up!” He smiles, the bell above the door signaling his departure. He waves at you the entire time he walks past the windows, making you smile slightly. 

Hours fly by like minutes, and the I’m here! text that Jungkook sends you makes your heart stutter a bit in your chest. Slipping on your shoes for the night, a pair of pretty tan heels, you’re grabbing your keys before swinging the door open and stepping out. Your motion is stopped immediately, slamming into something that almost feels like running into a solid wall. With a small yelp, you jump away from whatever it was.

IT, being Jungkook. “I thought you were downstairs!” Your heart is beating unbelievably hard, making you clutch your chest as you try to calm down. “You scared me!”

“What kind of date is it if I just wait downstairs, we're not 16!” He counters, making you laugh. After your initial fright, you’re able to actually appreciate him coming up to your door to walk down with you. He’s holding a pretty red bouquet, making you smile harder than you think you’ve ever. (The poor flowers did get sandwiched between the two of you, but they’re still in good condition.) “These are for you.” He smiles, handing them over. 

“They’re pretty, Kook. Thank you so much. Come in, I'll put them in water really quick.” Jungkook follows you into your apartment, silently taking in all the furniture and decorations. It’s not exactly what he’s used to, but he almost prefers this to his own house. It’s a lot smaller and has a cozy feel to it, and he thinks that it matches you perfectly. “Hey, no judging, remember?” You threaten, making him laugh as he leans against the counter. 

“I’d neverrr, plus it’s cute in here. I like it.” Jungkook compliments, watching as you find a flower vase and follow the directions on the packet. “You look gorgeous, Y/N.” 

Glancing up from your flowers, you catch his eyes and can basically see the want behind them. 1) Inviting him in was clearly a bad idea. 2) Goddamn it he looks good. “Kook, it’s too early to be giving me those eyes, we haven’t even left.” You tease, “You gotta stop looking at me like that.” This makes him laugh as he straightens up, adjusting his casual (but still formal) suit. It almost feels like the two of you were going to a school dance together. 

“Fine, fine. I’ll be on my best behavior.”

“Yeah, I'm sure you will.” Sarcasm drips from your words, making both you and Jungkook giggle. You can already tell he won’t, but you suppose that’s part of the fun. “So where are we heading to?” You smile, placing the flowers in the middle of the small kitchen island as you finish with them. You grab your bag off the table and begin to make your way out, Jungkook following you. 

“It’s a surprise.” Kook smiles, grabbing your hand as you walk to the elevator. This makes you smile, the two of you walking to his car in silence. “M’lady…” He opens the passenger side door for you, making you giggle. You watch as he drives to the restaurant, trying your best to figure out where the two of you were going. 

“Kook…” you mumble as he parks, a small smile on your face. It's the restaurant Namjoon first took you to when he “got big and famous,” insisting on paying for your expensive meal. There's a small flower garden in the back that guests can go to, but usually it’s empty. “You talked to Namjoon, didn’t you?” You ask, making yourself laugh as he has a sheepish look on his face. “It's perfect.” You reassure him, rubbing his arm. 

“Let’s go.” Jungkook smiles, climbing out of the car and coming to the passenger side. He insists on helping you out, which you smile at. 

“I've never seen you act so gentlemanly.” You tease, taking his arm as the two of you walk into the restaurant. 

“Hey, you haven’t even known me that long.” He defends himself, making you laugh. 

“Yeah, and the past two encounters we’ve had are you trying to get into my pants.” This makes the both of you laugh, Jungkook's smile never quite fading from his face. He gives his name for the reservation, the host smiling as she walks the two of you to a table. 

“You two make a lovely couple-“ 

“Oh we’re not-“ Kook has his hands up as he interjects the host. 

“Thank you.” you smile, cutting Jungkook off. The host smiles softly as she leaves. 

“We’re a couple?” 

“I mean we’re on a date, right?” 

“Oh?” Jungkook raises a brow and has his signature smirk plastered on his face. 

“Ugh, forget it you freak.” You laugh, opening the menu. It's not long before a server comes by, offering to get you started on drinks and explaining some specials they had for alcohol. The two of you agree on a wine to share, ordering waters on the side. While the server is there, you go ahead and put in your meals as you already know what you both want. “So, tell me about yourself, Kook.”

“What do ya wanna know?” Kook smiles, leaning forward slightly as he becomes more engaged in the conversation. He looks cute, it makes you smile slightly. 

“I don't know, I'm sitting across from thee Jungkook of BTS. Some people would kill to be here listening to you talk about yourself.” You tease, leaning forward onto the palm of your hand. You stretch your feet out, linking them with Jungkook’s underneath the table. “Why’d you wanna join BTS?” You ask, shrugging as you start. 

“Damn, okay.” Jungkook laughs. “I was expecting you to ask my favorite color or something.” That makes you laugh, but you don’t say anything as you let him continue talking. “Ever since I was little I knew I liked music. I like singing the most, dancing was iffy at first. And when I tried out, I had so many different companies that gave me offers. I was so young, so it was really overwhelming, you know? When I came to see Big Hit when I was trying to figure out where I was going to go, I met Namjoon. And meeting him and talking to him was kinda the final nail in the coffin.”

“What do you mean dancing was iffy at first, you’re a fuckin amazing dancer, Kook.” You compliment, eyes slightly wide as you’re a bit shocked. 

It makes Jungkook giggle, “When I was younger, I was like a robot. I knew the dances and did them well, but it was just doing the moves. I wasn’t really into them.” He gestures, mocking the robot dance for a split second. 

“I see, I see.”

“What about you? How’d you meet Namjoon?” Kook asks, reaching across the table as he grabs the hand not holding your head up. Absent-mindedly, he plays with your fingers. 

“I think it was freshman year of college, god I've known Joon for so long.” You laugh. “I was walking to my morning lecture and this kid comes up behind me, stomps on the back of my shoe, and knocks it completely off. I was carrying all of my books, laptop and a coffee too so I just stopped, turned around, and stared at him.” You laugh. “He felt so bad, panicked and picked up my shoe, and then got on one knee and put it back onto my foot for me.” The story makes you laugh, Jungkook chuckling softly with you. 

“That sounds like a Namjoon story.”

“And after he put my shoe back on, we just walked side by side to our morning lecture because we had the same class.” You smile, “Eventually we started talking more after that, and once we were able to live off campus he proposed we split the rent. I suppose he’s saved my ass from the landlord breaking down our front door for rent a couple of times, so it’s even.”

“You went to school with Namjoon, yeah? What did you get your degree in?”

“I got a couple, but mainly journalism, advertising, writing stuff. Kinda boring.” You giggle. “I get to sit at home now and edit articles all day for work, so I love my degree.”

“Wait, but you work at a coffee shop?”

“Hey, sitting at home and editing stories gets boring after a while.” You defend. 

“Namjoon told me you were super smart back in college and that’s why the two of you got along so much.” Jungkook smiles. 

“We got along because I'd fix everything he broke in an accident.” You laugh. “What do you do at work, besides singing and dancing around?” 

“Eh, sponsors want us to take pictures with their stuff. We record videos for our army, demo songs, sometimes record bigger things like bon voyage packages.” Jungkook shrugs. “It’s a lot but it’s not really a big deal-”

You scoff at this, shaking your head. “So humble, Kook.” You smile, playing back with his fingers. “You guys are so famous now, it’s crazy. I can’t even walk around the city without seeing Joon's face somewhere.”

Jungkook nods, “Yeah, we are pretty popular. It’s crazy, you know, we just wanted to make music.” 

You nod, following along. “I feel like a proud mom sometimes, seeing you guys do so well. Watching you guys grow up and grow with Joon, it’s like surreal.” Your food comes soon after that, the conversation being cut for now. “Remind me to ask you about the whole Tae, Kook, Jimin group that is going on too.”

Poor Jungkook chokes on his food as the two of you begin eating. The conversation is very minimal over dinner, the two of you eating the food that was brought out. At the end, Jungkook pays the bill before you even have the chance to pull up your bag, making you complain. “What date is it if the guy doesn’t pay?” He counters. 

“I’m telling the news outlets you're misogynist.” That makes him let out a hearty laugh, not quite expecting you to say that. “Can we walk in the garden!?”

“Of course,” Jungkook smiles, getting up from the table and offering you an arm. Jungkook must've caught the attention of people in the restaurant, people staring at the two of you. 

“...Maybe we shouldn't.” You mumble, catching the eyes of a few tables. “Let’s just go outside, yeah?” Jungkook's slightly confused (oblivious to the eyes boring into him) and leads the way to the garden. The two of you stroll through the garden, arms bumping into one another every now and then. “Jungkook, I don’t want to alarm you, but there’s someone in the bushes.”

“What?” Jungkook is about to whip around to look when you stop him. 

“They have a camera, they’re taking pictures of us…together.” You mumble. 

“Fuck…okay here’s the plan.” Jungkook mumbles, already having a feeling this would happen. “I can get to my car through the back exit here. I’ll go get my car and meet you in the front of the restaurant to pick you up.”

“Kook, what about your reputation.” The both of you continue to stroll through the garden and whisper to each other. 

“I’ll have my company say it was for a business deal, and nothing more. That way no one will try to find out who you are either.” Jungkook nods to himself. “I’m gonna go now, and I think he’ll follow me. Goodbye.” Jungkook mumbles, stepping slightly in front of you to bow. You repeat the action, bowing twice before turning to follow the plan through. Jungkook was right, the man following Kook deeper into the garden. 

Truthfully, it makes you extremely nervous for him, but you follow the plan out. You’re standing in front of the restaurant when Jungkook's Mercedes comes by, picking you up. “Kook, I hated every second of that.” You mumble. 

“I’m sorry, I thought no one would be able to get into the garden.”

“Did he follow you all the way to your car??” You ask, heart rate spiking. 

“Huh? Oh, no. He followed me until I went to the parking garage and then he left.” You nod, thanking whatever made him go away. “...I’ll take you back home.”

“Hey, it’s okay. It’s not your fault.” You smile, reaching over and taking a hand in yours. You rub your thumb into his hand, offering him a soft smile. Jungkook nods, smiling back to you. “Do you guys have to deal with that a lot?”

“Yeah, airports are a nightmare.” Jungkook smiles, “It’s definitely a negative to the life of a super star.” He says it jokingly, but you can tell it does bother him to some extent. 

“Okay, now you can tell me about the Taehyung, Jungkook, Jimin group that’s been going on recently.” You laugh. 

“God damn it, I was hoping you’d forget.” Jungkook sighs, smiling slightly. “When they found out that i was going to ask you out on a date, they wanted to help me. I don’t know exactly how much they really helped, but they swore they were so, I just let them.”

“Ohhh, so that’s how you knew I was at karaoke.” The look on Jungkook's face is priceless, a mix of embarrassment and cheeky. It makes your chest warm up, a fond feeling. “Alright I'll let the trio thing go for now. So what happens when they post those pictures?”

Jungkook lets out a small sigh, “I’ll let my company know beforehand, probably tomorrow, about what happened just to give them a heads up. They’ll probably wait until the pictures come out, deny any rumors or dating allegations, say it was for some fake business plan, and then threaten legal action.” Jungkook laughs at the legal action part. 

“Yeah, I totally look like a business woman.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook parks at your apartment building. Jungkook’s clearly ready to walk you up to your door, unbuckling and collecting whatever he’d need. There’s a small smirk on your face as you link an arm with him, walking inside. “I had a lot of fun, kook. Besides everyone staring at us in the restaurant and-”

“There were people staring at us in the restaurant?”

“Yes, Jungkook of BTS, people were staring.” You say sarcastically, eventually cracking and laughing slightly. “For some reason, when I was getting ready it never dawned on me that you guys are famous and people would obviously stare. I guess because I’ve known Joon and you guys for so long, that it’s just normal for me.”

The two of you guys are at the door of your apartment before you even realize, Jungkook stopping. He’s getting ready to say goodbye, fidgeting slightly with his fingers. “Do you wanna come in?” You smirk, watching his face light up. The two of you already know what’s going to happen, a cheeky look coming over his face. 

The two of you walk in, Jungkook making a show of dropping his jacket off with a sigh. You almost giggle as you watch him walk over to the couch, plopping down. His arms are resting on the back of the couch, head also thrown back. His legs are spread wide as he leans back. “You know, I really do like your apartment décor.” Jungkook compliments. 

“Your eyes are closed, you can’t even see it.” You smile, watching as he slowly peels his eyes open. You’re focused on the buckle of your heels, eventually getting them undone and allowing them to hit the floor. 

“It was a general observation.” He comments, making you laugh. He closes his eyes again. 

“You definitely look comfortable over here, Kook.” You giggle, swinging a leg over and resting onto his lap. Your long dress bunches up around your thighs and hips, leaving you almost bare besides your panties as you seat yourself. 

“Y/n?” He tries to sound cocky, but the look on his face was is anything but, he looks needy, whiny. 

“Hm, bun?” You smile, beginning to slightly tug and play with his hair. You’re truly not in any rush to move on, enjoying the small reactions you pull from him. Eventually his arms move, hands how resting on your waist as he pulls you closer to him. “I like you like this, all needy.” 

You place a small kiss on his lips, pulling back to watch the small whine it pulls from him. “You’re not wearing shorts under this, are you?” Kook mumbles, slightly sliding his fingertips underneath the edge of the dress. Both hands rest on your thighs, squeezing and rubbing the skin underneath his palms. 

“Nope.” You smile, allowing more weight to sit against him. Sitting fully down, you’re able to feel the hard-on underneath you. 

“Fuck me.” Jungkook whimpers, making you smile. 

“I don’t have any condoms, next time.” The promise makes him whine even more, hips shifting underneath you. He pulls you down even more, grinding against you slightly. The small whines and friction shoots straight to your core, making you clench around nothing. 

“Kiss me, please Y/n.” He whines, immediately giving him what he wants. Your lips easily connect, sliding against each other as if they were molded for one another. Jungkook's lips are soft against yours, a whine coming from you. Pulling away, the both of you have to catch your breath. 

“I wish I could mark you up, so bad.” You mumble, a hand coming to down to grab his jaw. You move his head to the side, placing a small kiss onto his jaw. Moving down slightly, you continue to place kisses onto his neck. “Wish so badly I could claim you as mine.” You mumble against his neck. Placing another kiss, you leave a light red mark this time. You continue to leave light marks, a triumphant feeling in your chest. 

“Can I take a picture of you bun?” 

“What?” 

“Can I take a picture of my marks?” You smile, “They’ll go away by the morning, they’re light.” Jungkook nods, watching as you fish for your phone that’s somewhere on the couch. You eventually find it, snapping a picture. The picture is arguably the hottest thing you’ve ever taken. His face is still cupped in your hand, slight indents in his cheeks from your fingertips. The marks are dark, but just light enough to be gone by morning. His eyebrows are slightly scrunched together, making the photo even more attractive. “Fuck, Kook.”

Your lips quickly find each other again, hands grabbing and holding each other everywhere possible. Jungkook’s hands continue to slip further underneath your dress, fingertips running along the straps of your thong before finally resting on your ass. He uses his hold to move your hips, the two of you slowly grinding against each other. Jungkook moans and whimpers into your mouth, making your mind even more fuzzy. 

“Kook, I wanna suck your cock.” You mumble against his lips, nibbling slightly on his bottom lip. His eyes shoot open, hips hips snapping up against you at the proposition. 

“Please-” 

“No pushing my head or I'll tie you up.” You threaten, Jungkook moaning slightly as you climb off of his lap, shifting onto your knees. Jungkook easily lifts his hips up, helping you pull the dress pants down. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, the fabric stretching around him. “So sensitive, bunny.” You smirk, lightly dragging a finger across the bulge. 

It makes him twitch, every slight brush getting a reaction. “God Kook, you look so fucking good.” You mumble, dragging your nails across his thighs. It hurts, but he likes it (slightly surprising to himself, not so much to you.) “Can I give you hickeys on your hips? Surely no fans would see those, hm? Just me right, all mine?” 

“All yours.” Kook reassures, watching your every move. He wishes he could engrave it into his vision, you on your knees with the small smirk you always give him. With anyone else, he’d be the one in control. But that’s why he likes your touch so much, he’s not with you. You easily tease and torment him with the smallest gestures and moves. It drives him crazy. “Please mark me.”

“Well since you asked so nicely.” Hooking a finger under the waist band of his boxers, you’re able to pull it down just enough to mark. The small kiss you place first almost makes Jungkook's hips jerk, his senses on overdrive. The mark is dark, lightly biting and licking over the mark once you’re finished. You’re on your fifth one when jungkook can’t take it anymore, the feeling of your lips so close driving him crazy. 

“Please, I can’t take anymore.” A whine falls from him, hips trying desperately to find friction. Truthfully, you were going to stop at 5. But now you have to keep going. 

“Yes you can.” Your voice is stern, the tone making kook whine as his fists grab the back rest. His hips push slightly into you, flattening your nose. “Kook, be good. You can do that much right?” Your voice is even more stern, hands coming up hold his hips still. It’s another 5 before you finally return to his poor dick, even more hard with precum soaking the fabric. 

“It looks like you liked it, my whiny baby.” Kook groans as you finally tug the boxers off his hips entirely, cock springing up. “So excited to be touched.” The smirk on your face is irreplaceable, watching just how much of a hold you have over him. Poor Kook is always whimpering as you slide your tongue across his tip, collecting the precum and swallowing it. He’s watching through half open eyes, lids heavily as he try’s to engrave the image into his memory. 

Licking a strip from base to tip, a deep moan falls past his lips before he can even stop it. Your grip around his cock makes his mind fuzzy, easily pumping your fist with the precum and saliva acting as lube. He’s unable to keep his eyes open as you finally take him into your mouth, head thrown back against the cushion as you sink down. You repeat the motion, taking more length until you physically can’t. Your nose brushes slightly against his abdomen before coming back up to catch you breath. 

“You know, it’s not fun if I don’t get to watch your reactions bun.” You smirk, slowly pumping his cock as you tease. “You know I like it.” 

“I’m…afraid to come too fast…if I watch you.” He embarrassingly admits, ears turning a deep red. 

“Next time you break eye contact, I stop touching you completely.” You set the boundary before taking him back into your mouth. Easily, you sink completely down, swallowing as much as you can manage. From the base of his cock, you glance up to make eye contact. It’s a mix of amazement, need and lust. St the eye contact, you can feel him twitch in your throat. His brows quickly scrunch together as you move, bobbing your head. 

He lasts maybe a minute before he’s throwing his head back, “Fuck, Y/n. It feels too good I can’t-“ You pull off of him completely, finally taking a breath in what feels like forever. You also pull your hands away, placing your elbows against the coffee table behind you. “Shit wait I didn’t mean to-“ 

“There was one rule, Jungkook.” 

“I know but-“ 

“One rule and you broke it.” His poor cock is red, straining as it throbs slightly against Jungkook's abdomen. “Breaking rules, yet so needy to come. Tsk tsk.” You mumble, leaning forward once again as you graze a fingertip over his tip. “A bit of a oxymoron huh?” 

“I’m sorry, please I need it.” Jungkook's hips jut involuntarily up into your touch. “I need you bad.” The whine that he lets out makes you give in. 

“I'll give you a pass this once.” You grumble, watching his face light up. “And bun, cum in my mouth. I want you to feel good.” 

Finally Jungkook let’s himself loose, whining, moaning, cursing, and grinding like a mad man. His hands grip the couch with deadly force, knuckles turning white. He easily thrusts into your mouth, the sensation making him almost cry out as he buries himself in your throat. Seeing him like this is almost as good as getting off yourself, your thighs clamped together. 

“Fuck bun, finally acting how I wanted.” You roughly jerk his cock, catching your breath quickly. His eyes are fixated on the sight in front of him, watching as you allow him to use your mouth to please himself. The eye contact is still too much, diverting his gaze away often. The small moan you let out while having him in your mouth makes his hips sputter, whines immediately slipping past his lips. 

“Gonna cum soon. Can I come Y/n? I've been good, please let me come.” Jungkook babbles, eyes slightly glazed over as his eyebrows furrow. With a nod, his hips pick up their pace just slightly. He’s still afraid to hurt you, thrusting up carefully but with a decent speed. “…Coming” Is the half assed warning you get before his hips drive themselves as far as possible, nose flattened against his abdomen. 

Looking up from that exact position, Jungkook's face is nothing short of your expectations. He looks fucked out, sweat gathering above his brow. The eye contact makes his cock throb even more in your throat, whines filling the entire room. You gasp pulling off, almost choking as you regain air flow to your lungs. 

“Good job bun, are you all done?” You smirk, licking any cum left off his shaft. The sensation is too much for him, hands reaching down to roughly pull you up from your knees. (They crack like 10 times in the process of getting up, they ain’t like they used to be.) Jungkook roughly smashes his lips onto yours, tasting his own cum on your lips. “You did so good for me.” You mumble against his lips, pulling back to observe his expression. 

“Thank you, holy shit.” Jungkook smiles, leaning forward to kiss your neck. He nibbles on the skin gently, leaving light marks. “That was so good, thank you. let me return the favor-“ 

“No, it’s okay. I liked that too bun.” You place a kiss onto his forehead, “Love seeing you like that.” With a small peck to his lips, you climb off his laps and stand up. “I’m gonna go change, if you wanna stay the night you can. I have extra sweatpants and big t-shirts if you want?” 

Jungkook's chest pangs slightly. He wants to return the favor so incredibly bad, watch your moan and shake around his head. Respecting your choice, he doesn’t pry. “Yeah, anything will be good.” 

You quickly trail off into your room, digging to find something for you to wear. Truthfully, your cunt aches for any touch Jungkook could offer, definitely soaking through your panties. Changing quickly and cleaning yourself up, you bring Jungkook his change of clothes. “The bathroom is down the hall to your left.” 

“Thanks.” You can tell his mind is racing, but you don’t ask. You tidy up slightly before plopping down on the couch, a throw blanket ready to be placed over the two of you. Jungkook's a bit confused when he comes back out, seeing you sprawled out on the couch. 

“Come lay with me.” You invite, opening your arms. He takes it immediately, plopping down. His head rests on your chest, a content sigh coming from the both of you as the blanket is thrown over. “What, not a big aftercare person?” You laugh, turning the tv on and playing a random movie. Jungkook's arms wrap completely around you, snuggling his head in. 

“A really big aftercare person, actually. I didn’t think you’d be though.” Jungkook smiles, peering up for a moment. You take the chance to kiss his forehead, playing with his hair as he lays back down. 

“Nah, I gotta take care of my bun.” 

Jungkook falls asleep fast, which you were completely expecting. Light snores fill the living room every now and then, making you smile. You’re fast asleep soon after. 

______

“Kook?” Your voice is groggy as you peel your eyes open, glancing around the living room. The tv continues to play random movies quietly, now showing some documentary. “Kook, don’t you have to work?” You mumble, shaking the boy that’s dead asleep on top of you. 

“Kook.” You shake his shoulders harder, moving his entire body. His arms are still wrapped around you, hands somehow underneath your shirt as he holds your body. “You have work!” You smile, trying to pry yourself out of his grip. You’re eventually met with a groan and nothing else. “The boys will tease you to hell and back if you’re late.” 

That seems to finally get him as he peels his eyes open, glancing around. “Kook, work?” 

“Oh shit.” He springs up in no time, quickly snatching his clothes up from last nights date. “Shit, i’m late.” He groans, snatching his phone off the coffee table. Poor Jungkook scrambles like a madman for a solid 5 minutes, “Should I even run home and get ready? I only have my dress shoes and i can’t wear those to dance practice. But then I'll be even more late.” 

“Kook, just tell them you woke up late. I’m sure they’ll be fine until you get there.” 

“Okay, okay I'll do that.” He’s speed walking to the door with all of his belongings in hand. You giggle a bit at his outfit, your sweatpants and tshirt but his fancy dress shoes, which makes him stick his tongue out at you. 

“Wait a second.” He stops completely as you reach up, yanking the neckline of the t-shirt down. “Those ones are gone.” You’re yanking down his (your) sweatpants just enough to see the dark hickeys left. “You’re not wearing underwear right now?” 

“So what, they were all sticky and gross!” 

“You’re commando in my sweatpants!” 

“Trust me, this is the better alternative than my boxers being in here.” 

You genuinely laugh as you allow the waistband to snap against his hips. “My marks are gonna be there for awhile, so no stripping in front of other girls.” 

“Wouldn’t even dream of it.” He smiles as he unlocks the front door, stepping out. “One kiss, please.” He taps his bottom lip, waiting. 

“Ugh.” You smile, giving him a kiss. “I'll see you soon Kook. Have fun at practice.” 

“I'll try.” 

Jungkook did, in fact, get teased to hell and back. The amount of pictures and videos you’ve gotten from the members is atrocious, all poking fun at their youngest. Jungkook has a cheeky look on his face in all of them, ears bright red. 

Namjoon even sends you a text sometime through the day, 

Don’t tell me you did what i think you did. My youngest :,( 

We just went on a date, Joon-ah 

You smile, clicking your phone off before getting ready for work. It’s late and uneventful, the café never being really busy on Thursday evenings. You’re in the back collecting stuff to restock the front when the door bell chimes, “I'll be right there in a moment!” 

“Take your time!” The voice is oddly familiar. Sticking your head out, you begin to contemplate sending your coworker out instead. 

“C'mon guysss” You whine, coming out from the back to meet the 7 idiots sitting in the empty café. “Don’t do this to me, i’m almost off for the night.” Jungkook stands behind Joon and Yoongi, cheeks slightly pink. “I’m guessing dummy back there spilled that I work here, Joon wouldn't dare.”

“You guessed correctly.” Jimin smirks in front of you, leaning forward on the counter. “Now it’s my turn to guess.” Jimin’s hand is reaching up to your top, gently tugging the band down to reveal your neck and part of your chest. 

“Uh, what are you looking for?” You try your absolute hardest to not smile, knowing exactly what he’s doing. Doing your best, you try to act like you have no correlation to Jungkook's morning situation earlier today. 

Jimin is slightly embarrassed as he lets go of your shirt, “Oh uh, nothing.” 

“I’m reporting you guys for harassment, jeez.” You roll your eyes. “There’s gonna be banned signs with your faces on the front door.” 

“How will we get our morning coffee then?” Yoongi jumps in, making you laugh. 

“You guys have never even came here before.” You smile, “What can I get for you guys?” 

They each order their respective orders, each getting some sort of drink and some getting snacks or baked goods. They pay on one tab, which you’re grateful for. “Since Jimin harassed Y/n earlier, he pays.” Jin announces, making everyone but Jimin silently cheer. Tae delivers a slap onto Jimin's back that creates a train, each of the members slapping him before moving to the pickup window. You and Jimin are left staring at each other at the register, you trying your best not to laugh at him. 

“Your total will be $50.” You finally laugh. 

“Add something on for yourself, consider it my apologies.” Jimin laughs, handing over his card. “I was trying to play investigator with Kook, kid won’t tell me anything.”

“I’ll accept your apologies, the new total is $55.” You smile, swiping the card and handing it back. Jimin joins the others as you begin working on their food, bagging and handing them to their respective members. The boys make conversation throughout. 

“Isn’t she great at her job?” Jungkook comments, watching as you crank out drink after drink. You finish relatively quickly, dramatically brushing your hands off. Your manager peeks her head out from the back, eyes widening as she recognizes the boys in front of you. You're pushed out of the conversation (gently, but it’s clear that she wants you to go) by your  manager. A small don’t you have restocking to do? Sends you on your way. 

From your trips back and forth, and you hear bits and pieces of the conversation. The boys do their best to be polite, offering small smiles and head nods to whatever your manager was saying. They vaguely agree to visit again before your manager finally let’s them go, making her way into the backroom once again. 

“...Wow.” You sarcastically comment as you come out once more, restocking the stir sticks behind the counter. 

“She was definitely, uhm, enthusiastic.” Joon nods, cracking you up slightly. 

“When do you get off, Y/n?” Jin asks, checking his phone for the time. 

“Approximately 5 minutes ago.” 

“Do you wanna go out with us, we were gonna find somewhere to eat.” Jin offers, making your heart swell. 

“I’d like that a lot.” You smile at him, finishing up any tasks you have to do last minute and collecting your belongings. The group of you look dumb walking to the restaurant, people walking in pairs of two on the sidewalk. Your arm is linked with Joon, the two of you arguing for a solid 5 minutes of who should walk by the road. (You fight tooth and nail, eventually he physically forces you on the inner side.) 

“If you get hit, I’ll be blamed for BTS Leader Kim Namjoon’s Death.” You complain, tugging on Joon’s arm. 

“Be quiet.” Namjoon just laughs at you, jokingly slapping a hand over your mouth. “I think this is the restaurant.” He announces to the group, holding the door open for the whole group as you all filter in. It’s a nice restaurant, not really busy due to the late hour. The eight of you pick seats at the table, Namjoon and Yoongi on either side of you. Jungkook sits directly across from you, obviously jealous as he glances at both members beside you. You roll your eyes at him discreetly, making him smile. 

“I’ll cook the meat.” Jungkook announces, everyone looking over at him in slight surprise. 

“I’ll help so we don’t blow up the table.” Yoongi also announces, making you laugh. 

The two of them are completely focuses on cooking, almost in competition. Jungkook rushes each time to place meat on your plate, side eyeing Yoongi who notices each time. It genuinely makes you laugh, fighting the urge to softly scold him over it. 

“Jungkook! We’d like some meat too!” Jin calls from the end of the table, making everyone burst into laughter. You softly clap your hands, watching as Jungkook’s face flushes a soft pink. 

You can feel Joon shuffle next to you, leaning in as he begins to talk softly in your ear. “So I assume the Jungkook situation is going well?” He laughs, all of the other members beginning to argue and well over the meat. Jungkook is defending himself furiously, claiming that 

it’s only gentlemanly that the lady is served first!! 

His argument makes you laugh, watching as Jin prepared his rebuttal. 

The oldest get’s priority!!! 

Jin calls, making you laugh harder as Jin begins to strain. 

“Yeah, it’s definitely been fun.” You whisper back to Namjoon, shrugging slightly. “We’re still playing a cat and mouse game of sorts.”

Everyone begins to eat, conversation flowing smoothly between the entire group. Everyone loads their plates, passing dishes back and forth around the table. Hours fly by like minutes, your eyes threatening to close as your head naturally finds itself on Namjoon’s shoulder. Your stomach is full as you’re becoming sleepy, listening to the group conversation as if it were a live podcast. 

“Are you alright Y/N?” Jungkook mumbles from across the table, making you nod. 

“Just sleepy, I've been up for awhile.” You laugh, feeling his legs outstretch and link with your feet. You can only assume it’s Kook, the small smile on his face confirming your belief. “Kook…” You warn softly, stomping on his foot with your heel. 

“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook asks, leaning forward slightly against the table as the two of you talk. You nod, turning slightly to talk to the entire group who’s otherwise becoming quieter as conversation runs out. 

“Thank you, Jin for inviting me out with you guys. I really appreciate it, I open tomorrow so I’m going to get going. I gotta get some sort of sleep tonight.” You smile, gathering your things. “One of you text me my part and I’ll PayPal, or Venmo, or cash app, whatever you prefer. It was really nice being able to hang out with you guys, you should stop by the café more often.”

“I’ll walk you out.” Jungkook offers, standing up. The members beside him don’t move, making you giggle. 

“Nope, I got it.” Joon smiles, “Plus I gotta ask Y/N about an assignment I'm working on.” Jungkook take’s the embarrassment like a champ, sticking his tongue out at Namjoon jokingly. Namjoon laughs, Hobi getting up to let the two of you out. 

Walking you out of the restaurant, Namjoon stands by the road as he watches for cabs. “You’re a liar, I have to ask about an assignment.” You mock him, making the two of you smile. “So what’s up Joonie?”

“Just wanted to check up on the two of you, make sure you’re doing alright.” He shrugs, shoving his hands in his pockets. A bit counterproductive if he were trying to wave a cab over, but you don’t mention it. 

“We had one date, Joon. I know you helped him, I’m about 99% sure of it.” You tease, poking his chest. Namjoon looks around the street, pretending he has no idea what you could possibly mean. “But there was a photographer in the garden, and they took pictures of us. They’ll probably be a dating rumor sometime in the future. I told Kook I don’t want to ruin the reputation he has, but he doesn’t seem to care about his reputation.”

Namjoon looks a bit surprised, “Kook hasn’t mentioned anything about the photographer in the garden. He just said the date went well and he had fun.”

“Well then don’t bring it up until it’s posted.” You chuckle. “He said they’d say we were together for some business deal, but I feel like it’s too obvious we were on a date. Even if your company says that, I don’t think people will really believe it.” 

“I don’t think Jungkook really cares when it comes to you, he just likes being with you a lot in general.” Joon explains, making you blush softly. “He was more upset about you not holding his hand in the restaurant than the photographer.”

That actually makes you laugh out loud, not expecting it. “People were staring at us!” You finally see a taxi, calling it over with vigor. “I should get going, gotta wake up early unfortunately. Let me know if Jungkook starts talking shit about me to you, I assume he tells you a lot more than he’d tell the others.”

“Hmm, I don’t know what you mean. No clue actually.” He jokes, pulling you into a hug before you leave. It’s comforting and familiar. “Get home safe, text me when you make it to your apartment.”

“I will, Joon. Go back inside, they’re probably missing you.” You laugh, jokingly shoving him away. “Be quick before people start taking photos of us too.”

Namjoon rolls his eyes, closing the taxi door after you’ve climbed in. With a small wave goodbye, he heads back into the restaurant to likely herd the members together. You text Joon as soon as you enter the apartment building, trudging to the elevator and eventually making your way in. Placing your phone on charge, you see a text flash across your screen from Namjoon. 

Kook said don’t worry about the money, he’s got it.

You’re beyond exhausted, not replying just yet. You almost pass out immediately when your head hits your pillow. 

______

From then on, it feels like you see at least one member every shift. For the next week that you work, one of them always pop up. You’re slightly concerned how well their appearance rate is, considering they don’t know your schedule. 

It’s exactly a week after yours and Kook’s date when you see it. The article you’ve been dreaded every waking second of the last week. Your fingers are flying to your text messages at the speed of lightning. 

Kook, did you see?!

See what?

You could strangle him, you really could. You send him the link to the article. While they blurred out your face, the title makes your stomach churn. Jungkook of BTS Debuts with a New Girlfriend! WHO IS SHE?

Fuck, I already told the company. They should be on it within the next day. 

What if they find out who I am?

They wont, I promise. 

Kook, your fans hate me. Lol.

Its a flurry of hate, despite not even knowing who you are. You quickly exit off of the article, doing your best to ignore it. You cant believe how much of a scandal the photo caused, and now everyone is freaking out over it. You just hope that Jungkook’s company can sort it out quickly so it doesn’t negatively affect him. 

The next day, Jungkook shows up to your apartment, knocking on the door. 

“What are you doing here!” You mumble, dragging him in by his shirt. “Kook, we really shouldn’t be seen together for a little bit, just until things get sorted out and calm down. If someone sees you standing in front of my apartment door, you’re done for!”

“You stopped responding to my texts, I got nervous!” The door clicks shut behind him, followed by the lock being done. “And I wanted to tell you that they’re putting out a statement today, so hopefully it’ll be cleared up by tonight. You need to ignore the comments and responses, people never know what they’re talking about when it comes to idol related stuff.”

“They think i’m ugly, kook. That’s not idol related.” You laugh despite it bothering you. “I just don’t want it to mess up your reputation, that’s all.”

“I’d mess up my reputation for you.” He smirks, grabbing an arm and pulling you close to him. You smile as you slam into his chest, immediately being wrapped in his arms. “I don’t like you disappearing and not texting me back. Especially with everything going on.” He sighs, resting his cheek on the top of your head. 

“Your fans don’t like me very much,” You giggle, trying to fight off the overwhelming dread for the sake of Jungkook. 

“I like you very much.” He smiles, “And i’m happy here, so it doesn’t matter to me.”

“I hate to break it to you, but i’m not in the mood to suck your dick again so. If that’s what you’re trying to get here, we’re gonna have to raincheck.”

“What?! I cant just come over to check up on you?”

“Without an ulterior motive?” You laugh, “I highly doubt it.”

“Listen, I know you’re upset. But I'll make sure it’s all sorted out, I promise.” Jungkook's voice is softer than before, making your heart hurt just a bit. 

“I’ll be alright, Kook. I’m big and strong.” 

“Have you ate today yet?”

“...No.”

“Y/nnnnn, you’re breaking my heart.” Jungkook dramatically exclaims, pushing you away from him. “Go sit down and I'll make us dinner.” You follow, plopping down on the couch and watching as he walks into the kitchen. You smile as he begins to survey your kitchen, collecting ingredients as he sees fit. As he begins to cook, he finally realizes you’ve been watching him the entire time. “Hey, you’re supposed to be relaxing! Put on your favorite tv show or something.”

To ease his mind, you follow along. It’s a little less than an hour when he finally brings two bowls, placing them on the coffee table. He disappears for a couple of minutes, bringing back drinks and a small side dish. “Thanks Kook, a bit dramatic, but thank you.” You laugh, grabbing a bowl and sitting back. He makes himself comfortable, scooting until he’s close enough for your legs to be touching. 

“I really don’t want you to feel bad about that article, Y/n.” Jungkook mentions after a few bites of food, an episode playing softly on the tv. “And I don’t want you to worry about my reputation or the rumors. I WAS the one that asked you out, not the other way around.” He emphasizes. “And I mean, I don’t even care. I had a great time, and I wouldn’t change it if I could go back anyway.” 

Eventually, the statement from his company is put out. The two of you read through it, (Jungkook refuses to let you read the responses underneath the article.) It puts your mind to ease slightly, and you hope that it’ll be cleared up soon. “If we keep going out together, people will know.” You sigh, resting your head on Jungkook's shoulder. “Eventually people will know we’re not just business partners.”

“If it gets to that point, I'll just say we’re sucking face every day.” He shrugs, making you smack him in his stomach. “I’m kidding, I'll say we’re fucking every day.” Another hit. 

“Kooookkkkk”

“Okay fine, I'll say you’re my favorite person in the whole wide world that makes me the happiest and cheers me up every day. And then fans cant be mad, because if they’re mad that means they don’t care about my happiness.”

The two of you stare at each other for an extended time, your face straight. “You’re a real smart ass, you know that?” You sigh, getting up and collecting the dirty dishes. You walk into the kitchen, beginning to wash them in the sink. Jungkook eventually comes to help, laughing slightly. 

“Just for you.” He smiles, leaning down to kiss the top of your head. As he helps you wash dishes, he sings softly next to you. 

The two of you clean up before settling back down on the couch, feeling like a domestic couple. You like it, but it’s more than you were ever expecting with Jungkook. Apart of your mind still thinks this is him, Jimin's and Taehyung’s elaborate plan to finally bag you. Truthfully, you hope that its not the reality of your relationship with Kook. 

“We have a performance coming up, a tv broadcast, this Friday. I want you to come.” 

“Kook, this Friday is tomorrow.”

“...Yeah. I still want you to come watch.”

“Wow, thanks for the early heads up.” You jokingly roll your eyes, tossing your legs over Jungkook's lap as you lay down. Jungkook’s hands immediately find your calves, massaging the muscle underneath. “How are you gonna sneak me in, so reporters don’t put two and two together with that article?”

“We put you in a STAFF shirt, obviously.”

“You’re lucky I like the other guys.” You sigh, making Jungkook dramatically place a hand over his heart paired with an obnoxious gasp. “Kook, can I have a kiss?” You smile, tapping your bottom lip.

“Don’t even have to ask.” He smiles, sliding in between your legs and easily slotting your lips together. Your hands find their place in his hair like always, Jungkook's elbows on either side of you keeping his weight up. “I love this.” he mumbles against your lips, quickly resuming the kiss. “Love just kissing you.” 

Jungkook's lips and hair are soft, easily getting lost in the feeling. He also allows his weight to fall onto you, his hands instead wrapping around your body and holding you close to him. Pulling away to catch your breath, you can’t help but smile at Jungkook who peers up to you. “Thank you for coming over to check on me.” You place a small kiss on his forehead. “And making me feel better.”

“Always.” Jungkook smiles. “We leave pretty early tomorrow morning.”

“I’m excited to watch you guys, not so much for cameras.” You sulk. 

“I’ll disguise you.” He laughs, placing his head onto your chest and beginning to watch the tv show. You continue to play with is hair, not paying much mind to the show and just thinking instead. Truly, you enjoy the little fling that you and Jungkook are having. You’re just a bit nervous with the media reaction and backlash you KNOW is under the articles. 

“Are you gonna spend the night, Kook?” You hum, twirling a piece of hair around your fingers. 

“If you’ll let me?” He has a hopeful look on his face, a small smile on his face. 

“Of course, Kook.” You smile, grabbing the blanket off the back rest and tossing it over the both of you. 

______

The next morning is an entire blur, Jungkook once again waking with a start as his phone rings off the hook. His panic sets into you, the two of you rushing to collect anything you’d need for the day. After you have everything you think you’ll need, the two of you rush over to Jungkook's house. (You insist on staying in the car.) Jungkook rushes out before speeding to the company building. 

The other members side eye you and Jungkook for a solid hour, you denying any allegations they speak out loud and Jungkook just laughing at you. “Here, I got you some merch.” Jungkook claims, earning a questioning stare from you and the others in the room. The “merch” is a shirt that says STAFF along the back, a black mask, and a bucket hat. “And to really sell it you can carry my drumsticks and Namjoon's bag that has all of his notes, and schedules, and speeches and other shit written down.” 

“Wow, so kind.” You roll your eyes, watching as Jungkook drops the two bags onto your lap. Surprisingly, Namjoon's bag is heavier than Jungkook's. 

“And you’ll ride in the passenger seat, get out after us, and then just follow us in.” Jungkook gives you a thumbs up, making you laugh. “Other staff will walk in with you, so it’s not just going to be you walking in on your own.”

“I’m glad you thought this out step by step, Kook.” You roll your eyes, moving the bags off of your lap for now. 

“And once you’re inside, there wont be any paparazzi or anything in the back.”

“Aw, lover boy has it all planned out.” Hoseok interjects, grabbing Jungkook's shoulders and shaking him around. It makes the group laugh, Jungkook beginning to fake fight with Hobi. As much as you tease and joke, you’re glad he thought of a way to keep you out of the cameras eye. 

The ride is longer than you thought it would be, awkwardly sitting in the front with the other staff member who drives. You glance back into the back to give Jungkook and Joon a dreadful stare, wishing you could be back there instead. It makes Namjoon laugh, Jungkook not so much as he also wishes you could be in the back. Arriving to the broadcast makes  you nervous, watching as an unbelievable amount of flashes go off as the boys climb out and head in. 

You follow Jungkook's master plan, walking in with the other staff. You thank the singular brain cell in Jungkook’s head, not a singular camera click going off as the group of you walk in. “See it worked!” Is loudly exclaimed the second you walk into the building, making you yelp and jump away. Jungkook stands to the right of the door, pressed against the wall to avoid pictures. 

“You have got to stop doing that.” You claim, jokingly placing a hand over your heart before slamming his drumsticks against his chest. 

Following Jungkook to the others, you squeeze past various camera equipment and staff, eventually entering the decently sized room where the boys are at. “Here you go, Joonie.” You smile, handing him his bag as you plop down next to him. “Jungkook’s plan actually worked.” You laugh, taking off your hat and mask. 

“That’s surprising.” Yoongi vaguely comments from another couch, making you chuckle. 

There’s not much for you to do, watching as the boys get ready and prepare for their performance. You watch the soundcheck and mic checks, the boys joking around. It’s about 30 minutes before the broadcast that everyone filters back into the room, everyone in their stage outfits and equipped with their in-ears and whatnot. You suppose this is the final little pow-wow as Namjoon begins to speak to the others.

“Are you excited to watch?” Jungkook beams, coming over and dramatically plopping down on top of you. “You can stay here and watch the tv, or come out to the stage and stand on the side and watch. I’d say you can sit in the audience, but you might draw some attention.”

“I think I'll just stand on the side of the stage, then.” You nod, making him laugh, 

“Don’t worry, if you come to a concert I'll make sure you have one of those VIP lounges.” He promises. 

“Wow, so sweet.” You roll your eyes. Namjoon has given you various opportunities to come to their performances and concerts, but you were often busy. You did go to some, don’t get it wrong, but it’s obvious to Joon that you can’t turn down Jungkook’s offers like you can his. 

“Okay, come on!” Jungkook hops up, grabbing your hand and dragging you up in one easy swoop. The boys laugh at the two of you, Jungkook leading the way. “You can stay here, you should have a pretty good view and I already told the staff about you. So they won’t think you’re a crazy lady or something.” You roll your eyes. 

“Go to your members, you need to get ready.”

“Give me a kiss before they come, please.”

“Kook….”

“No one is around, no one will see. Promise.”

You really can’t say no to him as you finally give in. His arms wrap around you, pulling you closer to him. “Go, Kook. Before they get suspicious.”

He finally listens, disappearing in the chaos of staff running around and cameras everywhere. He runs quickly, and you’re sure he’s once again late. Trying to stay out of the way of actual staff, you hug the wall for the entire performance. The view, like Kook mentioned, is actually very good.  You smile the entire performance, watching the boys beam as their fans cheer loudly. It makes you happy to see them so happy. 

They wave their goodbyes, small bows as they slowly make their way off the stage opposite of you. Gathering up all of your brain cells, you do your best to retrace the way you and Jungkook came. It takes you a bit longer, but you eventually find your way back to the room. “You guys did so good!” You beam, a giant smile as you hug Yoongi who was the closest to you. You make your rounds, eventually hugging all of the members but Kook, who was the farthest from you. 

“Kook! You looked so good out there!” You smile, coming over to where he sat on a couch. He didn’t respond to you, elbows resting on his knees as he stared at the floor. “Kook?” You ask, crouching down in front of him to try and get his attention. “What’s wrong? Why, Kook?” You mumble, seeing his eyes glossy as he fights off crying. “No, Kook. No, what is it?” You whisper, trying to not make a scene. 

(It failed, the 6 guys are currently watching you and Jungkook.) 

“I messed up…” He sniffles, finally crying as he feels one of your hands come to his face. You furiously wipe the tears that fall from his eyes, hands cupping both sides of his face. “I wanted to do good, since you were here to watch.”

“You did, Kook. I didn’t even notice, no one noticed it.” You reassure him, “You did so well, I was smiling the entire time! Don’t be upset, Kook.” He eventually calms down in your hold, tears slowing. “I was really happy watching you guys.” You smile, smoothing his hair in an attempt to comfort him. Jimin shuffles past, handing you a box of tissues. 

It makes both you and Jungkook laugh. Jungkook speaking up, “Thanks.” Jimin offers a thumbs up, which makes you smile. 

“I think they’re waiting for you to take pictures.” You mumble, a slight teasing tone behind it. Jungkook nods, watching as you stand up before getting up himself. 

They shuffle to take pictures, everyone teasing Jungkook as they pull him into the center. You smile, watching Jimin poke Jungkook’s cheek. 

“Come over, Y/N.” Namjoon gestures, opening on of his arms. 

“Oh, it’s okay.” You shake your hands. Namjoon rolls your eyes, grabbing one of your arms and pulling you into the group. 

Jimin smirks, pulling you into the center with Kook. Kook wraps an arm around your shoulder, the other hand coming to squish your face. You laugh, the camera’s clicking. Now it’s your turn as you hassle him into a fake chokehold, another camera click filling the room. Jungkook has a giant smile in both photos, making you smile. 

“We’re leaving in about an hour, until then there’s food and drinks.” A staff member informs you guys, everyone thanking him. 

Everyone settles down, you finding your spot on the couch by Namjoon once again. Jungkook plops down next to you, making no move to grab something to eat. “Kook, you should eat.” You mumble through your bites of food. He doesn’t respond, making you roll your eyes. “You should listen to your elders more.” You scold, grabbing a bowl of noodles and placing them in his hand. 

You let go of the cup, leaving it to Jungkook to hold onto them. “You’re lucky this didn’t spill all over my lap.” Jungkook sighs, finally sitting up and beginning to eat the noodles. 

“It would’ve been your own fault.” You shrug, making Joon laugh beside you. 

Everyone eats and makes conversation with another, a smile on your face almost the entire time as you listen to them. The hour flies by, eventually everyone collecting their belongings. You grab Namjoon's bag and Kook’s drumsticks, placing your mask and hat back on. 

“We’ll see you in a bit, make sure you find the other staff members.” Joon smiles, giving you a quick hug before you have to run off. You once again thank Jungkook as not a single click goes off as you walk out, finding the right van and climbing in. 

You and the driver awkwardly sit alone in the van until the boys come out. Namjoon, Yoongi, and Jungkook climb into the van you're in. The other members getting into the one in front of you.  The ride back to the company building is just as long, Yoongi and Namjoon taking a small cat nap. 

“Y/N, come sit with me.” Jungkook whines from the back, making you raise an eyebrow. 

“I don't know if that’s a good idea, Kook.” You laugh. 

“Please, I just wanna nap. The window is too hard to rest on.” He explains. He’s sitting all the way in the back by himself, Namjoon and Yoongi in the middle two seats. 

“No funny business, Jeon.” You threaten, unbuckling. You apologize to the driver profusely as you climb over the middle, eventually making it into the back. You’re careful not to bump into Yoongi or Namjoon. With a sigh of relief, you finally make it. Jungkook smiles, unbuckling his seat belt and immediately resting his head in your lap. “Let me buckle up first, if we get into a car crash we both don’t have to die.”

One of his arms rests underneath your thigh, making himself comfortable. “Thank you, Y/N.” He smiles. 

“Don’t tell me you’re still upset, kook.” You sigh, hearing it in his voice. 

“I’ll be okay.” He smiles, glancing up to you before rolling back forward. 

“You did good, I mean it. And I'm just not saying that, I really think it was amazing. I’m sure all of your Army loved every second of it.”

“I know but it wasn't army it was for you-”

“Shhhhhh,” You slap one of your hands against his mouth, earning a lick to your palm. You wipe the spit onto his shirt, a look of disgust overtaking your face. “It was for me, and I loved every second of it. Stop being so hard on yourself.” You sigh, hands resting in his hair. “Take a nap, Kook.” 

You’re not sure when he falls asleep, but he eventually does. You’re unable to sleep, the position too uncomfortable but you really don’t mind. You stare out of the window the entire time, watching trees and numerous street lights pass you. It’s not until you hear a click that your attention is brought back into the car. 

“…Shit.” Yoongi mumbles, quickly hiding his phone. 

“Cmooonnnn” You complain, whining. Yoongi only laughs at your distress. 

“What? It’s cute, plus I wanna show the other guys. Maybe they’ll stop teasing the two of you so much if they know how much you mean to Kook.” He defends his actions. “And before you ask, because I know you’re about to, no I didn’t show anyone the video.” 

“…Thank you Yoongi.” It actually was the question you were about to ask him. “But don’t get my hopes up, I don’t think I mean all that much to him.” You sigh, glancing down to the boy in your lap. With the small trio they have, you’re convinced they’ve created some elaborate plan to get Jungkook into your pants and that’s the end of the little fling. You suppose you can only delay the inevitable so much. 

“Hmm, if you say so.” Yoongi side eyes you, eventually turning back around and placing an earbud in. He sends you the photo soon after, and you assume that’s also when he sends it to the group chat as you can hear Joon's phone also ping. 

From then, it’s not long after that you arrive at the company. Joon wakes up on his own, somehow knowing the van was stopped for real now and not just at a light. It’s almost scary, his intuition. Kook is still passed out in your lap, earning him a series of aggressive shakes. (You finally learned that Jungkook is a heavy sleeper, you gotta use some force.) After a bit, you get a very groggy “Huh?” 

“We’re at the company building, get up.” You answer, watching as he slowly pushes him self up off your lap. Glancing around, he finally gains his bearings. You follow Yoongi and Namjoon out of the van, stretching your legs and back for what feels like the first time in years. “Joon, I left yours and Jungkook's bags in the passenger seat.” He nods, wiping the remaining sleep out his eyes as he walks around to the front. Jungkook finally hobbles out, the car door being shut. 

“Okay, i’m gonna get going. Today really took it out of me.” Min dramatically explains, pretending to sleep on his hands. “I'll see you guys soon.” Yoongi smiles, giving the three of you a hug before making his way. 

“Where are the others?” You mumble, not seeing their van at the building yet. 

“Apparently they stopped for food on the way over.” Namjoon explains, “They’ll be here in like 10ish minutes probably.” 

“I’m tired, I don’t feel like waiting 10 minutes.” Jungkook grumbles, standing behind you and placing his cheek on your head. “C'mon, I'll give you a ride home Y/n.” 

“Get off of me,” You joke, pushing Jungkook backwards. “You just slept for like 2 hours. Plus I wanna say bye to the others and thank them for letting me come today.” 

“I'll add you to the group chat, let’s go.” Jungkook is dragging you away before you even have a chance to refute him. Namjoon just laughs at the two of you, watching as you jokingly scold him. 

“Bye Joon! Get home safe!” You call, waving to him before Kook rounds a corner. “Jungkoookkk, I wanted to say bye.” 

“They’d just tease us for the picture anyways.” He mumbles, eventually pulling you under his arm rather than dragging you by the wrist. He’s right about the picture, your face warming slightly. “Who even sent that? Yoongi? Namjoon?” 

You let out a small sigh, “Yoongi. He said it was cute or something, you know how he is.” 

Jungkook doesn’t say anything, walking to the car. He still opens the passenger side door for you, allowing you to climb in before softly closing it. You try to pinpoint why he’s acting so odd all of the sudden, but you really can’t. As he drives in silence, not even the radio playing, you know something’s for sure wrong. “Kook, it might be a bad time to ask. But what’s wrong…” You mumble, watching as he leans his head on his hand, elbow resting on a small divot in the door. 

“I just wish…I don’t know. That we didn’t have to hide I guess.” He mumbles. “From the cameras, from my members, from my fans.” 

It makes you smile, “Kook, I see where you’re coming from, but we’re technically just hook up buddies right now.” You laugh. “What would you say to your fans, here’s the girl i’m sleeping with!!” The joke finally makes him crack, a small chuckle coming from him. “|And your members only tease us because they love you, and you’re their youngest. They’ll get over it eventually.” 

He has a small smile on his face, nodding his head. “I guess you’re right.” 

“To cheer you up, let’s go to your house instead?” You propose, trying to hide the smile on your face. It eventually cracks through when Jungkook side eyes you, a hopeful gleam in his eye. 

“Anything for you, Y/n.” He smiles, redirecting to his house instead. He doesn’t live far from your apartment, maybe a 20 minute drive if you’re speeding (Kook was.) “And here we are, the Jeon household.” He dramatically claims as he pulls into his garage. 

“I hate rich people.” You and Jungkook say at the same time, your eyes wide as you stare at him. (You stop saying it after that.) 

“I knew you were gonna say that.” He laughs, climbing out. You follow, allowing Jungkook to lead the way in. “Bam, my Doberman, is at training right now so he’s not here. So you don’t have to worry about him.” 

“Holy shit you have a big house.” You mumble as you walk into the living room. “It looked big on the outside but it’s somehow bigger inside.” 

“I guess the designers were good at their job.” He laughs, sitting down on the couch. You take your spot next to him, easily finding yourself underneath his arm. “Maybe I shouldn’t take you to performances anymore.” Jungkook bluntly says, catching you off guard for a moment. He realizes, a small chuckle following. “Because I just wanna kiss and hug and cuddle you too much.” 

“God, Kook.” Is all you can mumble, making him laugh. “Right, make a group chat.”

“Huh?”

“With all of the members, so I can thank them remember? We should do it now before we forget.” You smile, watching as he slowly reaches for his phone. He makes a show of pretending it’s the most painstaking task he’s ever done in his life. He sends a message, a small vibration in your back pocket as you reach for it. 

Kook: Y/n wanted to declare her undying love for me in front of everyone 

You: Jungkook’s brain is rotting 

You: I just wanted to say thank you guys for letting me come to the broadcast today to watch you guys perform. It was really fun and I enjoyed it a lot. You guys all did amazing, i’m super proud of all of you! <3 

Jinnie: Awwww our little Y/n :,) 

Jin's message makes you giggle. 

Joonie: anytime Y/n, we always love having you around. You’re always welcome to tag along. 

Jiminie : sent an attachment 

It’s the photo Yoongi took on the way home, you finally using that as your cue to exit out of the group chat. 

“They’re already starting.” You laugh, placing your phone onto the coffee table. 

“See, I told you.” Jungkook cockily declares, reaching over and hoisting you up. “They would’ve just teased you if we sat there and waited for them.” 

“I don’t like it when you’re right.” You tease, allowing your hands to slide up the bottom of his shirt. You allow your hands to roam his torso, feeling any muscle they come across. “I don’t like not being able to tease you all day.” You continue to complain. “Or kiss you whenever I feel like it.” 

“You can around the members.” Jungkook smirks, voice slightly breathy. 

“Your little trio would enjoy it too much.” You smile, watching his reaction. “Jimin yanking down my shirt to look for any hickeys?” 

“Honest to everything, I didn’t think he was going to do that.” He defends, making you laugh. 

“He said you won’t tell them anything about us, so he wanted to do his own investigating.” You explain, watching as his ears turn slightly red. Before you can explain himself more, you hike the t-shirt up and over his head. You close the space in between the two of you, pressing your chest against his as your arms hold onto his shoulders. 

“I don’t want to tell them private details regarding you, because I feel that that’s an invasion of privacy.” He mumbles, making you smile. 

“Good.” You smile. 

“You know, this is fucked up.” Jungkook whines, making you raise an eyebrow. “This is like some fucking my coworker roleplay.” Your still slightly confused as jungkook’s face burns bright red. “Your shirt, look at your shirt.” 

Oh right, the staff shirt you were currently wearing that was slightly too big on you. It makes you let out a loud laugh, Jungkook slightly embarrassed. “I hate you, I really do.” You continue to laugh as you climb off his lap. “Where are your condoms bun?” 

“I uh, uhm, uhh. Sorry, in my bedroom on in the right bedside drawer.” He stammers, making you smile. 

“Okay, now where’s your bedroom?” Jungkook cant be anymore embarrassed, he thinks. 

“Go down the hall, at the very end make a left. Go down that hall and then at the very end the right.” 

You stare at him for a couple of moments. “I'll yell for you in case I get lost.” You laugh, beginning the journey. As complex as it sounded when he told you the directions, you find the room easily. There’s little action figures on a shelf, signaling that this is for sure Jungkook's room. Rummaging through the bedside drawer, you find what you’re looking for. “I found some stuff, bun!” You call, walking back into the living room. 

The look on his poor face as you present your findings makes you smile. “Goddamnit I forgot that was in there!” He complains, tossing his head back against the couch. To your delight, you found his Fleshlight and bottle of lube, both unopened. 

“You can’t leave toys in there and expect me not to play with them, bun.” You smirk, climbing back onto his lap. Placing the bottle of lube up to his lips, “Bite.” You watch as he easily follows directions, biting the plastic from the cap and easily tearing it off. “Y’know, you should look more enthusiastic than that or I'm not gonna let you cum.” You grin, watching his face fall. “Don’t worry bun, I'll make you feel good.” You smile, finally getting the box open and tossing the lube and Fleshlight aside for now. The box lands somewhere behind you as you throw it across the living room.

Your lips easily slot together, a satisfied sigh coming from Jungkook. “Can I please take off your top?” He whines against your lips, hands sliding just slightly underneath the fabric to rest on your skin. 

“Sure bun, but that’s it.” You mumble, watching him celebrate as he easily strips the staff t-shirt and tosses it onto the coffee table. Pulling you closer, the two of you let out a hum as your skin makes contact. Jungkook's skin is warm against yours, riling you up as you kiss him harder. It’s hard to feel through the thick material of your jeans, but by the way his hips grind against you, you’re sure Kook’s the same way. 

“I love this, Y/n.” Kook whines, pulling your body closer to his. “Like feeling your skin on mine.” He mumbles against your lips, biting them softly. 

“Kook?” 

“Hm?” 

“Can you get up for a sec?” He nods, following whatever you ask from him immediately. You could tell him to eat you out for hours and he’d do it. He watches as you shuffle to one side of the couch and sit sideways, patting the area in between your legs. “Strip, then sit with your back facing me.” 

“Fuck Y/n.” He whines, following. Your eyes watch every move he makes, his ears burning but your gaze making him even harder. He places himself in between your legs, both hands holding onto your thighs that rest on either side of him. “I'm not used to this.” Jungkook admits, softly placing his head back and resting it on your shoulder. 

“You seem to like it, Kook.” You tease, allowing your hands to roam his torso. Just before you get to the base of his cock, you slide your hands up. “Look how hard you are right now.” You hum, placing a warm kiss onto his neck. 

“I know.” He whines, hips twitching from the lack of touch. His hands squeeze your legs, fingertips making indents in your jeans. 

“You like this, Kook?” You ask, ghosting your hand over his shaft. 

“A lot.” Kook whines, finally letting out a small moan as you wrap your hand around him. You lazily jerk his cock, watching how his abs clench from the slightest touch you give him. 

“You’re really sensitive today, bun. Are you gonna cum early?” You tease, biting down softly on his shoulder but not leaving a mark. He whimpers as you move your wrist faster, head resting on your shoulder as he tries to minimize the sensation in his head. He only picks his head up when your hands disappear, looking for the reason. “My sweet Kook, buying a Fleshlight just to throw it in his drawer and forget about it.” You smirk, looking at the completely new toy in your hands. 

Jungkook can’t help but flush a bright red, watching as you play with the lips of the Fleshlight he’s never touched. Your fingers teasingly push the lips apart, dipping in your first knuckle as you feel the inside. “It’s okay if you cum early bunny, this is your first time with this hm?” You can just barely see the look on his face as you bring it up to his face, holding it just in front of his mouth. “Lick.” 

The hold you have over him is undeniable, Jungkook ignoring the slight embarrassment as he follows your instruction. You apply pressure against his tongue as he licks and sucks, lewd sounds bouncing around the living room. The sight is almost porn to your sore eyes, unblinking as you watch him eat out the fake pussy in your hand. Your legs involuntarily squeeze around his frame in between you, watching as his pink tongue easily slips into the clear center. Pulling the toy away, a sting of saliva connecting his lips to the toy, he lets out a shaky breath. “That was hot, definitely got you fired up now.” 

He embarrassingly nods his head, feeling his cock twitch. His eyes are fixated as you now fumble for the bottle of lube, eventually finding it on the cushion. Popping it open, you squirt a considerable amount onto his cock. “Ah, cold.” He whines, hips jerking up into the air. You quickly gather it on one palm, slowly jerking his cock to spread it around. You wipe the excess off of your hand and onto the toy, making Jungkook whine as he tosses his head back. “I can't watch this, I'm gonna cum too soon.” 

“Tell me when you’re about to come.” You whisper, watching as he nods his head on your shoulder. Passing the Fleshlight to your right hand, you can’t help but smirk as you slowly drag the toy along his shaft. His cock twitches at the new sensation, abs clenched as your hand rests on top of them. “Hopefully you’re ready Kook.” You smile, easily slipping the toy over his head. The moan he lets out is nothing but sin, your untouched core clenching around nothing. 

“It’s tight,” He whimpers, head still on your shoulder as you begin to slide the toy further down. His cock is almost too big, head just less than an inch away from hitting the top. The poor toy is stretched around him, bulging out at the end. 

“Bun, your cock is almost too big.” You whisper in his ear, making him shudder. “Look.” Slowly, he picks his head up. You’re right, his cock is almost breaking the poor toy. “That just means it feels even tighter wrapped around you.” You smile, beginning to move the toy. Your pace is agonizingly slow, watching as Jungkook twitches and bucks his hips slightly. The room quickly fills with moans and whimpers, Jungkook unable to hold them back. (He’s also not embarrassed anymore since you like them so much.) 

“My little Jungkook fucking a clear Fleshlight just for me.” You hum, licking along his ear. The sensation makes him shiver, hips jerking particularly hard as you gently suck on his lobe. You eventually move the toy faster, relishing in all the noises Jungkook whines into your ear. 

“Gonna cum already.” He whimpers, picking his head up slightly to watch as the toy sinks down onto him. “Cum-“ Before he can finish his statement you rip the toy off, using the heels of your feet to pin his legs down to the couch. His head falls back onto your shoulder, whimpers spilling from his lips. His hips try to buck into the air, cock twitching. 

“Calm down?” You smirk, setting the toy down carefully so that the open end doesn’t touch the couch. You take your time to tease, hands running along every inch of skin you can reach besides his cock. “Let me know when you’re not close anymore.” You smirk, gently flicking a nipple. 

“Y/n?” 

“Yeah Kook?” 

“I never want you to stop touching me.” He whines, closing his eyes as he rests on your shoulder. “Okay, I'm good.” 

“How many more do you think you can take?” You smile, beginning your ministrations once again. 

“Without-fuck.” He hiccups as you slide the toy over him, “Without losing my mind, maybe two more.” 

“I'll be nice then and this will be the last one.” You smile, beginning to move the toy faster. You get an even bigger reaction from kook, watching his hips buck into the toy slightly each time you pull it back. The grip on your legs is even tighter, likely leaving little fingerprint bruises in your thighs. “You’re gonna leave marks on me, bun.” 

“Good.” He moans, face scrunched up in pleasure. you can see the faint reflection of the two of you in the window glass, definitely a sight to see. 

“You’re doing so good for me bun,” You smile, twisting a nipple with your free hand. It makes him whimper, body twitching at all the sensations happening at once. “So fucking hot, Jungkook.” You smile, kissing along his neck. Your forearm is on fire at this point, praying to god you don’t lose grip of the Fleshlight and send it flying. 

“Gonna cum.” Kook whines, fingers digging into your legs particularly hard. Once again, you jerk the toy off his length and watch as he searches for any friction. Your heels wedge themselves once again onto his legs, restraining how much he can actually buck his hips. 

“How was that one?” Jungkook can hear the tease in your voice, riling him up. 

“It hurts.” He whines, letting out a small hum as your hands begin to roam his body once again. “Wanna cum bad, really bad.” 

“This time you can cum all you want.” You smile, slipping his cock back into the toy without warning. His hips jerk forward, almost slamming into the end of the toy. The beginning pace is brutal, faster than the last two. It makes Jungkook whine without any restraint, body twitching hard. “Inside the toy or outside, bun?” 

“Inside.” He whimpers, readjusting his grip on your legs and holding closer to your calves. You assume it’s to stop you from hooking your heels over his legs and preventing his movement. You let it slide, you already said he could come this time so there’s no use in stopping it. 

“I'm close, Y/n,” He whimpers, turning his head slightly as he bites gently onto your neck. 

“Don’t leave a mark.” Your voice is stern as you move your wrist faster, watching as he begins to time his thrusts to meet the Fleshlight half way. 

“Coming.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering as he comes. You continue to fuck the toy onto him, slowing down a considerable amount as you help him ride it out. He’s quickly overstimulated, one hand coming up to hold your wrist still as the other pulls your hand away from his nipples. “Holy shit,” He huffs, body still twitching slightly. 

“You’re almost touching the top.” You mumble, making him look down at the toy. 

“Fuck, Y/n.” He lets go of your wrists, watching as you slowly pull the toy off and flip it up. Jungkook's chest rises and falls rapidly, trying to catch his breath. The gentle kisses you place along his skin are slightly lost to him, mind fuzzy as he recovers. 

“You did good, Jungkook. That was honestly the hottest thing I've ever seen.” You smile, placing a final kiss onto his cheek. “I'm gonna go clean this out and I'll be back. I think you bought a cleaning set that was also in your drawer.” 

Jungkook sits up, allowing you to squeeze out from behind him and make your way down the hall. You snatch your shirt from the coffee table before making your way, but Jungkook doesn’t notice. You quickly wash it and set everything out to dry on the bathroom counter, trying not to laugh at how ridiculous it looks. Setting the cleaning solution back into his drawer, you can see various other toys that you survey before shutting the door. 

“Kook! Can I borrow some pants?!” You yell from his room, waiting to hear an answer. You jump slightly as the door swings open instead. 

“You scare easily.” He chuckles, walking into his closet. “I have my sweatpants that might be kind of big on you, or I have the ones you loaned me earlier that I washed and dried?” He offers the options, holding up two pairs. You take yours before heading into the bathroom. 

You’re met with the same situation as Kook the other week, the debate on if you wear your sticky underwear or not. With a sigh, you leave them on before changing out of your pants. “Also, everything has to dry before you put it back together. Otherwise it’ll be moldy and disgusting, and I'm sorry Kook, but I will not touch your moldy dick.” You lecture, making him smile as he falls down onto his bed in new pants, still shirtless. 

“You wouldn’t touch me?” 

“Ew…” That makes the two of you laugh, “Did you throw away the box that it came in? I just threw it somewhere in the living room.” You laugh, plopping down beside him. 

“Eh, I'll get it tomorrow.” He makes a brief motion towards the living room, brushing it off. You both agree on something to watch, Jungkook getting up and closing the door and shutting the lights off before climbing back into bed. 

“Did you enjoy it Kook, it wasn’t too much right?” You ask, watching as he opens his arms for you. You close the distance, wrapping your arms around him and softly rubbing his back. You can’t really see his face from how you’re laying, but you listen intently. 

“I liked it, Y/n. l like trying new things with you.” He hums, leaning over to kiss your forehead. “Also, I'm gonna repay the favor one day, and make your legs shake around my head.” 

“Hmm, I know you will Kook.” You smile, cuddling into him. “Not today though, I'm tired. I didn't sleep in the car.” You yawn, closing your eyes. 

“I had a feeling you were gonna say that.” He laughs, making you smile. “Goodnight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, kissing the top of your head. 

______

You’re woken up by a loud banging coming from the living room, you slowly sitting up from the covers. “Kook?” You mumbles, turning to him and shaking him roughly. The banging is really loud, making you nervous. “Kook, wake up please.” You speak, getting onto your hands and knees and beginning to shove him around. 

“What’s wrong?” He mumbles, eyes still closed as he holds onto your forearm. “What is it?” He asks, finally opening his eyes and sitting up. 

“There’s someone at the door, they sound angry.” You mumble, releasing your grip on him and allowing him to sit up. “I didn’t wanna check it on my own.”

“Stay here, I'll go look.” He says, climbing out of bed. You stay in the room, watching the door that he just left. You can hear the front door open, Jungkook and another person talking back and forth. Getting up, you press your ear against the door. 

“Did you bag her yet?” It sounds like one of the younger members, but you can’t tell who it is through the distance and door. “Namjoon told me that you took her home last night.”

“No, man. It’s not like that.”

“What do you mean? It’s always been like that, finally getting the so-called man eater in bed.” You can hear footsteps walking around the living room. “Really, a Fleshlight? So you didn’t fuck her.” You can hear the box hit the ground as it’s likely kicked, not being picked up from the other night. 

“It’s not like that anymore, I thought you knew that.” 

“You’re full of shit, Kook.” You can hear him laugh, likely throwing the box out as they walk further away. 

“Don’t you have a flight or something to catch?” Jungkook sighs. You can hear the front door open, followed by a series of stomps which you can only attribute to them shoving each other regarding the door. “I’ll talk to you later.” And then the door closes. You shuffle your way out of Jungkook's room, belongings in hand from the other day. 

“Can you take me home Kook?” You ask, clicking your phone on to check the time. 

Jungkook looks stressed out, jumping slightly at the sound of your voice. “It’s not like that Y/N. He doesn’t know what he’s talking about, and that, what he said, isn’t true.” He’s gesturing around the room. “I suppose it was like that, but it’s not like that anymore.”

“It’s okay Kook, plus it’s not like we’re dating.” You smile softly, trying to ignore whatever the feeling in your chest is. “Technically we are just hooking up. I have work later…so I wanna go home and get ready.”

“Y/N…”

“Kook, just bring me home.” You sigh, holding your jeans and your dumb staff disguise from the broadcast. Your phone is in your sweatpants and your bag is over your shoulder. You feel unbelievably stupid standing in front of him. 

He sighs, “Give me a couple of minutes.” You nod, watching him speed walk past you. He gets ready quickly, coming back out. “Okay, we can go now.”

You nod, following him out to the garage. You slip your shoes on, feeling Jungkook’s eyes on you. You don’t say anything, avoiding his stare as you walk out to the car. He doesn’t open the door for you, focused on locking the garage door. You get in quickly, quite honestly not wanting him to open the passenger side for you. The ride is unbelievably quiet, music playing in the background the entire ride. Pulling into the parking lot, you can see Jungkook ramping himself up. 

“Y/N, I really don’t want you thinking-”

“Kook, it’s okay.” You smile. “I don’t think you should walk me up, though. Just in case someone sees us walking in together.”

Jungkook could cry, truthfully. “Okay.”

“I’ll see you around.” You smile as you place a quick kiss onto his cheek, climbing out of his car. As you walk in, you turn around and wave bye with a smile. You don’t have work until later on in the day, working a closing shift at the café. 

Yoongi, can you come over please. Before you answer, it’s about my Jungkook situation. So be prepared for a lot. 

Always, Y/N.

You send him your address, giving him a brief rundown of how to get to your apartment after arriving at the building. It takes maybe 30 minutes before you hear knocking at the door. Looking out of the small peep hole, you see Yoongi with bags in both hands. You open the door for him. “Heyyy,” You mumble, stepping out of the way and allowing him to walk inside. 

“I’m just gonna assume that something happened, so I brought over some food and drinks.” He smiles, showing off the bags. “And I'm already prepared to hear whatever inappropriate details that you inevitably are gonna spill, either intentionally or accidentally.”

You can’t help but laugh, walking into the living room after shutting the door. Yoongi follows, setting the bags down before plopping down. “I’ll try to spare you the details like I do Namjoon.”

“Please do.” That makes you laugh once again. 

“Okay so a brief rundown starting from when I first met Kook.” You tell Yoongi all of the major details that are essential to the plot, sparring the minor details that would scar his image of his youngest. You assume you’re doing a good job, because Yoongi hasn’t once made a funny face or shocked expression. You finally get to this morning’s event, eyes watering slightly. You laugh, slightly frustrated at yourself for being so upset over something seemingly stupid to you. You never were supposed to get so attached to Kook, you KNEW it was the man-eater story that sparked his interest in you. 

“So yeah, I’m not sure which member it was that came over this morning. I asked Kook to take me home after that, and I can tell it upset him because he knew I was upset at him.” You laugh. 

Yoongi stares at you for a couple of moments, collecting his thoughts before beginning to give any of his advice. “I’m going to say something that you’re not going to like, and you’re probably not going to believe. You’re just gonna have to believe me here.” 

You nod, preparing yourself for whatever news he has. 

“Jungkook does actually like you.”

“Ugh, come on Yoongi.”

“Hey, I said you’re gonna have to believe me! This is not believing me.” He complains, pointing an accusatory finger at you. “I think that some of the members don’t believe him when he says that he likes you, but I genuinely think that he does. The way he talks about you and always wants you around him isn’t just wanting to hook up.” Yoongi explains, trying to get you to believe him. After this, you begin to eat the food that he brought over. 

“Yoongi, I heard this morning that-”

“Did Jungkook say it himself? That he just wanted to hook up with you and then dump you?” You shake your head no, he does have you there. “That’s just what whoever came over thinks, not what Jungkook thinks, trust me. I don’t think I've ever heard Jungkook talk about someone the way he does about you.”

“Okay Yoongi, you’re buying drinks when I eventually let him fuck and then he leaves.” You mumble in between bites of food. 

“Okay Y/N, you’re buying drinks when I’m right and that doesn’t happen.” He counters. 

“On second thought…I take that back.” Yoongi busts out laughing. “I hear that you’re right a lot. And you know Jungkook better, so whatever.”

“I promise you, he does like you. Before he invited you to the broadcast he was practically running around like a madman to accommodate you.” Yoongi explains, grabbing some food for himself. “He was so upset after the performance because he wanted everything to be perfect, not for himself, but for you.” 

“Stop getting my hopes up, Min.” You sigh. “It’s not good for my heart.”

“You have to stop being so stubborn. You’re just like him.” Yoongi laughs. 

“Yoongi, I kind of like him. Like actually like him.” You embarrassingly admit, your face flushing a bright red. 

Yoongi stares at you for a while. “No shit, Sherlock.” You’re even more embarrassed.

You and Yoongi spend the next couple of hours together, talking about whatever was naturally brought up in the conversation. Eventually, you do have to get ready for work. Yoongi understands, helping clean up from your shared meal. “I’m gonna go and let you get ready for work.” Yoongi smiles, wiping down the coffee table. 

“Thank you, Yoongi. Really.” You smile, wrapping him in a hug. You genuinely appreciate him coming to listen, despite giving you debatable information. 

“Anytime.” Yoongi smiles, hugging you back. “I’m happy to see my little kids falling in love, having their little fling.” He smiles. “I’ll come visit you at work.” He says before he leaves.

Yoongi carries out his promise, coming later on in the night. You scold him for being out so late, but you suppose he’s used to having late nights. You used your employee discount for his drink, sneaking the baked treat to him. You use the excuse that you throw them out at the end of the day and bake them fresh the next day, which is true but regardless. You had to convince him to take it. 

“I told Kook you’re working the nightshift.” Yoongi smiles. 

“God damn it, Min.” You sigh, shaking your head. 

“He’ll be here in maybe 10 minutes.” Yoongi giggles as he leaves the coffee shop, waving as he walks past the window. 

Yoongi is right often, and once again, he’s right about this situation. Jungkook comes in maybe 8 minutes later, a sheepish look on his face. You don’t even know what to say to him, the two of you looking at each other for an extended amount of time. 

“What can I get for you?” You smile at him, walking to the register. 

“Y/N, you have to believe me.” Jungkook whines, beginning his dramatics as he slumps over on the glass display case. He leaves another Kook-Stamp, making you smile. You could strangle him, you could. “I’ll do anything to prove it to you, I swear.” 

“Jungkook, you say that a lot you know.” You laugh. “I’m not mad at you, Kook. You don’t have to apologize to me.”

“I swear I don’t just want to hook up and then run, even though that’s what he made it sound like.” Jungkook continues to whine as he continues to drag his face along the glass. He’s doing a good job at making your job harder.

“Kook, even if you do that’s okay. That’s the pretense I started talking to you anyway.” You laugh. You don’t want him to say things he doesn’t mean, and right now it seems like he’s doing exactly that. “I like whatever little relationship we have going on.”

“Me too.” Jungkook nods. “I really like it too.” 

“What can I get for you, Kook?” You smile, reaching over and peeling his face off of the case. 

“When do you get off?” You’re still holding his face in your hand, watching as he melts into your touch. “I wanna take you out on a date.”

“You know that’s not a good idea.” You smile at him. 

“A date, at my house. Just me and you.” 

You roll your eyes, “Sure Kook, I’d love to. For now, what can I get for you?” 

You do the same thing as you did Yoongi, sneaking him a baked treat and a drink. You’re not sure your manager would really care, considering who they are, but regardless you pretend that you’re sneaking it. 

“When do you get off?” He asks as he sips on the ice coffee in hand, awkwardly holding his treat in the other. 

“In about 30 minutes.”

“I’ll wait for you.” He smiles, sitting down at a table. He does, watching every now and then as you do your closing tasks. He’s resting his chin on one of his hands, a soft smile on his face. You jokingly wipe him down with a rag, trying to wipe the table that he’s at. “Wow, a free drink and a free bath?” He laughed. “Customer service is really improving.”

“I need you to stand up from the table.” You laugh, Jungkook not getting the hint. He eventually stands up, watching as you wipe down the table and chair. “Okay, all done. Let me clock out really quickly.”

Afterwards, you meet Jungkook by the door. He makes up for not being able to open the door for you this morning, making a show of beating you to the passenger side. You can’t help but roll your eyes, climbing in. “Okay, to my house?” He smiles, buckling up. You nod, reaching over and grabbing his hand. Jungkook smiles, beginning to drive.

“I gotta ask, Kook. How much is this “date” going to be an actual date? And not just us fooling around on your couch.” It makes Jungkook burst out laughing. 

“I would say maybe 95% date, and 5% fool around on my couch if I get lucky.” You can’t help but roll your eyes slightly at him, trying hard to not laugh. 

The two of you don’t have much to talk about for the rest of the car ride, a comfortable silence falling over the two of you as music plays. Arriving at his house is no different, not a lot needing to be said as you head inside. Your interest is piqued as Jungkook walks through the house, making his way into the backyard. Without a word, you naturally follow him. The backyard is decorated with various fairy lights and small lanterns on the grass. The small path leads to a blanket, a small picnic arranged in the middle of the yard. 

“Kook, you’ve really outdone yourself.” You can’t help but smile at him, the effort making your heart fuzzy. 

“I know we can’t really have public dates, so I’ve gotta get creative and find other alternatives.” Jungkook laughs. “And Jin maybe, perhaps, helped me make the food. But don’t give him credit, it’ll go to his head.” He quickly explains, making you giggle. Jungkook dramatically plops down onto the fluffy blanket, patting the area next to him as he peers up at you. Eventually, you cave and plop down along with him. You easily find your seat underneath his arm. 

“I really appreciate your effort, Kook.” You smile. 

“Listen, I want to explain-”

Before he has a chance to continue on speaking, you slap a hand over his mouth. His eyes are wide as he stares at you, making you giggle. “Shhhh, you’re ruining the mood. You don’t have to, you don’t owe me an explanation.” 

“I want you to know that what he said isn't true. Not true in the slightest. I can’t really prove it right now, so in the meantime just take my word for it.” He explains. 

“Alright, if you say so.” You smile, rolling your eyes. You rest your head on him, eyes closing slightly. You’ve had a long day and you’re a bit tired, but enjoying the little date regardless. “I hope you thanked Jin for me.” You smile, reaching for a dish and beginning to eat. After a bite, you offer Jungkook some, feeding him. “I can feel  you staring at me, Kook.”

“Sorry.” You’re almost able to imagine the blush on his face. “I just think you’re really pretty, y/n.” 

Glancing over, he’s still staring at you. “I thought you said we would have a date. Stop trying to butter me up to sleep with you.” You tease, sticking your tongue out at him. It makes the two of you laugh. 

“God, can’t even compliment you anymore.” Jungkook complains, laying down on his back. He peers up at the stars, examining any constellations. You listen as he tells you about them, a fond smile overtaking your face involuntarily. He’s especially cute right now, wearing his signature comfy clothes as he shares his knowledge with you. Every now and then, he opens his mouth for a bite of food, which you give him. 

“You’re really cute right now, Kook.” You can’t help but smile at him as he glances up. 

“Wow, who’s buttering up who now?” He jokes. Eventually, you set the dish down and carefully join him laying down. Cuddled up to his side, you’re not exactly looking at the stars and more or less looking sideways. Jungkook continues to talk about the stars, moon, and planets as you listen. “You’re not even looking at the sky with me.” He whines, realizing after a solid 10 minutes. 

“I like listening to you talk.” On the verge of falling asleep, you have to sit back up. If not, you would definitely fall asleep on Jungkook’s chest. Jungkook asks about your day, and with a small pang in your chest you feel guilty. You could lie, but at this point it wouldn’t really matter. “I called Yoongi over to talk, because you hurt my feelings.” You laugh out loud, watching as Jungkook’s face falls. “Don’t worry, he reassured me. I’m not sad about you anymore.”

“...I don’t know what that means.” Jungkook mumbles. 

“No, Jungkook. I didn’t fuck Yoongi.” You roll your eyes, watching as he lets out his breath. He does an exaggerated whew which makes you laugh. He goes to the full extent of wiping fake sweat off of his brow.  “God, you really think I sleep with everyone. You have some issues.”

Jungkook sits up, wrapping you in his arms before easily dragging you down to the blanket. “Just gotta make sure, otherwise me and Yoongi would have to talk.” He threatens, holding up a fist before placing his arm back down. With your head resting on his arm, facing each other, you can’t help but smile. 

“Yoongi and I are good friends, Namjoon introduced him to me first.” You smile. “He’s almost like another Namjoon to me, but less clumsy.” 

“So like a brother?”

“Yeah, I suppose-”

“Good.” Jungkook cuts you off, a shit eating grin on his face. 

“What if I told you, you were also like a brother to me?” You laugh, watching his expression. 

“Well, that would be some fucked up step-brother porn shit.” He shrugs, allowing his eyes to close slightly as he pulls you closer. You genuinely don’t understand Jungkook and his porn references, but you assume it’s a young man thing. 

“You must watch a lot of porn, Kook. You’re always referencing it.” You chuckle. 

“What do you mean?”

“The co-worker role-play shit and now the step-brother porn scenario.” You laugh, realization finally washing over his face as he remembers his previous reference. “Yeah, you weirdo. You make them a lot.”

“Eh, you like this weirdo.” Kook smiles, pulling you in even closer so that your foreheads are touching. You can't open your eyes and look at him without laughing, so you close your eyes for now. “Y/n?” You hum slightly to acknowledge him. “What if we were to actually date? Like officially date, boyfriend and girlfriend?”

You laugh, thinking he’s joking. You feel like you’re in middle school again. “Your fans would assassinate me.” You joke. Jungkook doesn’t really laugh, but it doesn’t really strike as odd for you. “They definitely wouldn’t be happy that I somehow bagged the golden maknae, the sweet, hot, charming, funny, attractive, perfect, good at everything, youngest member.” You exaggerate, finally making him chuckle with you. “And also, it would probably make you less popular with the ladies, and what superstar wants that?”

“I only want to be popular with you.” He mumbles, making you smile. Your hands come to play with his hair, every now and then smoothing it back down. 

“What? No asking new girls to smash at every one of your shows? Is that not something super popular bands do anymore?” You continue to tease him, a soft smile never quite leaving your face. You like teasing him like this, leaving him defending himself. 

“We’re not some metal rock band, y/n.” That makes you giggle. 

“Doesn’t mean you can’t ask people out. What’s the one contract you have to sign, that says you can’t tell anyone you fucked a famous idol?” You continue to nag. 

“Yyyyyy/nnnnnnn.” Jungkook complains, shaking you slightly in his arms.��

“Okay, okay.” You smile, the shaking stopping. “I like this Kook, spending time with you.”

“I do too, a lot.” He nods, agreeing. The two of you spend maybe another hour outside, mumbling conversations every now and then. Your eyelids feel heavier as the minutes tick bye, eventually remaining closed for the entire conversation. You suppose Jungkook opens his eyes eventually, noticing. “Are you tired?”

You nod, feeling slightly bad. “I’m alright though, I’m enjoying the date you set up for us.” You can feel Jungkook shuffling slightly next to you, not really assuming anything. The kid moves around often, sometimes being unable to sit still for 5 minutes. In one easy swoop, Jungkook easily lifts you off of the floor. “Kook!” Your arms fly around his neck, eyes slightly wide. 

“I got you.” He smiles, easily walking into the house. Laughing at him pushing the glass door open with his ass, he continues in. He continues into his room, “Awww, jagiyaaaa.” He jokes as he carries you bridal style, tossing you onto his bed. 

“Ugh, I hate you.” You smile. 

“My sweet wife.” Kissing your forehead, he disappears back into the hallway. While he didn’t tell you what he was doing, you can only assume that he’s cleaning up the backyard. It would be unfortunate if the two of you woke up to raccoons in the backyard ransacking Jin’s food. He comes back in, dramatically plopping down next to you. “Not tired anymore?”

“My adrenaline is going from you launching me in the air, Einstein.” Jungkook smiles at you, clearly proud of himself. “Hmm, Kook?” He hums. “Kiss?”

“Fuck yeah!” He cheers, easily hopping onto his knees and making his way over. You hate him, you do. With a smile, Jungkook quickly finds his place in between your legs, connecting your lips. Your legs wrap around his waist, teasingly pulling him closer to you. “Oh?” He asks, a palm coming to hold your thigh that’s around him. 

“Shut up.” You pull him closer by his hair, earning a deep groan from him. Your lips slowly slide together, kisses extremely soft. It’s oddly romantic, something you’re not used to with Jungkook. While it’s unfamiliar, it’s not unwelcome. “Kook?”

“Fuck.” He complains, sitting up slightly. “You’re about to ask me to do some shit that doesn’t involve pleasing you.” 

“It does please me, you know I love seeing you like that.” You correct him, watching as he jokingly rolls his eyes. Leaning up, you place a small peck onto his lips. “I want you to-”

“Let me guess dry hump you until I cum?” He jokes, placing a gentle kiss onto your jaw.

“I mean, I was gonna let you fuck my thighs but yeah. I like that better.” His face goes blank, making you laugh. 

“I’ll take your deal, please I’ll take your deal.”

“Nope, too late. You can fuck my thighs next time.” You laugh. “Get to dry humping Kook, I wanna hear you.”

“It’s like I’m back in high school.” It makes you let out a loud laugh, unable to hold it back. As much as he pretends to hate it, he did come up with the idea. The feeling of your thighs squeezing around him goes to his head, mind running wild. After your little laughing fit, your lips softly reconnect. The both of your hips grind together, eventually finding a decent rhythm. Your kisses are broken up by Jungkook’s soft whines and whimpers, shooting to your core. 

“Do I make you feel good, bun? Do you like this?” You gently whisper, placing a kiss to his neck. A louder moan is drawn from him, head falling into your shoulder. “My sweet bun, so good for me.” You continue, pulling softly at his hair to pull his head up. You connect your lips, biting softly onto his bottom lip. 

Jungkook’s hands move to hold your hips, grinding them against himself harder. His moans and whines slowly become more frequent, beginning to get the signature look on his face. His eyebrows furrowed together slightly, sweat forming above his brow. His lips are red from kissing and biting them, slightly shiny. His eyes are also closed, losing himself in the feeling as his hips grind harder against your core. 

“Bun, you’re doing so good.” You smirk, grabbing one of his wrists slightly. He easily allows you to move it, unsuspecting as you slide it underneath your shirt. You allow your shirt to hike up, bra fully exposed. 

“Can I take it off?” Jungkook whines, lips finding your jaw once again. “Please y/n.” He lets out a small moan as you easily reach around, popping open the clasp. It’s torn off in zero seconds flat, quickly being thrown across his room. It almost makes you laugh but you suppress it for the time being. Jungkook’s mouth easily makes its way down to your chest, hot kisses leaving a trail. 

Jungkook does a thorough job of leaving hickeys on your chest, finally being able to leave a mark that won’t be seen. He’s too interested in your chest that his hips cease their movement, making you smile. “Alright, that’s enough.” You pull his head back up to kiss him, grinding your hips to remind him. 

“Never wanna stop kissing you.” He mumbles against your lips, grinding your hips against his harder than before. His fingertips hurt your hips slightly, holding them tightly. You watch as he loses himself once again, eyes falling closed. “Never wanna stop trying things with you.” He whines, kissing you harder as his hips continue to grind against you. It doesn’t feel amazing to you, but seeing Kook fall apart because of you makes your mind feel cloudy. You’ll never get over having him like this, just you and him. 

A particularly loud whine falls past his lips, head coming to rest in the crook of your neck again. There's a giant smile on your face, “Are you close bun? Do you feel good?”

“Almost.” He whines, slight frustration in his demeanor. 

“Kook, lay on your back.” You smile, watching as he immediately follows your instruction. He’s painfully hard in his sweatpants, hips jutting into the air. You easily straddle his hips, weight fully resting against him. “You’re so sensitive, bun.” You can't help but smile, pulling your skirt up slightly, Jungkook’s face scrunches up, watching your panties grind against his bulge. His head is thrown back slightly against his pillow. “Feel better?”

“Mhm, yes.” He whines, hips jutting up every now and then, whines spilling past his lips. The sight is almost too much for him, watching as you grind against him, one hand holding your skirt up to give him a show as the other rests on his thigh to stabilize your movement. Your tits sway with your movement, an extra sight for Jungkook's eyes. “Gonna cum.” A loud whine falls past his lips, hips beginning to grind in time with you. Your skirt eventually falls, both hands having to hold yourself up. 

“I can feel you, so warm.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering slightly. So close but so far, his mind reeling. 

“Go ahead and cum, bun.” You smirk, watching as his head easily falls back. With a small whine of your name and his hips stuttering against you, you know. You continue your movement, watching as he twitches slightly underneath you. His hands come to your hips, stopping the movement before it begins to hurt. It makes you smirk. “You did good, Kook. You should clean up.” your lips easily meet, slowly sliding against each other as he comes down from his high. 

“If we ever argue again, no matter what it is, just know that it’s not true. I like this too much to argue with you.” Jungkook explains, making you roll your eyes at him. You have to fight the urge to laugh, still securely sitting on his lap. 

“Go change, nasty.” You tease, climbing off his lap and beginning to search for the bra that got launched across the room. You can finally laugh, the bra quite literally being all the way across the room. You get dressed, Jungkook disappearing somewhere into his closet to find new clothes. Exhausted, you happily climb underneath his covers. 

“Y/n?” Jungkook mumbles, coming out of the closet once changed. You hum. “When I get the chance, you’re coming 5 times on my tongue alone.”

“I’m sure Kook, I’m sure.” You smile, patting the bed. You watch as he sails through the air, landing directly next to you. You don’t have the energy to scold him, rolling your eyes as you scooch closer so you’re touching. 

“Not tonight.” The two of you say in unison, your eyes widening slightly as you try not to laugh. Jungkook has a cocky look on his face, slowly being able to predict your reactions. You finally chuckle, rolling your eyes as you slap a hand over his eyes. 

“Go to bed, just go to bed.” You sigh, making him chuckle. 

“Thank you Y/n.” Jungkook mumbles, wrapping his arms around you as he pushes his face into the crook of your neck. It makes you smile, twirling his soft hair in your fingers. You hum slightly, not knowing what he was really thanking you for. “For spending time with me, and treating me like a normal person. And not Jungkook of BTS.”

“If I treated you like Jungkook of BTS, it would go to your head too much.” You laugh. “I like Jeon Jeongguk more anyways. Always nervous and sweet and cute. If you acted like some stuck up superstar I think we’d fistfight.”

“I’d win.” He laughs, vibrations sprawling along your skin. 

“Nah, I'd punch you straight on your dick.” You comment, another laugh being pulled from him. “End the fight before it even starts.” Jungkook just hums, not saying anything else as he allows himself to drift off. You can’t help but smile, placing a kiss on his forehead before following. “Night Kookie.” 

______

You’re woken up by the door clicking shut, sitting up in the bed. Jungkook’s warmth lingers next to you, recently here. “Kook?” You mumble, rubbing the sleep out of your eyes as you glance around the room. A small Yeah? Comes from the bathroom, voice being drowned out by the sound of the shower. A bulb goes off in your brain, a giant smirk on your face. “Kook? Can I join you?” A shit eating grin is irremovable, plastered across your face. 

“I- huh? What? What did you say?” He stutters and you can almost imagine the look on his face. “I mean, if you want to. If you’re comfortable?”

“Close your eyes, don’t open until I say.” You smile, clicking open the bathroom door. You can see his figure in the glass, slightly foggy from the hot water running. You’re not 100% sure if his eyes are actually closed, but you give him the benefit of the doubt as you quickly strip down. The sound of your clothes hitting the floor is almost music to his ears, Jungkook’s mind going into overdrive as he faces towards the shower head (eyes closed because he listens.) 

His ears strain as he listens to you, hearing the soft pad of your footsteps make their way into the shower. “You really don’t have to if you’re not comfortable-” Jungkook speaks up, hearing you step in behind him. His words are cut short as he feels you press against his back, arms snaking around to rest on his chest. “T-this isn’t showering together.” His face is hot, ears a deep red. 

“I didn't say shower together, I said join you.” You giggle, allowing your hands to roam his body. “You can open your eyes now if you want, but you can’t really see much.” You chuckle, lightly dragging your nails along his skin. 

“You’re gonna be the death of me.” He whines, chest pushing into your palms as you glide them over his muscles. He can feel your tits against him, pressed flush together. “Can I hold you?” He whines as your hands move further down, almost agonizingly slow. 

“I'm not moving from behind you, so if you can find a way, sure.” You smile, resting your cheek onto his skin. Jungkook does find a way, reaching behind him and allowing his hands to rest just on your ass. It pulls you closer, your body now almost entirely flush together. 

“Fuck, I can’t believe you’re naked and I can’t even see you.” Jungkook complains, taking the opportunity to grab the flesh underneath his palms. 

“You’re so whiny.” You roll your eyes, gently taking his cock in one hand. “And so painfully predictable.” You tease, feeling the hard on in your fist. 

“I have a naked lady pressed up against me, it’d be more embarrassing if I wasn’t horny.” He justifies himself, making you laugh lightly. You take the time to rile him up, slowly moving your loose fist as the other hand continues to run along his skin. Your fingers easily find a nipple, pinching it just enough to earn a loud whine from him and feel his hips thrust forward. 

“Always a smart ass.” You smile, tightening your hold slightly. “You’re extra responsive today, what’s up bun?” You can’t help but carry on, feeling his cock throb in your hold. Your other hand comes down as well, both fists pumping his cock at a slow pace. 

“You’re just so close,” He whines, head falling back slightly. “And your skin feels so warm against me.” He continues, hips gently rocking as he gets used to the pace, meeting your hands each time. Jungkook's moans echo off the shower walls, mixed in with the running water. “I wish you could always be around.” He babbles, a small blush creeping up on your face. 

“Do my hands feel good wrapped around you, bun? Want me to go faster?” You mumble against his skin, kissing the shoulder you’re hiding behind. 

“Nope. Feels so good, enjoying the time with you.” He whines, hips thrusting forward slightly harder. 

“Are you watching Kook? I wish I could see you fucking my hands.” You bite his skin lightly, not enough to leave a mark. “You probably look so good.” You smile, squeezing your hands slightly to emphasize your point. It earns a throaty moan from him, cock twitching in your hold. 

“I'll come too fast, I wanna enjoy this with you.” He answers, voice soft. You swear he could melt you with words if he tried hard enough, the burning in your ears worsening by the second. 

“Y’really know how to sweet talk a girl, bun.” You crack a light joke, releasing one hand to roam his body once more. It’s more for you than him, fingertips tracing every curve and muscle that they come across. Jungkook also releases one of his hands, coming back around to his own body. You’re not expecting it to grab your wrist, catching you off guard as both of your hands stop their movement. 

You can't see what he’s doing, nor the soft smile he has on his face. He slowly pulls the hand up, placing the softest kiss possible onto your palm. He continues, gently folding your fingers before placing another soft kiss onto your knuckles. “Love spending time with you,” He whines, rocking his hips back into your stilled fist. It almost snaps you back in reality, momentarily forgetting what you both were doing since you were too focused on what he was doing. 

The burn in Jungkook’s face is undeniable, and he’s glad you’re behind him this time. His chest feels tight with too many emotions he can’t tell you currently, and even if he did you wouldn’t believe it. His heartbeat is erratic, beating so hard he can hear it in his ears. Saying I love you wouldn’t be right just yet, especially in the current circumstance the two of you are in. So for now, he’s just got to put love somewhere in the sentence. 

“Me too, bun. Me too.” You smile, tightening your hold and slightly picking up the pace in an attempt to recover your composure. Your other hand also comes down to resume the position the two of you were in before, Jungkook picking up the pace as well as he rocks his hips into you. “Wanna hear you bun.” 

He gives you exactly that, allowing soft whines, whimpers, and moans to bounce off the tile walls. The shower fails to drown out the noises this time, the echo of Jungkook overpowering the water. “Close.” Jungkook whimpers, eyes closing hard as he focuses on the feeling of your hands wrapped around him. “So close.” 

“You’re doing so good.” You mumble, kissing along his skin in between sentences. You gently tighten your hands, watching as his hips falter a bit in their pace. “My good boy-“ You can't even finish your sentence before Jungkook’s hips pause, a loud whine falling past his lips. His cock throbs slightly, fingers digging into your skin as he rides out the high. You know he gets overstimulated easily, continuing your movement to see how much he takes before he pulls your hands away. (Spoiler alert, it’s not much.) 

“That caught me off guard.” His face is bright red, trying to calm himself before he turns to face you. 

“The ‘My good boy’ bit or?” You chuckle, reaching forward to rinse your hands off. “You can finish your shower now, bun. I'll stop disturbing you.” You giggle, back hugging him and kissing his shoulder one last time. 

“Wait, can you wash my hair?” (He really wants you to stay longer, and he secretly not-so-secretly loves your hands in his hair.) 

“What, so you can look?” You jokingly groan, making him giggle. 

“I’ll close my eyes, pinky promise.” He dumbly shoves his hand backwards, pinky outstretched. You can’t help but roll your eyes, linking your pinkies anyways. He spins around quickly, eyes shut. Jungkook's palms immediately reach out to find you, finding their place on your waist and resting there. There’s light red marks from your nails along his torso, looking extremely erotic as he stands in front of you. 

“You’re so cute.” You giggle, genuinely not believing he’s standing in the shower in front of you with his eyes closed. “Let me get the shampoo.” As soon as your hands hit his hair, Jungkook realizes he’s struck gold. He instantly melts, head leaning into your palms as you massage the shampoo in his hair. A small hum of content comes from him, your fingertips massaging his scalp and temples gently. 

“Holy shit,” He mumbles, eyes closed as you continue the mini massage. The look on his face makes you giggle, thumbs gently massaging his temples once again. Leaning forward, you place a gentle peck onto his lips. 

You continue to place periodic kisses, Jungkook’s face permanently a smile. “You want me to condition too?” You laugh, stepping into him. He gets the hint, stepping backwards underneath the water as you rinse his hair. He nods with a shit eating grin. You repeat the process, your arms slightly burning from reaching up for so long. 

“I'll wash your hair too.” He claims, making you giggle. 

“With your eyes closed?” 

“Of course.” He begins to fumble around the bottles, looking for the shampoo bottle. You have to help him, placing the bottle (he wasn’t even close) into his palm. “Got it, got it.” 

“Please don’t get it in my eyes, Kook.” Pleading, you step closer to him and rest your hands on his torso. Feeling with the back of his hand, he finds the top of your head before beginning to lather the shampoo into your hair. It feels good, both of his hands massaging your scalp. You now understand the hype he gave this. Jungkook matches your antics, leaning down and giving you small pecks. 

The two of you laugh uncontrollably as you shift sides in the shower to rinse, feet shuffling as you spin 180 degrees. He carefully rinses your hair, trying hard not to get any shampoo in your eyes despite not being able to see. You one again shuffle around to rinse the conditioner in his hair out, small chuckles filling the shower. “Your hair is soft.” Jungkook mumbles, hands resting on the nape of your neck. 

“It doesn't even have conditioner in it.” 

“It's just always soft,” He shrugs. You watch him fumble around once again, looking for the conditioner bottle this time. You have to help him, this time setting it in front of his hands rather than passing it to him. He celebrates finding it himself, which makes you fight the urge to giggle. 

“Just the middle and end, Kook.” He nods in front of you, once again finding your head before following your instructions. He makes sure to condition it thoroughly before spinning the two of you around again, rinsing it. “If you wanna wash your body, you’re doing that yourself. You’d like it too much if I did it.” 

“I already did before you snuck in here, missy.” Jungkook smiles, “And that’s a missed opportunity for you.” 

“What’s that supposed to mean?” 

“Your hands would be able to touch every single inch of me,” Jungkook cracks, gently grabbing your hands and jokingly running them along his chest and abs. “People would kill to do that.” 

“Yeah, every inch right Kook?” You laugh, reaching around his body and grabbing his ass in your hands. It makes him jump slightly, a loud laugh bouncing off the shower tiles. 

“I mean hey, if you want.” He smiles, hands resting back in your hair. Kook gently pulls you closer, chests pressing together. 

“You can open your eyes now-“ His eyes shoot open immediately, “You won’t be able to see anything though.” It’s true, looking down the most he can actually see if your cleavage pressed against him. “Pervert.” You roll your eyes. 

“I like spending time with you.”

“You say that often.” You lean up, pecking his cheek. 

“It’s because I mean it.” He giggles, stepping back into the stream of water. You raise a brow as the two of you are covered with water. Jungkook laughs, easily connecting your lips and pulling you closer to him. “It’s like kissing underneath the rain.” It makes you laugh out loud, pretending to push him away. 

“Close your eyes, i’m getting out.” Waiting until he fully closes his eyes, you let go and almost scurry out of the bathroom. You steal the towel he had laid out for himself, collect your clothes from the floor, and begin making a dash for his closet to ransack his sweatpants and t-shirt collection. You can hear grumbles from Kook, complaining about the missing towel. You trail off into the living room, plopping down onto the the couch. Kook eventually joins you in the living room controller in hand, sitting in the corner of the large u-shaped couch and swinging his legs up.  

You don’t think much of it, watching as he powers on the large tv and his game system. With ease, Jungkook easily drags you over, pulling you across his thigh to sit in between his legs. “You always sit so far away from me.” He laughs, wrapping his arms around you as he easily pushes the buttons on his controller. Your back rests against his chest, head just below his chin as he easily peers over you at the screen. 

“All this couch space and we’re just taking up a little piece of it.” You giggle, resting your hands on Kook’s thighs next to you. “What are you playing?” You can almost see the grin on his face as he clicks on Overwatch, answering your question without actually saying anything. He easily starts a round, selecting Widowmaker without a second thought. “Woowww, pick the half naked girl with insane proportions. I should’ve guessed.” You tease. 

“I- what? She’s a good character!” Jungkook defends, making you chuckle softly. Despite defending his choice, he quickly changes it to McCree. Before you have another chance to tease him about his character change, he begins the round. 

There’s not much conversation after that, watching as Jungkook plays his game with well practiced skill. He’s extremely good, but it’s no shock to you. Eventually he does change back to Widowmaker, offering nothing other than a quick shut up, before he resumes the game. With the change of character, he’s just as good if not better. You assume that he uses her the most while playing, well adjusted to her fighting style. 

“Here, you play.” Jungkook announces, moving his hand off the controller and replacing it with one of yours. He goes the same with the other side, stifling his laughter as you lamely hold the controller in your hands. 

“I can’t, Kook. I don’t know any of the controls. I’ll get shot 2 seconds in.” It also doesn’t help that he’s high rank, meaning the difficulty level is super insanely unbelievably hard. 

“It’s alright, we’ll get used to it.” Kook says softly, placing his hands over your own and clicking your thumb down, beginning the game. You’re able to quickly conclude that this isn’t going to go well, but it’s going to be funny at least. Jungkook plays the game more than you, moving and jamming down your fingers whenever it is needed. You can’t help but laugh, Jungkook frantically trying to move your fingers from button to button as you’re being shot at. “Press L2!! L2 Y/n!” His body jumps slightly as you’re shot again. “Shit! Move move! Run away!”

You’re almost cackling at this point, trying hard to keep any tears out of your vision. “Wait wait! I can shoot them!” You laugh, finally familiar enough with the controls to actually act on your own. You get a couple of shots in before you have to run again, not even sure if they died. You just know that you at least did damage. 

“You got them!” Jungkook beams, “Baby’s first kill.” He begins the dramatics, wrapping his arms tightly around you and rocking you in his hold. You laugh, attention taken away from the game. You’re killed soon after that, but neither of you really care. “You’re eventually gonna beat my skill, maybe even kill me in a game.”

Rolling your eyes, the rocking slows to a stop. “I highly doubt it.” With a smile, you hand the controller back over to kook and encourage him to play another round if he wants. After a couple more rounds, Kook switching between characters as he felt, you’re finally feeling the results of not eating all morning. Slipping from his arms, you make your way into the kitchen in search of anything edible. 

“Whatta ya looking for?” Jungkook eventually asks as he hears the fridge open, clicking out of his game. With the new distraction, Jungkook stretches out on the otherwise empty couch. “I haven't been grocery shopping in awhile, so there’s maybe a singular crumb in the fridge currently.”

“I’m reheating the food that Jin made, thank god for him.” You roll your eyes, unpacking the food that Jungkook put up on his own last night. You can hear Jungkook complain somewhere in the living room, mentioning Don’t give him too much credit, remember?

Once hot, you bring the food containers into the living room, setting them down on the coffee table. Jungkook immediately takes the opportunity, placing his head on your lap. “What if you just stay here?” Jungkook boldly mumbles, “And I can come home from work everyday to you lounging around my home.” You give him a look before redirecting your focus back to your food. “Come home to my sweet girl, make dinner together, kiss, cuddle on the couch, go to sleep.”

His eyes drift clothes, daydreaming. You deliver a sharp flick to his forehead, watching as he jolts up and places a palm over it. “Reality to Kook? I gotta go soon so let’s eat together, instead of you being a weirdo.”

“You have to go?? Just stay here with meeee, I'll give you half of my paychecks.” He complains, jokingly wrapping himself around you and pretending to never let go. You roll your eyes, beginning to wedge your feet in any crevices, shoving him away from your body. You shove him to the other side of the couch, keeping your legs on the cushions to maintain the distance. 

“You’re a freak.” You joke, offering him a bite from your spoon. He reluctantly takes it. “I have off on Friday if you wanna do something again.” You smile, already knowing that Jungkook is going to begin in antics. 

“Friday?! That’s so far away, 5 days!” Jungkook whines, hands coming up to grab your calves and thighs. “I’ll have to visit you at work everyday, otherwise I won't get by!” He continues to complain and whine, really cranking up the dramatics. 

“You’re a super busy idol, I'm sure you’ll have plenty to do.” You laugh, watching as he lays on his stomach in front of you. Jungkook’s really not sly in the slightest, but you’re also extremely used to his antics. Slowly, he places both of your legs over his shoulders as he crawls closer. “Ugh.” You joke.

“Y/n, you kill me. You really do, god what I'd give to just taste you once.” Kook whines, wrapping his arms around your thighs as he holds them. Turning his head, he places a kiss on your inner thigh through the sweatpants. “I’d give you a month’s worth of my paycheck, I would.” 

“Do you hear yourself right now?” Taking a final bite of the food, you place it over onto the coffee table. “You look like a starved man right now.” You jokingly place your hands in his hair, pulling and tugging as if he were actually eating you out. He groans softly, eyes falling closed for a moment. 

“I am, I've been starved since our first date.” 

“My poor boy, you're just DYING.” You joke, letting go of his hair as you get more comfortable. Your legs are still resting on his shoulders, Jungkook unmoving. “Soak it all in, because I've gotta go soon.” You roll your eyes, watching as he rests his head extremely close to your core. 

Leaving is the same as always, Jungkook trying hard to convince you to stay. He continues to make a show of opening the passenger side door, getting in, and trying to convince you once more before leaving. Once at your apartment, he tries to walk you up, being met with the usual saying. He knows you’re terrified to be caught, but he’s slowly losing his care for it. “We can't be seen TOGETHER, Kook! People will freak out!” You reiterate, watching as he fakes a tantrum. “I’ll see you Friday, Kook?” You smile.

“100%” Jungkook nods. You give him a quick kiss before getting out, waving to his car before walking in the building. 

Walking up by yourself is a bit lonely, and it’s almost like you’ve gotten too used to being with Kook. You don’t think the next 5 days would really be that bad, but as they begin to drag along you’re starting to feel like Jungkook in the car. 

Jungkook’s been just as busy, working every day. He visits only once, coming in for maybe 15 minutes. Despite being very much in public, he demands at least one kiss before leaving. 

“I’ll have my usual.” He smiles, pressing his face on the glass display case. You’re convinced that he does it now as his signature and to annoy you. He watches you make his drink and bag his treat, tossing it to bounce off his head. He barely reacts, likely tired from his long day of work. 

“Aw, my boy’s tired.” You coo at him jokingly, reaching over the glass to hold his face in your palms. He gladly accepts it, a smile forming on his face. “You have a long day at work?” He nods, seemingly too tired to talk. “I’ll hurry and finish your drink.” Jungkook shuffles over to the pickup area, still not saying much. “Kooook, you’re worrying me.” 

“I’m just tired. I woke up really early and alone. Would have so much more energy if I woke up next to you.” He smiles, watching as you roll your eyes at him. 

“I think it would be exactly the opposite.” You laugh softly, placing the drink in his hand. “But I miss you too, Kook. Since that’s what you’re trying to say.”

“I really do miss you.” He nods. “So much so that I want a kiss.” 

That makes you side eye him, searching for any sign that he’s joking. He’s unfortunately not, beginning your flurry of complaints to begin. “Kook, I’m at work. And people can walk in and see, or even walk by the shop.” You whine. Jungkook continues to stand in front of you, leaning over the counter towards you. “And my manager can walk out and see, or a coworker. Seriously, Kook.”

“Just a quick kiss, no one’s around. It's late Wednesday night, no ones gonna come.” Jungkook justifies his actions, puckering his lips. “Just a peck.”

“Kook.” You whine, watching as he’s obviously not changing his position. “You owe me.” You sigh, leaning over your half of the counter and kissing him. 

“I owe you a lot, I’ve told you this.” Jungkook smirks. “It’s just based on whenever you’re gonna let me actually make it up to you.”

You can’t help but laugh at him, “Get out of my store.” You push him away from the counter. “I’ll see you Friday.” 

Jungkook blows you another kiss as he leaves, “I’ll text you.” 

______

The days feel like they drag by even slower after that, Friday eventually coming. Jungkook texts you bright and early at 6 am. I have work until 4, but after that i’ll be over at your place. 100%  You kind of wish he also had the day off so you could potentially do something, but you understand regardless. Just as promised, Jungkook is beating on your front door at a prompt 4:30 pm. 

“God! I’ve never been more happy to leave work.” Jungkook whines, quickly walking in. He drops the bags he’s carrying onto your kitchen counter, immediately coming over to you and wrapping you in his arms. “It’s like torture, being away from you.” Jungkook whines, shuffling the both of you towards the couch. You giggle the two of you topple over, Jungkook landing on you with a small oof. “Jimin made fun of me for running out of the building.”

“You must’ve had to speed over here to get here in 30 minutes.” Glancing over to the bags on the table, you correct yourself. “15 minutes, since you picked up food.” You rub his back softly, your free hand coming to rest on his head as you hold him. His arms are wrapped around your torso, hugging you tightly. 

“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook mumbles into your chest, making you laugh. 

“Nope, do you?”

“Nope.” You can feel him smile into your skin. “I’m not leaving this couch with you. Gonna lay here forever.” It makes you smile. 

“We should go out later.” You smile, “Every time we’re together we sit on the couch and fool around.” It makes the both of you giggle. 

“I thought you didn’t want to be recognized?” 

“I don’t want YOU to be recognized.” You correct him. “But maybe if we go to a busy market, no one will notice us together. So if someone stops you, I can just keep walking and pretend I don’t know who you are.” You joke. 

“Wow, so romantic.” While you can’t see, you can imagine Jungkook rolling his eyes. 

“What do you suggest?”

“We go out and make out at the busiest club in Seoul.”

“...I’m no longer taking suggestions from you.” You pull his head up slightly to look at each other. “Your suggestion privileges are revoked. Anyways, smart ass, the market is maybe a 10 minute walk from here. If we leave around 12, and the market closes at 3 am, we should have plenty of time.”

“I’d love to go with you, Y/n.” Jungkook finally concedes, shifting up and giving you a kiss. “For now, we should eat before it gets cold.” 

The two of you seemingly have a routine, heading towards the kitchen. Jungkook grabs the food and brings it into the kitchen, you grab drinks, paper towels, and anything else you may need. Once sitting down on the couch, a show is quickly put on as background filler before the two of you begin eating. 

“The members are still giving you hell?” You ask in between bites of food. 

“The older members, no. They think it’s cute now I guess. But Jimin and Tae still think it’s funny I guess. It’s probably just because they’re so close to me in age.” Jungkook laughs, shrugging. “Plus, we always give each other hell. Tae and Lisa, from BlackPink, went to Paris together and Jimin and I wouldn’t stop making jokes about them smashing.” He laughs at his own joke. 

“Oh, so that’s who that was that morning?” You laugh. “Don’t you have a fLiGhT tO cAtCh!” You mock Jungkook’s voice, watching as his eyes widen slightly. 

“Listen, he didn’t-”

“Shut up.” You laugh, pretending to slap your hand over his mouth. At this point, you know that he’ll just lick your palm so you don’t. “I’m not mad at him, I don’t care Kook.”

He can only sigh in defeat, which makes you laugh. For the next couple of hours, the two of you don’t care to do very much. Jungkook is stuck to you like glue, complaining about his withdrawals he’s had since being away for 5 days. It’s a bit dramatic, but it makes the fond feeling in your chest grow even more. The two of you take turns lying on each other, only shifting when it begins to feel like one person is crushing the other. (Jungkook doesn’t feel like that, you insist on switching because you think you’re crushing him.) The conversation is minimal, the two of you mumbling random topics every now and then. 

“I still think you should come live with me.”

“I think you need to stop thinking.”

“I think it would benefit us both.”

“You’re thinking with your dick.”

“...Maybe.”

You can only laugh at him, no rebuttal truly needed. It’s maybe an hour before you plan to leave that you make Jungkook get off, taking your time to get ready. He complains that you’re too far, following you like a lost puppy around your small apartment. 

“You really have separation anxiety, these last 5 days really killed you.” You tease, doing light makeup in the bathroom. Jungkook sits on the closed toilet seat, watching. 

“Can I put on your gloss?”

“You’re really killing me.” You can’t help but laugh, the sparkle in his eyes as he stares at you undeniable. You hand him the gloss, quickly finishing the rest of your makeup before allowing him to do the gloss. He’s about to get up when you stop him, sitting down on his lap. “Alright, knock yourself out.”

“The blood is rushing to my head.” Jungkook mumbles, making you laugh as you reach for his hair. “Other head.”

“I hate you.” You stop talking so he can put on the gloss, not wanting to get it all over your face. You choose not to indulge his dick talk, easily getting off his lap and making your way out of the bathroom. “I guess we’re ready to make our way out?”

“You look so hot, this isn’t fair.”

“I’m not even wearing anything that nice?” You question, shrugging him off. If he keeps it up, the two of you won’t be going anywhere besides your bedroom. “Stop trying to sweet talk me and put your shoes on. I hope you have a mask, or a hat, or something, Jungkook. You’re pretty recognizable.”

“I’ll cover up just for you.” He smiles. “But I have a hat in my car, so we’re gonna have to make a stop before we walk to the market.”

As much as he can be a smart ass, you genuinely enjoy spending time with Jungkook. Walking to the market is peaceful, the both of you rarely encountering another person on the sidewalk. The two of you walk arm in arm until you get closer to the market. Once you draw closer, maybe 8 minutes into your walk, the streets get significantly busier. You unlink your arms, putting a bit of distance between the both of you as you walk into the market. 

“If we do have to separate, just call or text so we can meet up at a vendor or something.” You explain, watching as Jungkook nods. “I promise you, if someone recognizes you and stops you, I'll continue to walk.”

“Fair enough.” Jungkook agrees, making you smile. 

The market is extremely busy, but it’s also fun to walk through together. Jungkook insists on buying things you pick up and genuinely seem to like, easily pulling his wallet out and ignoring your complaints. It’s small things like rings or necklaces that you like and pick up without thinking. After noticing, you do your best to avoid touching anything. 

Walking through the market, Jungkook isn’t stopped once. Most people who interact with him are small squeals and aggressive waving, which Jungkook returns. Anytime that happens, you pretend to not see it or know why, continuing your path. Since he hasn’t gotten fully stopped, you don’t need to play Where's Waldo to find each other.

“Do you think they have those cheesy corn dog things?” You smile, imitating a cheese pull to emphasize your point. 

Jungkook just stares at you for a moment, a blank expression on your face. You’re about to continue explaining, thinking he didn’t understand when he interrupts you. “You’re so cute.” He smiles, tossing an arm over your shoulder. It makes you nervous, scared people are going to see the both of you. “I think there’s some food vendors up here, we can go look.”

You walk with his arm around you, having to fight the giant smile that tugs on the edge of your lips. He insists on buying you the corndog, finding a place for the two of you to sit down in the meantime. “I can’t believe people recognize you even though so much is covered.” You state, thinking about the wide eyes and giant smiles that he’s gotten from fans over the course of the night. 

“I have to fight the urge to laugh while you pretend to not know me.” Jungkook smiles, a fond look on his face that you choose to ignore. 

As the hours tick by, the vendors begin to close. While the market is open until 3 am, some vendors close early if they aren’t getting that much business. Jungkook insists on walking through the rest of the market with arms linked, claiming there’s barely anyone around anymore. You have to indulge him, the look on his face leaving no room for you to say no. The walk home is significantly longer than the walk to the market, the two of you dragging your feet along the pavement the entire way.

“That was fun, it’s nice to go out instead of just sitting on the couch.” You smile, resting your head on Jungkook’s chest as you wait for the elevator to meet your floor. You can feel him reaching around, eventually holding the back of your neck gently. 

“I had fun too.” He smiles, placing the lightest kiss to your head.

“Are you tired from work?” You return the gesture, wrapping your arms around his torso. “You seemed worn out earlier.”

“I feel more energized now.” 

“Good, because you still owe me that thigh fuck.”

“God, it’s like we’re meant for each other.” Jungkook comments, making you genuinely laugh at him. 

There’s not much left to talk about when the two of you get into your apartment, Jungkook’s lips immediately finding yours as the door clicks shut behind you. His hands roam everywhere he can reach, more desperate than ever to have you close to him. Jungkook devours you as if he’d been starved, unconsciously pinning your body against the door. 

“Kook, my room is down the hall to the right.” You mumble against his lips, immediately connecting them once more. He wastes no time, hands easily finding the back of your thighs and lifting you in one swift motion. He surprisingly navigates well, pulling away from your lips one time to open the door. your back hits the bed, Jungkook following right after as he finds his place in between your legs. “Someone’s excited.” You giggle, wrapping your legs around his waist. 

“Unbelievably so.” He mumbles against your skin, head falling into the corner of your neck. “I wish I could carry you around in my pocket all the time.” 

“You really need to stop thinking, Kook.” You laugh. “Want you to fuck my thighs and imagine it’s the real thing.” You smile, watching as his head picks up slightly. The look on his face makes you giggle. 

“I'm gonna die, I really am Y/n.” He complains, sitting back on his heels. His hands rub your jeans, palms squeezing your thighs. “You’ll be the sole cause.” His hands rest on your hips, fingers inching towards the button and zipper. “May I?” He smiles up at you. 

“Of course.” You smile back, lifting your hips slightly. He easily undoes the closure, yanking them down in one swift tug. It makes you giggle as he rips them the rest of the way, sending the denim flying to the other side of the room. “You are always chucking my clothes across the room.” You giggle, sitting up in your spot. 

Your fingertips easily find the edge of his shirt, hands slipping up and beginning to hike the fabric up. It comes off in one easy movement, you deliberately tossing it as hard as possible towards the door. “So pretty kook, always so pretty just for me.” You smile, placing a kiss onto his abs. “Out of curiosity, how many people have you been with while we’ve been playing our little cat and mouse game?” While you wait for an answer, you’re hard at work biting light marks into his skin. 

“What? None, a big fat zero. Can't even imagine being with someone else.” He mumbles, hands nestling themselves in your hair. “…How many have you been with?” 

“None, no one would match up to my pretty boy.” You smile, glancing up at him. “Lubes in the top drawer.” You lay back as he fishes it out clumsily, pressing your thighs together in front of him. You had bought a new bottle just for the occasion, watching as he rips it open with his teeth. 

“This is so not fair.” He mumbles, a blush spreading across his face as he peels off his chunky cargo pants, Calvin Klein boxers the only thing remaining. 

“God, I wish I could take a picture of you.” You mumble, watching as he pulls your calves over his hips. “So hot, Kook.” 

“Do it then, go find your phone.” He smirks, this time watching you be the one to scramble for something. Thankfully it’s just on the nightstand, you’d die of embarrassment if you had to go out into the kitchen. 

“If you get too cocky I'll record you and your Fleshlight, all whiny and whimpering.” You vaguely threaten, laying back down. Jungkook just giggles as he pulls your legs further over his hips, thighs resting close to his waist. you snap a multitude, some with his face and some without. “Lay down.” 

He follows without even questioning, plopping down in the spot next to you. With a small huff, you push yourself up and over as you sit on his lap. “Fuck.” He whines underneath you, hips bucking slightly up. “Hope these pictures come out good.” He says sarcastically as you take more, his hands gripping your thighs. 

“Doesn’t matter, these are for me and me only.” You laugh, tossing it back onto the bedside stand. “Gotta remember you like this all because of me.” You can’t help but smirk, leaning down and kissing him slowly. He keens, a small whine falling past his lips as you pull away. “My pretty bun.” 

Jungkook flips your spots, once again in between your thighs as you lay on your back. He peels off his boxers, once again silently questioning how he’s naked while you’re basically clothed. “Gonna lose my mind.” He states for maybe the millionth time, making you giggle. 

“You ready bun, you really gotta give me a show.” Pulling him down, your lips easily slot together. Slowly reaching down, your fingertips make contact with his abdomen before trailing down, feeling the hardon. “Just gotta make sure you’re ready.” You smirk as he whines against your lips. You easily rest it against your stomach, pulling away slightly. “Look how big you are, Kook, don’t even know if it’d actually fit inside.” 

Jungkook glances down to see what you’re talking about, a whine immediately falling past his lips. His tip is resting basically on your stomach, hips not even fully flush together yet. “Y/n.” It’s blunt and dry, very clearly a warning. 

“Okay, okay.” You have to fight the smile off your face, letting go of his cock as you pull your legs up. “Make sure you use the lube, it’ll hurt you otherwise.” You remind him, squeezing your thighs together. 

He’s hesitant at first, and you don’t know if it’s because he’s never done it before or because you’re so close to the real thing now. With a small bit of encouragement, he’s finally slipping in between your thighs. His hands quickly replace yours, squeezing and pushing them together to his liking. He still has length sticking out when his hips meet your thighs, a whine spilling past his lips each time. “So warm.” He whines, fingertips digging into the soft flesh underneath them. 

“So big, Kook.” You smile, using a loose fist to cover what your thighs don’t. The extra contact makes his hips stutter slightly, beginning to pump harder into them. “Is this new for you bun?” 

“Y-yeah.” A small moan falls past his lips, finally finding a pace that works for him. The lube is all over your thighs, easily sliding his cock in between them. You begin to squeeze your thighs when Jungkook doesn’t, constantly catching him off guard. “I'm trying not to come too fast, you’re gonna make that happen if you keep doing that.” He threatens, watching the smirk spread across your face. “I'm serious.” 

His complaints fall on deaf ears, eventually giving up as he pushes your thighs aside and leans down to kiss you. “You’re gonna get lube all over your sides.” You laugh, trying to keep your thighs from touching his waist. He ignores it, continuing to liter you in kisses. 

“I'll take the risk.” He mumbles, making you smile into the kiss. After a bit, he leans back once again, gently pushing your thighs together. The lube’s cold now, a soon to be found surprise for Kook. “Okay, good to go.” He chuckles, fake wiping nonexistent sweat. As he slides back in, you can feel his muscles contract against the back of your thighs. 

“Cold?” You fight the urge to laugh.

He doesn’t answer, face turning slightly pink as he he begins to fuck your thighs once again. It eventually warms up from the movement, causing whines to spill from him once more. “Look so cute, bun.” You smile, squeezing your fist tighter each time he pushes into you. 

“Y/n, gimme a break.” He whimpers into your knee, head falling slightly. 

“You know I won't.” You giggle, pushing his cock down slightly. Each time he fucks into you, his head brushes against your stomach. Jungkook's cock is almost mind numbingly close to your pussy, brushing against it slightly with each thrust. 

“This is even worse.” He mumbles, peeling his eyes open slightly to watch. “So close, so warm.” His eyes fall shut again, genuinely trying to enjoy the feeling for as long as possible. Jungkook's fingertips leave small bruises underneath them, unconsciously clenching his hands roughly. 

“So close Kook, can feel you through my panties.” You almost whine, squeezing your thighs tightly. 

“Y/n, it’s too much.” Jungkook whines, “You’re so close and warm.” He whines, placing a kiss onto your knee. 

“Doing so good for me, always do good for me.” You mumble, hands reaching up to hold Jungkook's wrists. Each thrust rocks your body slightly, attempting to get any stabilization by holding onto Jungkook. His eyes screw shut slightly, head falling back as he focuses on the feeling. You continue to squeeze your thighs together for him, earning slightly louder whines. “Wish you could always be like this for me and me only.”

“Can I cum on your stomach, please Y/n.” He whimpers, thrusts speeding up. The back of your thighs are likely bright red from Jungkook's hips, skin slightly sore. 

“Go ahead, bun.” You smile, pulling your shirt up so your under-bra is showing. The sight is just enough for Jungkook, hips slowing as his head drops slightly onto your knees. You begin to rub your thighs together, watching Jungkook's face as he becomes more sensitive. He’s slowly getting better at being overstimulated, but it’s still not his favorite as he quickly pulls away from in between your legs. “We gotta get you used to overstimulation.” You smile, watching the dread wash over his face. 

“I’m trying, I really am.” He chuckles, “It’s just so hard to get used to.” Complaining, he crawls off the bed and shuffles around the numerous clothes on the floor. He easily slides on his boxers before making his way into the bathroom. 

“Kook?!”

“I’m coming!” Jungkook calls back, making you smile. Walking back into the bedroom, he has two rags in hand, a smile plastered across his face. “I hope you don’t think that I'd leave you laying here like that.” 

He cleans you up carefully, using one to wipe the lube off of your thighs and the other to wipe his cum off. They’re both warm, something that only Jungkook would’ve thought of. He jogs out of the room, throwing them into a hamper before jogging back in. The smile on his face is undeniable, once again laying on his stomach in front of you. You fight off the smile, watching as his arms easily wrap around your thighs as he kisses the inside of your thighs. He continues to crawl closer, teasing, placing the lightest kiss onto your panties. 

“One taste, just once.” He mumbles, placing a harder kiss onto the fabric. His eyes search for a yes, wide and slightly shiny as he stares up at you. “Your thighs are all red from me.” He groans, hands grazing the battered skin under them. 

 “Kook, i’m tiredddd.” You complain, reaching down and easily grabbing his arms that are still wrapped around your thighs. Jungkook follows, laying on your chest. It’s already almost 5 am, your eyes threatening to close on you. One of your hands rests on his bicep, the other in the back of his hair. “Tonight was really fun, I really enjoyed it. Maybe next time we can go to a club, but sit on opposite sides of the bar and pretend to flirt like strangers.” You laugh. 

“Yeah, for sure.” Jungkook mumbles against your skin. You’re extremely warm underneath him, easily drifting off. You’re out like a light in no time, Jungkook wide awake as he tries to stay still so he doesn’t disturb you. His mind is racing, trying hard to search for a reason or something he’s not doing right. 

You don’t like him? You don’t think he’s attractive enough to let him please you? Do you have some unspoken pact with Namjoon regarding him? You just don’t want to be seen with an idol? 

He eventually lands on you not liking him as much as you let on, a sinking feeling deep in his chest. Glancing up, you’re fast asleep, hand still buried in the back of his hair. He has to force himself asleep before he wakes you up and begins spewing nonsense, asking questions that would be embarrassing later on. Jungkook slowly allows himself to drift. 

Waking up is hard, already noon by the time you stir awake. Jungkook's dead to the world, mouth fallen open slightly as his head rests on your chest. It makes you smile, gently patting his hair. “Hm?” Jungkook mumbles, eyes opening slightly 

“Oh, sorry. I didn't mean to wake you.” 

“It's okay, I was waking up anyways.” Jungkook answers, shuffling off of you and standing up. He stretches his limbs, flexing slightly. Something seems to be bothering him, not teasing or stealing glances at you like normal in the mornings. 

“Kook, you don’t wanna stay in bed?” You joke, grabbing a pillow and pulling it into your arms. 

“Nah, I'm gonna go make breakfast for us.” He mumbles, shuffling out of the bedroom. That's another interesting behavior that seems to be new, confusion spreading all across your face as you follow him out to the kitchen. Sitting on the island's stools, you watch as he silently makes food. No singing, no jokingly dancing, no threatening to light the kitchen on fire, etc. Instead it’s dead silent in your small apartment. 

He walks past you, setting the plates on the coffee table. He comes back to get drinks, silently passing you once again. Confused expression equipped, you shuffle to your spot on the couch next to him, more silence. “Kook, I want a kiss.” You ask, watching as he sets his plate down on his lap and leans over. Yep, just as you expected, like pecking a dead fish. 

He resumes eating like nothings wrong. “Kook, you’re scaring me.” You mumble, “You’re acting weird.” 

“Huh?” Jungkook asks dumbly, glancing over at you before returning his focus to his plate. 

“You’re not clingy and cuddly like you normally are. And you just kissed me like a middle schooler.” You giggle. “What's wrong? Did I do something you didn’t like or were uncomfortable with?” 

You can almost see the internal debate in his head, seemingly fighting himself to say what he actually wants to. Not wanting to pry too much, you wait for him to eventually blurt it out. And he does blurt it all out at once, uncontrollably so. 

“Do you not like me?” He starts, your eyes widening slightly. “It’s just, you never want me to please you even a bit. And when I try you say next time, I'm tired and I don't want to do something you’re uncomfortable with. And I don’t want to force you into anything ever, so I'll respect it always. But I just want to know why? It’s okay if you don’t like me, I just feel bad that I'm the only one getting pleasure out of our relationship, situationship, friendship, whatever the hell you wanna call it..” 

“Kook, why would you think I don't like you?” You mumble, chest hurting. 

“It’s just, god this sounds so much like a drunk frat boy!” He exclaims, making you laugh. “Firstly, I don’t expect sex from you ever and am 100% okay if you don’t want it. I don't want it to sound like that’s what it is, that that’s all I want from you. Not having sex isn’t why i’m upset it just. Just….” 

“It’s okay Kook, I know what you mean. Go on.” 

“You just never get anything out of our interactions…in the bedroom.” His face flushes slightly, making you smile. “And I want to please you, I want to really bad. …and you also never want to be seen with me or go out and do stuff. And if we are seen together you pretend you don’t know who I am. I understand if you don’t like me because of the whole man eater Jimin-Taehyung fiasco, but I have to know now. Because I love you so much and I need to know if it’s unnecessary to continue-“

“…You love me?” You interrupt him. 

“I-I mean.” Jungkook stutters, avoiding your eye contact. “I mean we’ve been spending so much time together recently and I realized that I really do like you. And I mean love is just an extension of that so… I mean, yeah?” 

Jungkook can’t stand the shocked look on your face, staring at him. It may have been obvious to him, but it’s easy to see how you mixed up the interactions with the two of you playing the man eater hunter game. 

“Listen.” Jungkook sets his plate onto the coffee table. “Listen closely because I don't think I can repeat myself without dying of embarrassment. It starts with Taehyung telling me about the Namjoon man eater story of you in college. And it piqued my interest, and I always have to prove Tae wrong. So it did start like that, it did. But I met you and you were just so different than I thought, just so alluring and interesting. And I guess it changed then, and I was more interested in you rather than just the whole man eater debate. And the more we’ve been together, and the more you’ve made fun of me and threatened to stick your fingers in my coffee cup, the more I liked you.” Jungkook can’t stop blurting out, nervousness taking over his demeanor.

“Jungkook of BTS confessing his love for me, someone pinch me.” You dryly joke. 

“Y/nnnnn.” He complains, grabbing one of your folded legs and pulling it across his lap. It’s a nervous habit you assume, his hands trailing around and massaging the muscle. “You’re not making this easier for me.” 

“I do like you Kook, I really do. And it’s not that I don't want to be seen with you, it’s just that you’re so famous that it’s scary to have to face the media's reaction to it. I'm not embarrassed to be with you, it’s actually the opposite. I WISH we could go out in public and hug and kiss and carry on like idiots.” You laugh. “And the whole pleasing thing-“ You meet his eyes and it’s finally your turn to go bright red, embarrassed slightly. “Because of the whole bag the man eater fiasco, I've been afraid to actually give it to you. Because I'm scared that once you actually bag the man eater you’ll leave after getting your objective.” You explain, not exactly the most articulate but you don’t care. 

“I wish we met in different circumstances.” Jungkook complains, making you chuckle. He shuffles the two of you around, your legs wrapping around his waist as his hands come to hold you. “Y/n, I love you a lot. The past 5 days have been hell without you, I always wanna be around you.” He places kisses around your face as he talks, making you giggle. “Please be my girlfriend? I’ll get on my knees and beg if I gotta”

“While I’d love to see it, it’s not necessary. Of course kook, that might as well be a rhetorical question.” You smile, holding his face and pulling him into you. The smile on his face is huge, slotting your lips together. 

“FUCK YES.” He’s basically screaming, jumping off the couch and continuing to jump around the small apartment. If it was anyone other than Kook (and maybe Namjoon), you think you’d be annoyed. But watching him bounce around the living room all giddy makes your heart melt. “Me and my girlfriend.” He puts emphasis on the term, coming over to you and hoisting you off the couch. “Hold on, I'm texting the group chat.” 

By hold on, he meant literally hold onto him. The both of you laugh as you wrap your legs around his waist tighter, arms holding his shoulders. You peer over slightly, watching as his fingers aggressively type across the screen. You’re sure there’s numerous spelling errors that Jungkook doesn’t have the mind to care for currently. “Smile!” He mumbles, taking an extremely blurry selfie before sending it. 

You can only laugh as he continues to furiously type into the phone. “I’m gonna post it onto my Instagram!”

“No you are not!” You emphasize your point, reaching around and beginning to fight over possession of his phone. You’re at a disadvantage as you’re facing the wrong way and waving blindly with one hand. “Kook, I'll break up with you! I swear!” You threaten, watching as he finally concedes and hands over his phone to you. You smile, opening his camera to take another photo of the two of you. This time you place a kiss onto his cheek, taking the picture. 

“My close friend's story then?” Kook smiles, “I’ll let you decide if it’s the blurry one or the one you took.” He gently sets you down, making sure you’re fully on the ground before actually letting you go. 

“Fine, I guess the blurry one.” You’re plopping down on the couch with his phone in no time, searching for his Instagram app. “Who’s in your close friend's story?” You’re already clicking through the app to see his close friends before he has a chance to fully answer. 

“The members, the 97’ line, my tattoo artist, just people like that.” He shrugs. 

“...Your tattoo artist?”

“Hey, when he works on your arms for hours at a time you get pretty close!” Jungkook defends, plopping down next to you. His head rests on your shoulder, watching as you click on the blurry selfie to add to his story. It’s admittedly a cute photo, giant smiles on both of your faces. It’s blurry enough to hide details but not too blurry where it’s hard to make out the two of you. With a chuckle, you add #besties. “No, no, nope.” Jungkook is quick to delete the text.

“Okay fine.” You pretend to be annoyed, instead drawing on a cute pink heart. (It takes you multiple tries for it to look cute, Jungkook just watched silently.) “Cute.” You smile, clicking the close friend’s button. “If that picture gets out, we already have a list of suspects.”

“It won’t, trust me.” He smiles, wrapping his arms around you as he moves closer. He jokingly slaps his own phone out of your hands, fighting off the laugh as you stare at him with wide eyes. “Please let me make it public, please.” 

“Kook…” 

“I'll go talk to my company and do it officially and everything. I want to be able to go out on dates without annoying rumors, and hold hands, and kiss, and make fun of each other.” He babbles, “I want everyone to know I'm yours and see how happy you make me!”

“Even if your company puts out a statement or whatever, cameras will still follow us around when we go out.” 

“…Yeah, and then we kiss in front of them. Duh.” 

“People might hate you if you’re with me.” You sigh, beginning to play with his hair. 

“There’s nothing I want more than to be public with you. I don’t care about other people's opinions.” Jungkook sighs. “I really mean it, and if people get mad at me that’s their issue. They’re mad because I'm happy??” 

“Fine, but if people start throwing tomatoes at you on the street we have to fake a breakup.” You joke, watching as he picks up his head specifically to make sure you see his eye roll. 

“Never.” He smiles, resting his head on your chest once again. 

“Alright, you bagged the man eater. You know what comes next?” You wiggle your brows at him, leaning forward to place a kiss onto his forehead. 

“Nope!” He cuts you off, embarrassment and confusion all across your face. “Not yet, I want it to be natural. Not just Oh! You finally confessed so I guess we can fuck now!” Jungkook mocks your voice. 

“...Wow, so sweet. get away from me.” You laugh, beginning to fake push him away. “Your phone is also buzzing like crazy.” 

He picks it off the couch, looking at the notifications that flash across your screen. “My friends think we’re cute, and you’re pretty.” Embarrassment flushes across you again. “Let me take you out on a date tonight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, pressing a kiss to your cheek. 

“Nope, you’re too popular.” You smile, reaching down to mess with him. You immediately start pinching his cheeks to bother him, pulling them so his teeth slightly show. “They’re gonna take pictures of us, and this time you’re gonna enjoy it too much.”

“Cmonnnn. Fine, if you want Namjoon and Yoongi are in the studio tonight. We can crash their producing songs party.” Jungkook smiles. “If you want we can wander around the company building and steal food from the kitchen.”

“...I would actually like that.” You can’t help but laugh, thinking of how stupid the two of you roaming around is. “If we ever break up, we gotta promise to not drag Namjoon into it.” You comment, holding out your pinky in front of his face. “Because it’ll hurt him too much if we make him pick sides.”

Jungkook slaps your hand away from his face. “It’s not a problem, because we won't break up. Ever.”

You can’t argue with him, a fond smile taking over your face. “I’m so glad I don't have to be nervous when we're intimate anymore.” You can’t help but laugh, playing with his hair. “And don’t have to keep telling you no at the end of everything, my poor pussy probably wanted to die every time. Completely blue balled her, constantly.” This makes both you and Jungkook burst out into laughter. 

“Wow, you really mean it?” Jungkook laughs, watching as you nod to answer him.

“Please let me make it public, please.” Jungkook doesn’t even have to look up from his spot to know what face you’re making. He’s already combating your complaints before you even have a chance to speak them out loud. “No, I don’t care about the public. No, I don’t care about the news articles. No, I don’t care about people being mad at me because I know real fans will be happy for me. No, the members won’t be mad. They’ll actually probably be happy for me. Any other questions?”

“What if your company tells you you’re not allowed to make it public?”

“They won’t.” Is all he says, shrugging it off. Jungkook places soft kisses onto your chest, slowly making his way up. You smile, watching as he pecks your lips. “I love you.” He pecks your lips once more. “I love you.” Jungkook kisses you once more, pulling back slightly to watch your reaction. 

“Love you too, Kook.” Smiling, you watch as his face lights up. Jungkook looks genuinely happy as he lays with you, your chest filling with fondness. 

Going to the building isn’t unfamiliar to you, as Namjoon and Yoongi have taken you to many late night music sessions. However, going to the building with Jungkook is unfamiliar. You easily follow along with Jungkook, knowing where both Yoongi and Joon’s studio is at. Once he takes a right, you know you’re heading to Namjoon’s studio.  

Jungkook’s about to knock when you punch in the door code, the lock clicking open before you’re grabbing the handle. “Joon!” You call, a giant smile spread across your face as you catch sight of him sitting by monitors. He’s spinning around in a second flat, (with a slight jump, you actually scared him.) 

Once his initial fright is over, he gets up to wrap you in a hug. “Y/n!” Joon giggles, giving you a very familiar hug as you beam at him. “And look who it is!” Namjoon booms, looking over your shoulder as he catches sight of Jungkook. “The talk of the town.” Joon continues, making you laugh as he releases you and reaches for Jungkook. Jungkook's face is turning red as Namjoon wraps him in a fake chokehold, beginning to ruffle his hair. 

While Joon continues to tease Kook, you greet Yoongi who’s watching the interaction on the couch. “See, I told you he liked you.” Yoongi whispers to you as you hug him. 

“We haven’t fucked yet, we’ll see how he feels after.” You whisper, joking. Once Namjoon is finally done teasing Jungkook, it’s Yoongi’s turn.

“Jeon!” Yoongi starts, making you cackle as you take his spot on the couch. “You better play nice, you hear me young man?” He grabs Kook by his arms, staring at him. His next line is a whisper, the only reason you can even hear it is because the entire studio is so quiet. “And you better not hurt her. I’ll break your figurines and lock you out of your studio.”

Jungkook’s face is bright red at this point, a giant smile on his face as he fights off his laughter. “Don’t plan on it, Yoongi.” Jungkook giggles. 

You all eventually settle down, you and Jungkook sprawled out on Joon’s couch while the other two are busy at work. Namjoon spins around every now and then to eye the two of you, making you laugh every time. It’s a comfortable atmosphere, your legs thrown over Kook’s lap as you lay back. Yoongi’s taken to calling you the love birds, each time makes you blush lightly. 

“Okay, we got one preview done. Wanna hear?” Joon smiles at you, watching as you scramble off the couch and over to the computer. Yoongi plops his headphones over your ears, making sure you can hear the audio. It’s a cute love song, a giant smile on your face. You absolutely love hearing unreleased music that the two of them make, it genuinely makes you feel close to the group. 

“I really like it, it’s dreamy.” You smile, handing the headphones over to Jungkook who stood behind you. He easily passes them over his head, leaning forward over your shoulder to avoid pulling the cord out. 

“It’s Jungkook’s song lyrics. Guess who it’s about?” Yoongi comments, glancing up at you. “Wrote the lyrics himself.” 

A hand is slapped over his mouth before he has a chance to continue. You and Jungkook stay by the monitors now, you sitting on a stool as Kook sits on a small table he’s dragged closer. The two of you watch closely as they work to finish the song. 

“You think Tae could come in?” Joon asks, glancing back at Kook. “He’s the only part we still need to record. If you could text him to just see if he feels up to it.”

You pretend to not hear, swallowing hard as Kook nods and texts him. Tae does come to record his part and stays to watch the two work much like you and kook. It’s an awkward atmosphere now, Taehyung still not knowing you were in Jungkook’s room the day he went on his man eater rant. Sitting on the stool, you do your best to avoid eye contact with the two youngest of the group. 

You suppose Kook notices, his arm coming to wrap around your waist. A small tug pulls on your lips, unable to fight it back completely. “And DONE!” Yoongi celebrates, making you immediately begin celebrating as you softly shake Joon who sits in front of you. 

“First listen, first full listen.” You beam, reaching in front of yoongi as you turn the speakers on. 

“First listen!” Joon smiles, turning the volume up slightly as he begins to play the song. 

The five of you listen closely, a giant smile on the faces you can see from your seat. While not confirmed, Yoongi’s fun fact almost makes you giddy at the thought of Jungkook writing a song about you. You congratulate the four of them, offering a small round of applause that Yoongi and Joon join. 

“First track down.” Kook smiles, climbing off the table he’s sitting on and stretching out. “Come on Y/n, imma teach you one of our choreographies.” 

“I don’t think that’s a good idea, I may die.” You joke, not having much options as Jungkook tugs on your elbow. Easily, you follow Jungkook to the door. 

“Wait, Kook. Can we talk to you for a sec?” Yoongi speaks up, by we, he means him and Joon. With a hard swallow, Jungkook nods yes. Thus, you and Tae stand outside of the studio awkwardly. 

“Your part was really pretty, I liked it.” You compliment him, not knowing what else there is to talk about between the two of you. 

“It was about you.” Tae mumbles. “Uh, not my part specifically. That’d make it weird between Kook and I. The whole song was for you, Kook wrote it.” Now you really have to fight the blush that spreads across your face. “He’s really happy now, with you.”

“Thank you, Tae.” You smile. “That makes me really happy as well.”

Eventually, Kook comes out of the studio. Him and Tae switch, Tae slipping back into the studio to hang out with Yoongi and Namjoon. “Me and Tae made amends.” You mumble as you and Kook walk to the practice room. 

“What is that supposed to mean?” Jungkook giggles, jokingly raising a brow at you. 

“He told me that you’re happy with me. I feel like that’s a step up from him telling you to just sleep with me and get it over with.” You hide the giant smile on your face from Kook. “Kook, I don't really wanna dance.” Your list of complaints begins. 

“Well what do you wanna do?” Jungkook genuinely asks, pushing open the door as he leads you into the practice room. He flicks on one set of lights, lighting up the room but not so much it’s hospital lighting. “We have the whole room to ourselves.” There’s a hint of mischief behind his tone, but you choose to ignore it. 

“Hmmm, you should perform My Time for me.” 

“Huh?”

“Is that not the song's name?” You laugh, running over to sit by the mirror. “I wanna see you dance My Time.”

“Why that one?” Jungkook raises a brow, already too aware of why. 

“Hm, no reason.” 

“You want the whole dance break and everything?” Jungkook smiles, pulling his phone out and beginning to search for the instrumental of his song. Your eager nod makes him smile harder, eventually finding it before sliding his phone across the floor to you. 

You’ve seen the choreography before, been at the performances where they filmed their online concert. It’s a performance for the books, truly. You watch with peeled eyes, not wanting to miss a single second of his performance all for you. Jungkook's shy at first, smiling through the lyrics as he avoids your eye contact. As he continues, he begins to loosen up, maintaining eye contact as he does the full moves. (Rather than half way like he was at first, almost as if he was marking rather than performing.) 

You realize he’s caught on when he comes closer to you, switching from knee to knee in front of you. You can’t help but beam as he rises back up, dragging a hand along his inner thigh before continuing the dance. The songs coming to an end, the cants finally turning into wills. Kook draws closer once more as he sings the final post-chorus, beginning the outro. Unknown to him, your face is bright red as he squeezes in between your legs, lips brushing dangerously across your ear as he sings “oh” over and over. Kook makes a conscious effort to sound whinier each time, voice slightly breathy in your ear. 

“Kook” 

“Not done yet.” He teases, continuing. The song ends, the instrumental beginning to repeat as he pulls away with a shit eating grin. “You like My Time?” Jungkook chuckles, hands wrapping around your thighs that rest by his waist. 

“You're lucky I didn’t get my hands on you back then, I would’ve fucked you in your black leather outfit.” You can’t help but laugh, pulling him closer to your body. “Leather pants, studded jacket, mesh leopard print top and all.” 

“Sounds like I'm unlucky, actually.” Jungkook smirks, leaning in to kiss you. Your lips meet with ease, well practiced at this point as they easily slide against one another. Jungkook's lips are always so soft, one hand finding the back of his neck to pull him closer. Your other hand finds his hip, pulling his body closer to yours. He quickly places one arm next to you on the floor, the other holding your waist. He pulls away with a small groan, making you question him. “We can't, not here. With my luck Joon would walk in, kill me immediately.” 

“I just wanna kiss you, nothing more.” You shrug, pulling him back in. As much as he wants to fight it, he can’t as he loses his thought process as your lips meet his. You pull away this time, having to catch your breath. “So hot, Kook. If you ever perform that privately for another girl I may kill you myself.” 

Your tone is clearly joking, your arms coming to wrap around his torso as you pull him to you, pecking his lips softly. “I'll be okay with that, a good way to go out.” He mumbles against your lips, finally connecting them fully after he finishes. this time he’s rougher, hands pulling you as close as possible as your chests press flush together. Your hand easily slips underneath his t-shirt, grazing along his muscle. 

“Hm?” You smile, “I thought you said not here. Looks like you’re getting worked up.” 

“I just love being so close.” Jungkook whines, pressing a hot kiss onto your jaw. You already know he’s going to trail down to your neck before he even does it. 

“I’ll let you fuck my face in your studio, but that’s about as far as i’ll go in your company building.” You can’t help but giggle, feeling as his head dips down into your shoulder. 

“God damn it.” He groans, “Now we gotta.” 

The two of you laugh as you climb off the floor, Jungkook’s feet carrying him much faster than yours as he drags you along. You can’t help but laugh through the company halls, Kooks grip tight around your wrist as you struggle to keep up. Your laughter makes him laugh as well, the two of you frantically running to his studio before you’re caught by staff. The door almost slams behind the two of you, making you laugh harder. 

“So much for being sneaky.” You smile, finding your place in his arms easily. “You think someone’s gonna come check on you?”

“Hopefully not.” Jungkook smiles down at you, kissing your forehead softly. 

Unconsciously, you smile into the kiss as you connect your lips with his. Kook leans down slightly to kiss you, pulling you close to his body. Your hands leave his torso, trailing down as you begin to unbuckle his belt. “We gotta be quick in case people start looking for you.” Kook nods at you, allowing you to do as you wish. “Do you wanna try something new?” You mumble against his neck, Jungkook eagerly nodding. “You trust me?” Once again, Jungkook eagerly nods. 

He’s left a little embarrassed as you pull out a condom from his wallet, pretending as if he definitely doesn’t carry it around just in case. Jungkook doesn’t notice you roll the condom onto your fingers, mind distracted by you. You finally begin, Jungkook watching with wide eyes as you kneel down. His hands rested at his side, making you smile as you reached up to grab them. “Tell me if you don’t like anything, yeah? Face fuck, Kook.” Placing his hands in your hair, you easily free him of his confines. 

“Holy shit.” He mumbles, gently pulling your head closer. It makes you smile, dragging your tongue along his cock as he gets used to being in control. “I can…uh…push and pull?” His voice is just barely above a whisper, staring down at you. Jungkook jumps slightly as he feels one of your hands reach under him, gently pressing against the area. Jungkook lets out a shaky breath, realizing what you were doing. 

“All you want.” Gently taking his head into your mouth, you know you’re in for it as he begins to gather your hair up in a ponytail. It's a new side of Kook you haven’t seen before, finally giving him control in the situation. Once he’s gathered all of your hair, a small moan is pulled from you as he slowly pushes you down onto his cock. 

“So good to me, I finally get to pull the strings.” Kook moans out loud, feeling your throat contract around him before pulling back. “So pretty with my cock in your mouth.” You can’t help but moan around him, his words going straight to your head. The next push is rougher, hands tightening around your hair. “Even more pretty with my cock in your throat.” 

You slowly slide a single finger into him, the small hiss you pull from him is pure sin, making you squeeze your thighs together. “Shit, fuck Y/n.” He moans, voice slightly broken as he chokes out the words. His hips rock slightly into your mouth, getting used to the new sensation. 

“You’re okay, relax bunny.” You coo, hollowing your cheeks to distract him. Curling the finger inside him, the whimper that Jungkook lets out shooters straight to your core. Jungkook finally relaxes, allowing himself to thrust into your throat without tensing too much. As he rocks back, he easily slides down the length of your finger. 

“Shit, shit. What was that?” Jungkook’s hips jolt, thigh muscle tensing underneath your palm. “Do that again, please.” He moans, loud and whiny as he sinks into your throat. You give him exactly what he wants, finding the specific spot inside of him and purposely targeting it. Pressing another finger in, Jungkook thinks he’s going to lose his mind. You’re relentless, viciously targeting the specific spot inside of him. The two fingers give you more strength, roughly fucking into him with no remorse. 

Your one hand digs into his muscle, searching for any source of stability besides Jungkook’s hands in your hair. Jungkook chases the feeling, fucking deep into your throat with each push. Your fingernails make small indents into the skin underneath, leaving small crescent marks. “Gonna start moving my hips harder, alright baby? Lemme know if it’s too much.” He waits until you give him a nod of approval, beginning to easily roll his hips into you. 

Jungkook's vocal, knowing his studio should be sound proof and if not, it’s the least of his worries currently. Moans and curses fall from his lips with each thrust, burying himself to the hilt each time. Pulling back, he easily slides back onto your fingers, roughly hitting the spot inside of him without fail. He was timid the first time you offered a blowjob, but he knows you can take it now. You fight your gag reflex, eyes watering each time your breathing is restricted. It makes your kind fuzzy, thighs pressed together tightly as you peer up to watch Kook. “Crying? My girl is crying?” He smirks, biting back the moan that threatens to overpower his words. Riling you up more, he reaches to wipe a stray tear. “Crying with spit dripping down your chin, so lewd.” He teases, roughly shoving your head down. 

Each thrust is rough, nose brushing his abdomen each time. You eventually find a breathing pattern that works, breathing in each time he pulls back to avoid choking. Your fingers also are relentless, each time Jungkook rocks back onto them you purposely grind your fingertips onto his prostate. “That's a girl.” Jungkook smirks, noticing your adapting to his movement. “So good, so tight and warm around me. Gonna cum soon.” 

Jungkook’s cock throbs in your throat each time you hold eye contact, hips slightly hurling forward to bury himself deeper each time. He relishes in the scene before him, you eagerly allowing him to fuck your face with tears and spit. Your eyes are shiny as you peer up at him, slight moans vibrating against him as he sinks into your throat. Your jaw is sore, but you’re 100% focused on not scraping him even in the slightest. “Gonna cum in your throat, take deep breaths now alright.” He smirks, watching as you follow his direction. Each time he pulls back you take deeper breaths than before. 

Your tongue is rougher against his head when he pulls back, fingers fucking into him harder than before, trying to get him there faster. It seems to work as his moans get even louder, hands pulling on your hair harder. “Gonna cum.” Jungkook whines, thrusting all the way into your throat. You whine around his length as he throbs against your tongue, grinding slightly as he rides out his high. “Fuck, feels so good. So tight.” He moans, your throat contracting around his head. 

Jungkook has never came harder in his life, legs feeling numb as your fingers fuck into him to help him ride out his orgasm. It feels like his mind goes blank, body shuttering as he full body cums. The way his thighs shake in your hold almost makes you give in to him, the urge to let Jungkook fuck you into next week at an all time high. 

Once he finally pulls away, you involuntarily gasp. “Holy shit kook.” You smile, wiping some drool before it has a chance to fall on your lap. You pull the condom off of your fingers, thanking god jungkook just so happened to have lubed condoms. “Didn’t know you had it in you.” 

“Right, right tissues.” He scrambled, yanking up his pants as he scurried over to the desk. It's admittedly a funny sight, but you fight the laughter away. Jungkook is crouched down in front of you in no time, wiping any spit and tears away with the box of tissues next to him. “I love you so much.” He mumbles, roughly pulling you closer to him as he tosses the tissues aside for now. Your lips meet with bruising force, feeling Kook gently bite at your lips. You return to gesture, sliding your tongue across his bottom lips before gently biting it. In no time, Jungkook’s hands are sliding underneath your shirt before there’s a chance to process everything. 

“Alright, alright!” You laugh, “I said face fuck was the furthest I'd go in the company building.” Your smile is huge, pecking his lips softly as you joke. 

“The members can never know about this, the studio part.” Kook mumbles against your lips, making you smile harder. “My ass!?” He almost whispers, making you laugh out loud. “Where did that come from? We gotta do that again sometime.”

“Well Einstein, I wasn't exactly planning to tell your members. Unless you were?” 

“Nope, never.” Jungkook states promptly, easily picking himself off the floor. He helps you up before grabbing the tissues and condom, smirking slightly as you rub your knees. Now that the two of you are done rushing, you’re actually able to look around Jungkook’s studio. It’s amazing how quickly the two of you can go from borderline fucking to domestic, something you love with Jungkook. 

“Kook, I thought we talked about this.” You begin, picking up a Widowmaker figure from his shelf. You’re joking in all aspects of the character, but the look on his face makes you nag him constantly. “Wow, young men these days. I think I should head out.” You pretend to overreact, smile tugging the corner of your lips the entire time. Jungkook knows, smiling like an idiot as you grab a random jacket off his chair and pretend to storm off outside. 

Jungkook lets you get right outside of the studio door before he chases after you, easily catching up and wrapping his arms around you. “No! Honey, I swear it’s not what it looks like.” He plays along, making you laugh before getting back into the fake drama you’re acting in. “I swear, you’re the one I love. Not her.” he states, carefully spinning you around to face him. 

“I just don’t think it’s going to work.” Almost tempted to fake cry, you can’t bring yourself to do it without bursting into laughter. “After all we’ve been through! you just go behind my back and cheat on me, with A…..A PURPLE WOMAN!!” 

“OH MY GODDDD.” The voice makes you jump, closing the distance between you and Jungkook as he holds your frame. Glancing down the hall, Joon is hunched over with his hands on both knees. “I thought you two were serious!” 

Kook and you absolutely lose it, cackling like crazy people as Kook claps his hands. Joon eventually stands back up, clutching his heart as he shuffles down the hall to you. “I’m leaving, I can't take this. You two get home safe, unbelievable.” He rambles as he walks past, making you and Kook laugh harder. “Thought I was gonna be in a lose lose situation.” Finally at the door, Namjoon shakes his head one last time, finally smiling at you both, before leaving. 

Once your laugh fit is finally concluded, Kook takes the initiative and begins the journey out of the building. Yoongi would likely stay a bit later, but besides that everyone else likely went home already. You naturally follow, Kook’s arm eventually resting on your shoulders as you walk beside him. “Can't believe Joon was eavesdropping.” Once in the elevator, you finally joke. 

“Yeah right? That was good timing.” He pulls you closer, leaning over to kiss your head. “I still wanna make us public, and put out a statement. But say the word and I won't.” 

“If you want to, then I want to too.'' The grin that overcomes you is unbeatable, glancing up to look at your boyfriend as you descend the floors. “We should just say you’re in a relationship though, I feel like saying my name is unnecessary.” 

“Anything for you.” Kooks smiles, fondness in his chest as he kisses your head once again. 

“Ugh, c'mon.” Jokingly pushing him away, you sprint out of the elevator doors as soon as they open. He chases, catching you quickly in his arms. “Okay okay enough mushy stuff.” You laugh, prying his arms from around you as staff begin to steal glances at the two of you. 

“Back to yours?” He smiles, interlocking your fingers and making his way to the garage. with a simple nod, the two of you are off. 

Arriving at your apartment, the two of you seem worn down as you hit the couch. Jungkook follows, laying on top of you as you rub his shoulders and back. A random tv show is put on the living room tv, lulling the both of you to sleep. “Kook, let’s go to bed.” Mumbling, you’re met with a half asleep hm? “Let’s go to my room, go to bed.” The reiteration sticks, the two of you shuffling into the comfortable embrace of your soft bed. 

“Night Y/n.” Jungkook hums, not needing much to pass out as he hits the pillow. 

“Night Kook, see you in the morning.” Your heart feels full, unbelievably so. When you first talked, you never in a million years thought you’d be here with Kook, your boy, your bun. A lot has changed, but Jungkook hasn’t shown one second of dislike for you, always the opposite. Before you finally succumb to sleep, you mumble the last thing on your mind. “Love you, Jungkook.” 

______

Jungkook's draped all over you as your eyes pull themselves open, likely tangling together all throughout the night. A leg is thrown over both yours, an arm underneath your head, and the both behind your back holding you close. His head is tilted up slightly and you can only assume his chin tested on your head at some point throughout the night. 

“Kook, it’s late.” You grumble, already one in the afternoon. You can't remember if he works today or not, not sure if he even mentioned it. “Kook if you have work you gotta get up.” Resorting to the usual method, aggressive shakes are the only option as he begins to open his eyes. “Do you have work?” 

“No, all day off.” He mumbles, closing his eyes and shuffling to be closer to you. 

“Wow, two days off! That's a new record.” Joking, you also close your eyes.

“Two days spent with my girl.” Jungkook hums, kissing your face. Eventually making his way to your lips, he places a deep kiss before you have the chance to tease him more. The both of you are still half asleep, instinctively pulling one another closer as you reciprocate Kook's actions. He easily pushes himself up onto one elbow, hovering over you slightly. 

You can't help the small groan that falls from you, pulling Jungkook's arm slightly to encourage him to move over some more. You can feel him smirk into the kiss, shuffling in between your legs and gently pulling your legs up around his waist. “Want you close, Kook.” You mumble, pulling his waist closer to you as he leans down. 

“I’m about as close as I can be.” Jungkook chuckles softly, connecting your lips gently and interlocking your fingers. The kiss and slow and gentle, hips beginning to gently grind together. Small hums and groans fill your room occasionally, the two of you holding one another as close as possible. Unlinking your fingers, you reach down and easily tug on the edge of his t-shirt, easily pulling it off over his head. Jungkook’s hesitant at first, not immediately going for your shirt. You encourage him, placing one of his hands on the bottom of your shirt. 

The shirt is shed in no time, tossed somewhere in the room. Your hands immediately meet his torso, pulling him close as your chests press together. His weight is comforting on top of you, humming as your torsos are flush together. “Wait, before you get too excited I have a present for you.”

“That’s scary.” Jungkook chuckles, leaning back as you sit up, fishing around your bedside drawer. Plopping back down, you present your so-called present. “Cock ring!”

“God damn it.” He sighs, making you burst out into laughter. “First my ass and now a cock ring.”

“You’ll cum too fast without it.” You laugh, tugging at his shorts. He side-eyes your statement but doesn’t ask about it any further, helping as he pulls his shorts down. “Don’t get hard, think about dead puppies.”

“Wow, really setting the mood.” Kook rolls his eyes, making you stifle your laughter as you slide it over him. 

“If it hurts too much, let me know. But I got the biggest size for you.” You shrug, gently dragging a fist along his length. “Have you tried one before?” He shakes his head no, eyes slightly shut. “It might feel odd then for you, but it shouldn’t be like excruciating pain.” You lick your hand, stoking him slightly rougher to get him hard. “Feel alright?”

“It’s okay.” Jungkook lets out a small pant, head falling slightly into your shoulder. A smile overtakes your face as you snap his shorts back up against his hip. 

“Kook,” you hum, taking one of his hands and placing it on the band of your sweatpants. He gets the message immediately, almost ripping them off your legs as you lay back down onto the bed. “Wow, excited?”

“Unbelievably so.” Jungkook nods, making you smile as he tosses the sweatpants off of the bed. Your face is bright red as he sits back on his heels, soaking in the sight of you laying in front of him. “So beautiful, y/n.”

“Stop, you’re making me nervous.” You laugh, trying to get him to kiss you again. 

“I gotta take it all in, this is a first.” He genuinely does bathe in the sight, cock straining against its confines. Besides being in the shower together,  this is the most exposed he’s seen you. For once, you’re more undressed than he is. “So pretty just for me.”

“Just for you Kook, always.” You smile, sitting up and placing a soft kiss onto his chest. Slipping your fingers underneath the waistband of his shorts, you easily slide them down. “Alright bun, you get to have the control now.” Laying back down, his face is almost ghastly pale. Your heart beats a bit erratically in your chest, a hint of nervousness in your demeanor. Shoving it aside, you reassure yourself that Jungkook made it extremely clear it’s not like that. 

“Don’t tell me that, I might cum in my boxers.” Jungkook laughs, placing his arms on either side of you as he holds himself up. “Love you, so unbelievably much.” He mumbles softly, holding eye contact for longer than necessary. “I want you to feel that I love you, and not be nervous.” 

“I’m not nervous-“ 

“It’s okay, Y/n.” He cuts you off, gently placing a kiss onto your forehead. “I know, I know how it seems. But I really do love you, have for a while. Let me know if you ever want to stop and we will.” Jungkook reassures you, gently kissing you and making sure you reciprocate it. Of course, you do, pulling him close to your body as your legs rest on his waist. You’re able to quickly realize that while he has the control, it’s still going to take him a bit adjusting before he gets rough and nasty with you. It's clear in his demeanor that he wants to please you, likely leaving edging, punishment, and filthy language for another time. 

He kisses you so soft and slow, hands holding you as if you’d break in them. Jungkook's hands roam your body slowly, warm palms leaving goosebumps in their wake. He gets to your knee before trailing all the way back up, this time stopping at your bra. Technically you handed over the control, but the pop of your band open makes you gasp slightly. “What? I have the control , remember?” He smiles, talking against your skin. 

The teasing tone riles you up, thighs squeezing his waist between them. Jungkook's lips leave yours, placing soft kisses along your skin as he makes his way down. Your hands find his hair in no time, lips easily meeting the soft skin of your chest. “Gonna mark me up this time Kook?” Now it’s your turn to tease as he glances up, raising a brow.

“Of course, baby.” He smirks, leaving a dark mark on your skin. “I'm gonna do a lot more than that though, if I have my way.” His tone is playful yet oddly seductive, making your legs tighten. A flick across your nipple snaps you out of your thoughts, pulling a groan as he gently bites down. A small smirk tugs at the corner of his lips as he swirls his tongue, moving on to give the other the same treatment. 

It feels like you can finally breathe again when he pulls back, but it’s short lived. Jungkook trails kisses down to your hips, determined to leave a mark on your hip. “You can always tell me to stop.” He reminds you, pushing himself up as he sits back on his heels. Involuntarily, the entirety of your face is consumed in a blush as he examines you, his hands teasingly rubbing along your thighs. “Fuck, Y/n. Can’t believe you look this good and you’ve been hiding from me.” It makes you smile. 

“Yeah, whatever. Soak it up, Kook.” Is the best you can muster together as his eyes burn holes in your skin. 

“I will, I am.” Jungkook cheekily adds, his hands roam, squeezing, holding and kneading any bit of flesh he can touch. 

Slowly, Jungkook lays down onto his torso, peering up at you with a shit eating grin. You don’t have anything in you to tell him off for it, watching each move with attentive eyes. He does a thorough job of teasing, nipping, sucking and biting your inner thighs. You’re almost whining, each contact not enough as your hips threaten to grind against him. You’re sure he notices, his grin growing. 

Finally, a delicate kiss is placed on your core through the thin fabric of your panties. The next one is the exact same, and the one after. 

“…Kook.”

“What?” Jungkook smirks, continuing his actions without paying you much mind. “Too slow for you?” He asks, clearly having no intentions of speeding up as the next kiss is almost ghostly on your skin. 

“Please, I need it badly. It hurts.” You whine, watching as he continues his usual pace. “Jungkook, please I want it bad.” You can’t help but whine, hands tugging on his soft hair. You accidentally pull his head closer. 

“So fucking whiny.” He groans, against your core, wrapping his arms around your thighs and pulling you closer to his face. “Soaking wet, all because of me.” He teases, eating you out through the fabric. “Haven’t even touched your bare pussy and you’re shaking around me.” 

Jungkook easily pulls out soft moans from you, your hands finding their purchase on the bed sheets. Your eyes drift close as you focus on the feeling, thighs shaking in his grip. “Mmm, just intrigued.” You make up an excuse, hearing a soft scoff from him. 

You can feel him pull away, softly dragging a finger pad along your clit. Your panties are soaked all the way through, easily sticking to your folds. Truly, you’d be more embarrassed if Jungkook wasn’t looking at you like the most attractive woman in the world. His eyes are dark and slightly hooded as he hears you moan due to his actions, fixated on every sound you make and every reaction your body gives him. 

“Jungkook can you please just…get on with it.” You whine as he continues to slowly rub circles on your clit through your panties, making you restless. He pretends to think about it, placing a soft kiss directly onto your clit. “Koookkk.”

“What Y/n?” Jungkook smiles, “You gotta be really specific, tell me what you want.”

“I want you to touch me-”

“I am.” He smirks, rubbing your thighs with the palm of his hands. 

Your face blushes a deep red, realizing what he wants. “Bun, please eat me out until I cum, please. I need it, I want it.” You beg, grinding slightly against his fingers. 

“There’s my good girl.” Kook hums, hooking his fingers underneath the band of your panties. It feels agonizing slow as he takes them off, cheeks deep red as they hit the floor. “Begging to cum like my good little slut.” He mumbles, catching you slightly off guard, a small moan falling from you. 

Jungkook looks like a kid in a candy store, long, firm licks across your core. You can’t help but clench around nothing, thighs threatening to clamp down around Jungkook’s head. A moan escapes you as he peers up with eager eyes, your head immediately falling back into the pillows underneath you. You’re just now understanding Kook’s inability to maintain eye contact with you when you give him head, the visual overwhelming. 

“Feels so good Kook, so good to me.” You can’t help but whimper, a loud moan spilling from you as you feel his finger easily slide into you. Your breath hitches in your throat as he easily gives you pleasure, brushing against your g-spot with almost no struggle. He’s able to easily find a rhythm that works, finding what gives him the biggest reaction and not stopping. Slipping in another finger, he easily targets your g-spot as he continues to focus on your clit with his tongue, eager eyes continuing to stare at your reactions. Loud moans fill the room, shocks shooting through your body with increasing pleasure. 

“I'll never fit if you tighten up this much.” Kook teases, slowing his ministrations as he feels you clenched around his fingers. Without giving you much time to recover, he quickly continues his actions.

“Please let me cum, bun. Please.” You whine, beginning to rock gently against his face. There’s a gleam in his eye, allowing you to grind against his face. Jungkook takes you there with little effort, seemingly knowing your body as if he’d studied it. He seemingly knows what you like and what you don't, pleasure racking through your body. “Gonna cum, please. Bun, need it bad.”

“Cum, baby. Cum on my mouth.” He groans against you, easily pulling a moan from you. You cum hard, hands making fists in his hair as your legs shake slightly around his head. Jungkook groans into you as you pull on his hair, making you cum harder. Jungkook doesn’t slow after you cum, continuing the pace. 

“Kook, wait.” You whimper, pulling his hair. “It’s too much kook.” 

“Want one more. You gonna cum again for me?” He mumbles, never pulling his head far back. Pushing your head into the pillows, you can't stop shaking as you cum again. He slows this time, riding you through it thoroughly before pulling back. Kook’s lips easily find yours, interlocking your fingers against the bed. “So good for me, came so hard for me.” He mumbles softly, pulling your arms above your head as he deepens the kiss. 

“I want you to fuck me.” You almost blurt, a bit out of place. Jungkook’s face makes you laugh softly. “Wanna cum around your cock, bun.”

“Y/n, we don’t have to. I’m happy-”

“Kook, fuck me.” You interrupt him, gently breaking free of his hold as you pull him toward you. Your hands easily find his hair, tugging softly on his hair as you kiss him. “I have lube in the drawer.”

“Do you have condoms?”

“No, but it’s okay.” The look on his face is once again priceless. He’s almost jumping at your bedside table, slinging the top drawer open in record speed. You giggle as the contents slam against the front from the momentum, Jungkook quickly fishing them out. You’re in trouble as he pulls out the bottle, along with your vibrator. 

“Oh?” He smirks, returning to his spot as he rests back in his heels. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, easily tossing them aside. The sight makes you whine, pressing your thighs together as he purposely takes his time applying the lube. With a gentle slap to your inner thigh, he encourages your legs to open once again. 

“Bun, just be gentle at first, please.” 

“Of course, baby.” He nods, shuffling slightly closer. He’s once again teasing as he slowly rubs his cock against your folds, each brush against your clit makes you moan. Gently pushing his head in, he’s extremely observant of your reaction. “Relax baby, it’s okay.” Jungkook’s gentle voice meets your ears, hands comforting rubbing along your skin. His hips gently rock as you accommodate, waiting for a nod before sliding in deeper. It’s a slow process, Jungkook's mind reeling as you fall apart because of him. 

With a loud whine, Jungkook’s hips finally meet yours, fully seated inside of you. You already feel on edge, wondering how Jungkook has such a hold over you. “Kook, wait, wait.” You can’t help but clench around him, Jungkook leaning forward as he hugs you close to him. “Hurts, but feels good.” You whimper against his lips, “So deep kook.” You moan, encouraging him to gently grind his hips into you. 

Jungkook is losing his mind, keeping it together for your sake. He’s determined to please you as much as you’ll possibly let him, trying hard (and failing) to not think too hard about you wrapped around him. Kissing you as if his life depends on it, he moans softly as your nails drag along his back.  He’s sure there are marks left behind, a groan being pulled from him from the pain. “Wanna cum like this, bun.” you whine, clenching around him as his abdomen also grinds against your clit. 

“I’m barely even moving, baby. Already falling apart, so so good to me.” Jungkook teases lightly, pushing himself up onto his hands to watch your expressions. His chest tightens as you blush at him, a fond smile overtaking his face. “Cum as much as you want baby, wanna feel you cum on my cock.” Jungkook smiles, continuing his pace as you seem to like it, nails digging harder into his shoulders. 

“Cumming…” A loud whine fills the room, legs shaking around Jungkook's waist as you tighten around him. Your mind feels fuzzy, grinding against him as you ride out your high, Jungkook continuing until you begin to twitch especially hard. Stilling inside you, he returns to hold you close, kissing you gently as you come down from your high. “I love you, Jungkook.” You almost whisper against his lips, running your palms along the textured marks from your nails. 

“I love you too, Y/n.” He mumbles back, slowly leaning back onto his heels. You can feel him throb inside of you, reminding you of his situation. 

“Didn’t cum yet?” You giggle, leaning forward to run your fingers along his abs. His chest is flushed pink, golden skin glowing in the sunlight flooding into your room. The tattoos along his arms pop, piercings shining brightly in the sunlight as well. As Jungkook's palms hold your legs carefully, almost lovingly, you unconsciously clench around him. 

“Don't do that.” Jungkook huffs, making you smile. “Can’t cum as easily thanks to your little surprise present.” There’s a glint in his eyes as he easily lifts your legs, encouraging you to fold slightly, slipping deeper into you. 

You’re caught off guard as he slides out, thrusting into you in one swift motion. Your breath almost gets caught in your throat, a loud moan mixing with Jungkook’s own whine. The smirk on his face makes your core throb as he continues thrusting into you, snapping his hips slightly as he bottoms out. He easily places your legs onto his arms, watching every reaction and changing his movement accordingly. “Fuck Kook, good, it feels good.”  You moan and whine, grinding your hips together each time he bottoms out. 

Both hands remain at your sides on the bed, holding himself up as he fucks into you. Your faces stay unbelievably close as he folds you in half, noses brushing against each other’s every so often. It makes you clench around him as you both moan into each other’s mouth, not quite a kiss but lips brushing together. “I love seeing you like this, making such sweet sounds for me.” Jungkook groans, balancing on one hand as the other shoves itself between your bodies. It’s too late to protest when you realize what he’s doing, the vibration making your swollen clit ache more. “My sweet girl, so overwhelmed and pretty.” 

Your skin burns hot, every touch Jungkook gives feeling intensified as you try to focus on one at a time. You feel drunk, mind fuzzy as he rubs against your g-spot almost every thrust, bolts shooting throughout your body as your toes curl. Peeling your eyes open, tears absentmindedly stream down the sides of your face. “Sweetheart? Too much?” Jungkook slows, moving his head to get you to make eye contact with him. 

“No, no, don't stop. Just feels really good.” You reassure him, hands coming to wrap around his torso, holding his shoulders as your nails find purchase in his skin. Jungkook lets out light pants, eyes screwing shut as he tries his hardest to ignore how hard you’re wrapped around him. 

Slowly, Jungkook peels back, no longer hovering over you as he fucks into your heat. The new position makes you mewl, toes curling. Jungkook also has a much better view from this angle, applying more pressure with the vibrator. Your hips unintentionally buck against him, body still extremely sensitive from your previous orgasms. Jungkook snaps his hips harder, body rocking with each movement. 

“Dirty girl, taking my cock so well, like you were made for me. So fucked out you can’t even think.” Jungkook almost coos at you, making you whine as his movements become rougher. “You should fuckin see it, Y/n. So fuckin tight around me.” Your stomach tightens, Jungkook's words make you gush around his length. The next moan, Jungkook is sliding his thumb  against your tongue, a giant smirk across his face as you suck the digits. “Good girl.” Jungkook smirks, sliding his finger out, a string of saliva connecting it with your bottom lip. He easily replaces the vibrator with his thumb, using the saliva as lubricant as he rubs tight circles against your clit. 

“Kook, close.” you whimper, hands creating fists against the bedsheets. You’re sure Jungkook is covered in your cum, the faint sound of wet slapping filling your ears when you focus closely. Jungkook doesn’t seem to care, small groans falling from his lips when you tighten around him. 

“Go ahead baby, make a mess for me.” Jungkook smiles, continuing the same movements to ensure he doesn’t lose the spot. “Cum all over my cock, wanna feel you around me again.” He spurs you on, making you whimper. 

When you cum this time, it's unbelievably hard as you wrap around him hard. Jungkook slows his movement, almost unable to push into you. Your legs shake in Jungkook's arms, his palms comfortingly rubbing along your thighs in an attempt to soothe you. Your eyes screw shut tightly as you ride it out, head burying itself in the pillows. 

“Holy shit, that was so fucking hot.” Jungkook speaks softly, leaning down just enough to place a soft kiss on your cheek. Finally getting your bearings, a small chuckle falls from you as you softly place a kiss onto his lips. 

“I want you to cum with me.” You mumble against his lips, purposely clenching around him to emphasize your point. “I think it’ll be harder but you should be able to cum even with my present on.” You giggle, sitting up as Jungkook carefully pulls out. Maneuvering yourself up onto shaky legs, you smile as Jungkook carefully watches. His arms extend to either side of your body, ready to catch you if you topple over. It’s a fair precaution, considering how badly your legs shake with your weight on them. 

Jungkook watches as you maneuver around, facing your back to him. He’s slightly confused, finally understanding when you place your hands down. “You’re going to be the death of me.” Kook groans, watching as your arms fold, ass sticking up into the air. Your back is arched, jokingly wiggling your ass as you spur him on. 

He gives in, hands gently slapping the flesh underneath him as he moves closer. It makes you whimper softly, Jungkook quickly getting the message as he places a harder slap against your skin. He’s quick to rub the reddening handprint, a loud moan muffled by your pillow. Jungkook could cum on the spot, placing a couple more slaps just to redden the skin underneath his palms. “All cock drunk and whiny, like my own little slut.” Jungkook almost mumbles to himself, barely loud enough for you to hear. 

His words alone are enough to make you shutter, a small mewl threatening to escape from your throat. Feeling his thighs against the back of yours, you can't help the small whine of Jungkook's name that falls past your throat, begging for him. “Oh I know, honey, I know.” Jungkook coos, almost teasingly as he takes as much time as possible to line himself up. Kook pushes in slowly, purposely moving at a snail's pace as he listens to your whines and complaints. “Shhh, shhh. Do you feel how fucking tight you’re wrapped around me? So fucking warm, so fucking wet, pulling me in, y/n.” He hums to you, smiling at your legs shaking as he bottoms out. 

“So big, so full.” You call back, mind fuzzy as you fight to form full, comprehensive sentences. 

“Am I fucking you stupid, hm? Are you my stupid girl?” Jungkook continues teasing, leaning over and pulling you up slightly so his chest is flush with your back. “My dumb slut, hm? So overwhelmed, so desperate to cum.” He coos into your ear, one hand gently finding its place around your throat as he holds you against him. Jungkook hips are firmly pressed into the soft flesh of your ass, body's as close as physically possible. 

“Yes, your stupid girl.” You almost babble, peering over your shoulder to catch a glimpse of Jungkook’s face. “Your dumb slut.” His cheeks are flushed, eyes hooded as his eyes fill with lust. You’re likely not much better, cheeks likely flushed, lips bitten bright red, tear streaks slightly visible down your cheeks. Yeah, you’re definitely not doing better. “Bun, cum in me. Please, I want it, I need it.” 

You finally get a true whimper from him, words shooting straight to his dick as you wrap around him. “Anything for you, y/n. Always.” He mumbles softly, leaning forward the slightest bit more to kiss you. You’re in for it as he peels back, hands finding purchase on your waist as he begins rocking his hips. “So fucking perfect.” He mumbles, definitely to himself as you just barely catch it. 

Jungkook’s whines finally match yours, his staved off orgasms finally catching up to him. Kook’s hips snap into yours hard, leaving the skin underneath a soft pink. “Kook, need a little more.” You whine, frustration building as you become desperate to cum with him. “Wanna cum with you.” You whine, glancing back to catch the slightest glimpse. 

“I got you, just relax baby. Just feel for a sec, yeah?” Jungkook easily calms your nerves, easing your frustration. “Buns got you.” An arm sneaks around, easily finding your swollen clit as he rubs tight circles into the bead. 

Doing your absolute best, you try not to fight it, focusing on all of the sensations that Jungkook so graciously lends you. Your hands absentmindedly find your nipple, adding one more sensation that finally sends you over the edge. “Fuck!” You whimper, orgasm wracking over your entire body as you shove your face into the sheets. “Kook, cum please. Cum in me.”

Jungkook’s moan cracks in the middle of it, hips stuttering as he buries himself as much as possible. You force him to ride it out, rocking your hips back into him. Your body feels weak, Jungkook’s hands wrapping around your waist to stop your movement. “Cock ring always from now on.” Jungkook almost pants, slumping down against your back. His weight, along with your legs shaking for the past 2 rounds, make you immediately fall onto the bed. Kook lands on top of you with a small huff, not expecting it. 

Jungkook almost scurries off of you, forgetting how many times you came. “God, Kook.” You whine, willing your sore body to roll over onto your back. You can only offer him a lazy smile, completely worn out. 

“I love you.” Jungkook immediately says as you smile at him, the fond feeling blooming in his chest more than ever. 

“Can you…get tissues. Then come and lay on me.” Giggling, Jungkook immediately follows, cleaning you up as gently as possible. After, he leans off the bed, holding onto your ankle to let you know he’s still close by. “Wanna kiss you.” You don’t have to ask him twice, you never have. He immediately gives into you, slotting your lips together with ease. His weight helps ground you, holding each other close. 

“You okay?” Jungkook mumbles against your skin, trailing kisses over to your neck. 

“More than okay, Jungkook. I love you so much.” 

“I’ve loved you since you left me in that small-ass bathroom.” Jungkook jokes, pulling a hearty laugh from the both of you. “Completely blue-balled me.” Once again, you laugh out loud at the stupid comment.

Your heart is full, chest feeling tight as you peer at him. Your Jungkook of BTS, your bun, your Kook, your Jeon Jeongguk, Your everything all in one. All yours, always.

#jungkook #jungkook smut #bts jungkook smut #sub jungkook #soft dom jungkook #jungkook x reader #namjoon #bts rm #kim namjoon #jeon jeongguk #jeon jungkook #bts jin #jin #bts suga #suga #yoongi #bts jhope #jhope #bts jimin #jimin #bts taehyung #taehyung #bts #bts scenarios #jungkook fic #bangtan #bangtan imagine #bts fanfction #bts smut #man eater

[sunny-mercya]

Protective

Poly! Billy and Stu x Male Reader (Mention of HOH – Hard of Hearing)

Masterlist

Unfinished

Stu hadn't felt this nervous since.....actually, he doesn't remember being nervous in the past before. Clammy hands and the need to pick and pull at something, were clear signs of it though, that he knew.

Billy elbows him in the side, ringing for him the doorbell. It wasn't like as if they visit you for the very first time at your home—had been over more than once and the amount of sleepover and weekends staying were countless.

It's a bit different today though, so Billy gets it why Stu would feel hesitantly nervous.

«You think his Dad knows about what had happen today in school?» asked Stu, hands holding onto his school bag, whipping back and forth on his heels.

«Probably. He picked [Name] up during lunch and the nurse or Kelly might have said something.» Billy shrugged his shoulders, debating if they should just go through the garden and into the kitchen. It is, in a way, basically a sort of second home for them.

Billy and Stu had a few fears of their own, everyone does and a few of them they share in common would be; getting caught, losing you—be it by some cruel mishap of fate and accidentally killing you or you deciding to break with them, which they never would allow to happen though—and your dads anger.

They wouldn't say that your dad is one of those rumoured scary type of, single, parent—but the man does know how to bring out a knee buckling cold sweat from them. Especially when the anger might be directed at them, because they have done something to upset you and god forbid to upset you.

Billy was about to ring again, when the doors opens and coming face to face with Kelly, who looked at them with raised brows. As always she wore her sunglasses on top of her head, her brown hair—for once, a rare sight—not being open and in a messy bun.

«Aah! The double package. Before I let you two in, Uncle franny doesn't know details of what had happen, but he knows that something had happen.» Kelly tells them, chewing her gum annoying obnoxiously, moving just a bit away from the door to grant them entrance.

The seductive smell of Lasagna and Pizza—which lingers heavy in the air—was, besides the absolute musical silence today, one of the first things they took notice of.

«You two stay for dinner and overnight, boys?» Francis, your dad had insisted to be called by his first name—privileges only they got to have though—walking out of the kitchen, drying his hands up on a kitchen-towel and giving them a welcoming smile. Out of habit, he had signed the his question.

Billy only nodded his head, giving a return of "yes" and "okay" signs, albeit sloppy. Still getting the hang of sign language, even when he and Stu was learning it for 2 years now.

~~~

Walking about the stairs, the boys enter your room without knocking—you wouldn't hear their polite attempt of knocking anyways.

The roller blinds are completely down, window open to let the welcoming chilly air in—but no chance for the ever so sinking sun, to let her last few warming rays of light in—shrouding your room in a darkness.

Your small night lamp, which projected stars on the walls and ceiling, was the only light source. It justifies enough for Billy and Stu, to make out your silhouette of a body lump—being shallowed and covered in blankets—on your bed.

Billy hummed slightly, putting his school bag down—and while Stu mimicking his action and stepping instantly towards your bed—Billy looked around your room, searching for a specific box case.

Stu being a extrovert and overall more emotional person, knows his ways how he had to comfort his boyfriends in time of need. Though, when he gently pried the blankets away from you, he halted in his movements when he heard your loud ear shattering sobbing—which had been muffled with the blankets.

It only had deterred Stu from his mission for a second. Laying down on your bed next to you, Stu put his arms around you and pulled you towards his chest. Running his hand through your hair and down your back, shushing you—even though Stu knows you aren't able to hear it.

Billy rummaging through one of your drawers, being more than certain that the case was in there, had to be—Billy himself had put it in here, for cases of emergencies like these.

Hearing you crying wasn't a first for them, but it was always so damn loud, since you couldn't hear yourself. Though, still, this time Billy felt a kind of uncomfortableness, a squirming rising in his stomach. Giving Billy a ache in his heart.

Aah! There they are! Billy fished the case out, opening it and inspecting them—your old hearing aids, which are a bit broken already and having scratches, but still functional.

Walking over to your bed, Billy crawled over Stus long legs, sitting himself next to you. Stu sats up a bit, leaning against the headboard, pulling you up alongside.

Billy moved your hair aside, putting the aids in as gently as possible—too much force and roughness and it would hurt you.

Like a deer caught in the headlights, wide eyed you looked from Stu to Billy, after they repeated your name to get your attention.

Flushed red cheeks, stained damp with salty tears which keeps going flowing down from your brimming swollen eyes.

A flare of anger rises in Billy, just thinking of what had happen today.

#male reader #x male reader #scream 1996 #scream x male reader #billy x stu x male reader #billy loomis #poly!billy and stu x male reader #stu macher x male reader #stu macher #billy loomis x male reader #poly! billy and stu x male reader #hard of hearing male reader #hoh!male reader #x hard of hearing male reader #fluff #oneshot

[pedgito]

thinking about eddie munson and how he would definitely have a thing for auralism and an unhealthy addiction with phone sex (18+ content)

he never understood why visuals didn’t do much for him. it was the he didn’t appreciate it, he loved seeing you—whether it was across the hall at school, sitting passenger seat in his van, or underneath him in the late hours of the night, looking as beautiful as you always did, even deep in the state of sated arousal.

but he couldn’t explain why sound did more, it never made sense. and for a while it made eddie think something was wrong with him, noticing the cryptic look on your face when he’d close his eyes or bury his face into your neck—it was overwhelming sometimes, the mix of both, so he tries to focus on one or the other, the privilege of listening to you always winning out the other.

it isn’t just you either—it’s everything else too. music, your voice—your moans were a privilege, a sign that eddie was doing his job and doing it well, but the sound of your wetness, the slap of his thighs against the back of your ass, the slide of skin against skin and the ungodly squelch the combination of you two made after eddie has already came deep inside of you, chasing after for seconds.

and eddie loves calling you late nights when he can’t see you, pestering you sweetly over the phone until you relent and press your hands beyond the waistband of your underwear, putting on a perfect show for him. it’s nearly every evening now, sometimes mornings too.

“are you home alone?” eddie asks softly, the shift of him moving his clothes aside heard from his end.

“mmm, yeah, i am.” you respond lazily, eyes flicking toward your locked doors, “how was the campaign?”

“don’t wanna talk about that,” he responds openly, seemingly frustrated, “are you already touching yourself?”

you laugh softly at his impatience, fingers sliding through your folds carefully, “maybe,” you respond cheekily, “are you?”

“yeah, yeah—“ he sighs, groaning as he squeezed at the head of his cock, “fuck, i really need this tonight.”

“i can come over,” you offer lightly, fingers tracing along your entrance and over your clit, featherlight, “i don’t mind.”

“no,” he shakes his head despite you being able to see, “just—just need this, wanna hear you. please?”

you whine softly as your apply a delicate pressure to your clit, “talk to me?”

“how was your night?” eddie asks jokingly, causing you to laugh—and surprisingly, it’s on of his favorite sounds. it sends a tingle throughout him, feeling the ache grow in his stomach as his hand slides along his shaft, forcing a breath from his chest.

“hmm, how dirty,” you comment, “it was fine, boring without you.”

“yeah?” eddie asks, intrigued like a puppy, his voice raising in subtle excitement, “boring how?”

“could’ve had you here, inside me—“ you sigh dramatically, voice catching as you dipped a finger inside of you, “but, guess i’ll just have to settle for this.”

eddie laughs deeply, “yeah, i’m betting those fingers don’t fill you out as good as i do.”

“not a—not a chance,” your stutter, using the wetness to drag over your clit, rubbing in small, precise circles, “so much bigger, fuck—can never get as deep as you.”

eddie’s silent for a moment, listening to the uptick in your moans, grunting as he squeezes at the base, staving off his own quickly approaching orgasm, the pent up frustration from the day finally catching up to him.

“shit—yeah, s’never as good as the real thing,” eddie admits, “those sweet little sounds you make, saying all kinds of dirty things into my mouth,” you moan at that, face heating up in arousal,”—fuck, let me hear it, sweetheart. what are you thinking?”

“thinking about your cock in my mouth, actually,” you tell him, his breath quickening on the other end as he gasped—his hand was moving furiously, his bed creaking from the exertion, “is that what you want, eddie?”

eddie’s response is a strained groan, focusing on the delicate lilts of your voice, how airy you sound close to orgasm, “i know how much you like to force me to take all of you until i’m begging you to let up, how much you get off on feeling yourself press against the back of my throat—is that what you need?”

“uh huh,” eddie replies absentmindedly, feeling his balls tighten up almost painfully, “fuck—“

“are you gonna beg, eddie?” you tease, face scrunching up as that familiar feeling builds, body feeling light, “be a good boy and ask, yeah?”

and eddie plays into it every time, “please, baby?” he says softly, “can’t take it—i need it so bad.”

“say it,” you remind him, trying desperately to keep your own release at bay, needing it to be fair, “i wanna hear it.”

“fuck—can i come?” he asks, jaw slack as his thrusts into his own hand faltered, “please, i don’t think i can—“

“yes, yes—god, please—“ you find yourself begging too, for no apparent reason, moaning out raggedly as you finger drags over your clit furiously, bringing you to your own orgasm as eddie falls victim to his own, grunting loudly into the receiver.

and usually you’re not as noisy when you come, but you play it up for eddie, his breathing heavy as he works himself through it until he’s quiet on the other end.

“god, i love you.”

you snort softly, “i know, i love you too.”

there’s a beat of silence as eddie moves around to clean himself up.

“can i call you in the morning?” eddie asks hopefully, implications already there.

“do you even have to ask?” you respond with a smile that eddie can’t see, but by your tone, he knows it’s there.

“seemed pretty adamant about asking a minute ago.”

he wasn’t wrong, forcing the smile into in a knowing smirk, “it’s not my fault you liked to be bossed around.”

“only when it’s you.” he replies honestly, sound more relieved that when you answered the phone originally.

“you can,” you clarify, “but i’d much rather see you in person.”

“i’ll see what i can do.” eddie teases.

it doesn’t surprise you when he crawls through your window before the sun has even risen—and eddie can’t remember the last time he’s ever woken up that early, but for you, it’s worth it.

#eddie munson smut #eddie munson headcanons #eddie munson #eddie munson blurb #eddie munson x you #eddie munson x reader #eddie munson x y/n #eddie munson fanfic

[greenglowinspooks]

(DCxDP) Drowning in formaldehyde (Pt. 2)

—

Tw: canon-typical violence (Batman), emetophobia at one point

Will be crossposted to AO3 eventually

(Pt. 1)

(Masterlist/subscription post)

—

Danny sat in the back of one of the transport trucks currently on the way to Arkham, his hands in his lap.

So far, everything was going to plan.

About a quarter of the team had gotten themselves admitted into Arkham in the days leading up to the raid, carefully sneaking in supplies and weapons for both themselves and the rogues they were going to free.

Half of the team was on trucks, ready to storm the building with their fancy new tech. A couple others were keeping an eye out for the Bats, and the last one was holed up in a recently condemned building, ecto-modified sniper rifle in hand, ready to fire.

Danny’s hands were cold.

He hadn’t always run cold, from what he remembered. Even after he died—hell, even after he started developing his ice powers—he had always been warm.

Now, though, his body was freezing.

Maybe it was because of the ecto siphoning he and Derringer had done the day before.

He couldn’t make the ecto guns work without fueling them, after all, and the only ectoplasm he had access to was the stuff inside his body. So, he had Derringer hook him up to a GiW machine and filter the ecto out of his blood.

The process was excruciating.

Not only did he get light-headed from the loss of fluids, the machine also chilled his blood considerably during the filtering process, and when it was pumped back into his body, it was freezing. Derringer had to cover him with heating pads and thick blankets to get him to stop shaking.

Still, that had been a little over eighteen hours ago, so that probably wasn’t it.

Maybe it was just another side affect of his time with the GiW.

Overuse of his ghostly wail, he had realized earlier, was the reason that he had lost his voice permanently. Maybe he had accidentally used his ice too many times the same way, and now his body was irrevocably changed. Maybe warmth was just another tiny privilege he had taken for granted, that had now been lost forever.

Danny stared down at his hands.

Maybe his body had just given up entirely on keeping him warm, on pretending to be human.

“Kid, you alright? We’re almost there.”

Derringer’s voice snapped Danny out of his thoughts.

“Yeah,” Danny signed, “just tired. And cold.”

“We’ve got to get you a jacket, kid,” Derringer said, “it’s not even winter and I already have to worry about you freezing to death.”

“I died a long time ago, it’s fine.”

“No,” one of the other men in the truck drawled, “it means you’ve got to be extra careful. You’ve got a second chance at living, so you better not screw it up.”

“What did he say?”

“Danny thinks that because he’s died before, he doesn’t need to worry about freezing to death.”

The truck went quiet for a few moments. Most of the guys in there didn’t know he had died before. He didn’t exactly like to advertise the fact.

“I have a cousin who had a heart attack, and it only made his heart worse,” one of the guys near the front of the truck offered.

“See, kid?” Derringer said, “I’m right. As soon as this is over, you’re getting a jacket.”

Danny crossed his arms, slumping over in his seat with a huff.

A few moments later, a loud clang echoed through the truck. Danny jolted, almost falling out of his seat.

The door opened, the driver looking at them with boredom written all over his face.

“Alright, up and at em. It’s go time,” he mumbled, smacking the door loudly for emphasis. “The sooner we’re done, the sooner we can leave.”

They all stood, hopping out of the truck and making their way to the fence line.

Danny moved his hand to the bandolier on his chest, fingers brushing against the small ecto-bombs he had attached to it.

There were five of them, their bodies made of tempered glass and black steel, and they glowed a sickly green in the night. They were designed mainly for combat; he had a few larger ones meant to blow a hole in a wall in his backpack, which was securely zipped shut.

His hand then drifted to the holster on his left side, and the ecto-gun nestled securely within it.

Most of his parents’ inventions were far too big and bulky to be practical in any real combat setting, so he had downsized them considerably. The weapon he had was modeled after a standard glock pistol, matte black paint covering the GiW white of the gun’s body.

The gun should be able to fire around fifty shots a minute without overheating, which was more than enough for Danny. Hopefully, he wouldn’t have to fire a single round tonight. However, for whatever reason, the words should and hopefully didn’t inspire much confidence in him.

Danny followed the group as they snuck up to the facility, Derringer by his side.

Originally, neither of them were going to go on the raid, but someone on the patient list had caught Danny’s eye, so he decided he would investigate in person. Derringer was just along for the ride because Mr. Cobblepot wasn’t willing to lose an asset as valuable as Danny.

Danny would make it up to the bodyguard later, he decided.

Entering Arkham was, all things considered, pretty easy. Mr. Cobblepot had connections to a few of the orderlies, and it was all too easy to convince them to “forget” a few steps in setting up the security system for the night.

However, since nothing can ever just be simple, they ran into an unexpected patrol of nightshift guards just a few minutes after all splitting up to find the rogues.

Danny and Derringer were able to take them down pretty quickly, but not before they sounded the alarms. And, according to a few guys on the comms, they weren’t the only ones to run into guards where they shouldn’t be.

“They must have changed their patrols,” Derringer huffed, spinning the pistol in his hands, “c’mon, let’s go see about freeing our good friend Victor Fries.”

Danny nodded, scampering after the man as he sprinted through the halls.

The inmates, who had woken up from the loud alarm’s continuous blaring, shouted at them from their cells. Danny’s pulse was loud in his ears, drowning everything out.

Distantly, he wondered if those guards were going to die. Maybe they were dead already.

He supposed that it didn’t really change much if they were.

Soon, they were at the cell. It was custom-built to hold Mr. Freeze, constantly kept at subzero temperatures to avoid killing him.

Derringer hefted his bag off of his back, pulling out the suit and freeze gun that Mr. Cobblepot had procured. As he did so, Danny took a few of the larger ecto-bombs and placed them on the joints of the door.

They carefully moved away, putting some distance between themselves and the door, and Danny detonated it.

The explosion was loud. It shook the entire building, the shockwave knocking Danny to the floor.

Danny brought his hand up to his safety goggles, yanking a small piece of metal shrapnel out of them and dropping it on the floor. He was dimly aware of more pieces sticking out of his kevlar suit. Derringer was similarly peppered with metal, luckily uninjured as well.

They had come from the body and mechanism of the bomb, he realized. He’d have to fix that later.

Mr. Freeze emerged from the cell a few moments later, a scowl on his face. Derringer quickly shoved the suit and freeze gun into his hands and he retreated back into the cell for a few moments, getting dressed.

“I could have died from that, you know,” he hissed. “Killed by some amateurs with shoddy explosives.”

“The Penguin sent us,” Derringer said, ignoring the man’s clear annoyance, “our getaway car is outside. If you’d come with us…”

Mr. Freeze nodded sternly.

“Hurry up, then.”

Derringer and Danny hurried out, Mr. Freeze right behind them. Then, at a certain hallway, Danny paused.

He had to check.

“Kid,” Derringer barked, “we have to go.”

Danny shook his head.

“You go,” he signed, hands trembling, “I have to check.”

“Oh, what’s the problem now?” Mr. Freeze asked, his frown more pronounced by the minute.

“Danny…” Derringer sighed, “Danny thinks his sister might be in here. He hasn’t seen her in years. It’s the whole reason he was a part of the Arkham raid, actually.”

Mr. Freeze paused for a moment.

“Well, lead the way, then,” he said, clearly regretting his words as soon as he said them. Danny just nodded, scurrying forward, the other two men close behind him.

They came to the right cell quickly. Danny looked in through the glass, and he felt a piece of himself shatter.

That was Jazz, his sister, sitting in a padded wall wearing a straightjacket and a muzzle.

She didn’t bother looking up at them as they arrived, not stirring even when Danny slammed his hands on the door to get her attention.

Shakily, he attached an ecto-bomb to the door, hoping with all his might that she wouldn’t get hurt.

The door blew open, and Danny rushed in.

Jazz’s head swiveled to look up at him, her eyes narrowed.

He slipped the goggles up and his bandanna down, exposing his face as he came to kneel beside her.

Slowly, her expression shifted to shock.

“Jazz,” he creaked, his broken vocal chords cracking painfully as he spoke, “it’s me.”

She looked at him like a deer caught in the headlights.

“Danny?”

He nodded, pulling her into a hug, careful not to let the shrapnel dig into her skin.

“I thought you were…”

“Very heartwarming,” Mr. Freeze snapped, “but now isn’t the time. We’ve got to go, now.”

Jazz nodded, leaping to her feet. Danny stood as well, slipping his mask and bandanna back on, and grabbing onto one of her arms for support.

They left the cell, Danny doing a double-take as he saw the frozen-over pathway that they had just come from. He looked to Mr. Freeze, tilting his head questioningly.

“There were guards,” he said flatly. “Now hurry up, we need to get out of here.”

Derringer grabbed the two of them, dragging them along as he sprinted through the hallways. They had to take a bit of a detour, coming out of the main entrance instead of the side one they had entered.

Unfortunately, there was an active gunfight going down.

Danny was roughly pulled behind a desk, just barely dodging a few rounds.

His hands shook as he pulled a small ecto-bomb from his bandolier, priming it and throwing it at a small grouping of night guards. They cried out as the pure ectoplasm collided with them, covering their bodies in burns.

The smell, while familiar to Danny, was still horrific.

They took a few shots off at the night guards, trying to take them down. Their group was efficient, but with the rate they were going at, it wasn’t going to be enough. Only adding to that, the gun Mr. Cobblepot had prepared for Mr. Freeze had broken after just a few uses, leaving them unable to create an ice wall.

Then, Danny heard the sound of a gun’s safety being turned off behind them, and his vision went white.

He grabbed onto Jazz and Derringer, making them intangible right as the night guard opened fire.

Waves of nausea hit him all at once and he doubled over, his vision swimming. Danny was only dimly aware of Jazz taking the guard down with a high kick right to the head, and Derringer pulling him into a protective hold.

Ignoring everything, he pulled the last of the large bombs from his bag, throwing it into the air, pulling everyone behind the desk.

The entire room went white.

Danny’s ears rung as he scrambled out from behind the reception desk, dragging Jazz with him.

Luckily, none of the hired hands on his team had gotten injured, but the guards…

Danny looked away, trying to ignore the taste of bile in his mouth.

It was fine. He was fine. Everything would be okay.

The next few minutes were a blur. He knew that he had puked only a few seconds after they had left the building, and that Derringer had picked him up afterwards, carrying him to the truck with Mr. Freeze and Jazz in tow.

Danny’s entire body was wracked with tremors, an unbearable phantom pain passing through the still-healing surgical wounds in his head and torso like lightning. He dry-heaved, shivering uncontrollably.

They drove off soon after. Luckily, no one had been left behind. Someone, probably Derringer, helped Danny rinse out his mouth and got him a bottle of water to drink, wrapping him in his jacket.

As soon as the truck doors were opened within one of Mr. Cobblepot’s safehouses, Danny became aware of the sound of wailing.

Hopping out of the truck, most of his mind still far away, he saw a man being rolled out of the room on a stretcher. He was one of the people who had been on the other truck, Danny realized.

Beside him was a teenager, probably only a few years younger than Danny, who was screaming and crying uncontrollably. They wailed at Mr. Cobblepot, who only stood there with an uncomfortable expression on his face.

“Oh shit,” Derringer breathed. Danny pulled on his sleeve, tilting his head at him questioningly.

“The guy on the stretcher, that’s his sibling.”

Danny just stared, a hollow feeling deep in his chest.

Jazz, her arms now freed from the straightjacket, pulled him away from the scene. Danny let her.

—

#dcxdp #dc x dp #dp x dc #dpxdc #dp x dc crossover #dc x dp fic #vengeful danny #villain danny #btw Danny’s just cold because he has an iron deficiency. lmao #girl this is what happens when you don’t eat for two years. you get deficiencies. now stop angsting and eat your veggies #also my descriptions of the ecto filter come from donating blood plasma + platelets #Danny is Going Through It™️ #btw I’m finishing this chapter at 3:03 am #just in case you thought I didn’t care about you all #btw the guy who’s injured’s sibling is a surprise tool that will help us later #also I was totally gonna kill Derringer at first. btw #but y’all avoided that with the poll. also it would have been a bit cheap imo

[soundspeachytome]

7 minutes in heaven - shohei ohtani au

summary: Y/N snoops around famous football player Shohei Ohtani’s locker in search for a scandal against his clean record but ends up in one herself.

tropes: friends with benefits, friends to lovers(?)

tw: *slight* smut, mentions of sex, oral (f receiving)

word count: 30,033K words (i'm SO sorry in advance holy shit)

hi! it's been a while. when i made this account, i vowed to write at least once a week but it had been so difficult this month juggling work, my chronic migraines, and seasonal depression (lol).

please note i did not proofread this so plsssss i apologize for grammar mistakes and inconsistencies!!

posting this on the last day of 2023, hoping to give everyone a good read before we welcome the new year. so thankful for this small space to try, linger and reset all over again. hope you had a very merry holidays with your loved ones.

This is a work of fiction. Names, characters, places and incidents either are products of the author's imagination or are used fictitiously.

==================================

Locker Lockdown

At around thirty minutes past four in the afternoon, I skimmed the clubhouse for any signs of life. It was only the quiet that prevailed. Clear. 

I tiptoed my way towards the player locker room. I only had around ten minutes to locate the correct locker and take whatever I could find. Discovering the locker area to be empty and unguarded, I felt a surge of excitement. 

Six years later, I couldn’t get my big break and decided sports journalism could catapult me into somewhere big in the industry. This is my last chance to prove myself, otherwise I’d have to reconsider going back home and write Hallmark greeting card messages again. 

Shohei Ohtani’s jersey number is the number 17. Lucky bastard, after all these years and even after going through free agency, he got to keep his famous number, even at the cost of having their senior player give it up for him when he joined the football team. 

And here you might be wondering why I’m doing this aside from my sheer desperation to get an official spot in the workplace and not eat scraps of topics editors discarded for themselves. 

Some people are privileged to a fault.

And I hate seeing him on TV. Or on social media. Or his Colgate-white smile plastered all over my favorite beer and skincare brands. 

Some would say this is the TMZ tabloid level of writing. I say this is investigative journalism. Find out if the famous favorite son-in-law has any flaws of his own and wrap around a bowtie of hidden horrors of sports documentaries. 

And where else can we find this but in the athlete hotpot: their locker room.

I found Shohei’s locker right away as it was the tidiest locker among all on display, with nothing but brand-sponsored clothing hung neatly on the rack. He also donned the top shelf with some dog-eared self-help titles and vitamin bottles. While the rest of the athletes have pictures of their girlfriends, wives and their kids, Shohei has an unreleased polaroid selfie with his dog, Dekopin, just right beside his perfume bottles. Dekopin was looking away, captured in mid-yawn, with his ears raised, and Shohei, smiling into the camera with pursed lips and a snapback on.

I got so immersed into reading the ingredients of his vitamin bottles, trying to find anything remotely related to steroids, or any form of illegal bodily enhancements, that I didn’t notice footsteps from outside the hall.

“What are you doing here?” a voice loomed behind me and I dropped the diet supplement bottle in panic.

Only the sound of the bottle rattling could be heard as I locked eyes with Shohei Ohtani, tall and all muscular. His hair was sweaty and unkempt and his eyes held mild anger and confusion. After the bottle stopped rolling and settled somewhere on the floor between us, there was only silence and the cold sweat building up at my back. 

I swallowed hard. I planned everything from studying the stadium’s entrance and exit doors but I didn’t plan on bumping into him. Not like this. Not when I’m at the lowest level of the social hierarchy right now. 

I could only be ashamed. 

Brain still befuddled at the thought of getting caught, I urged my limbs and picked up the vitamin bottle and returned it back to Shohei’s locker. The plan was not to respond at all and run as fast as I could before the rest of his team arrived. That was the only way to keep whatever dignity I have left. 

“I said, what are you doing here?” He caught my arm mid-exit and pulled me back, tightening his grip. 

“Let go of me.” I struggled to keep my balance and the way my voice wavered was no help at all. 

Shohei saw the camera slung over my shoulder and looked back at me, realization hitting him.

“Y/N, are you a sports journalist now? And were you looking through my stuff?” he said, sounding almost disappointed. 

“That’s none of your business. Let go of me.” I kept my voice steady but his grip only tightened. The sides of my eyes slowly formed tears. 

“What tabloid media do you work for? I should report you. Would you like that? What a shame you’ll be banned from all the games now, right? You nasty journalists just won’t keep your noses away from my business.” he took my camera and deleted all the photos I took of the contents of his locker. I tried to leap for it but he was obviously inches taller than I was and I was no match for that.

“I don’t write tabloid news. If I was, my name would have been all over TV by now.” I grabbed the camera from him and sighed morosely at the lost media. A day’s work is all lost.

“My boss gave me a green light to do a documentary about the team. And the star player.” I wiggled my fingers in front of him, as if to emphasize the word “star” in front of him.

“I came here assuming you and the other players would be here for an interview but no one was around yet. So I hung around a bit and took interest in your nutritional supplements.” Lie after lie after lie. I gritted my teeth and faked a smile. The most convincing lie I’ve learned on almost all my failed dates and relationships was to stroke a man’s ego and have him talk about all the things he is interested in, making him divert his attention to something else. 

“You’ve got really good, um, vitamins for muscle recovery there. Maybe that’s why you got so big and strong, right?.” He looked at me dubiously, nodding responsively to be polite. If he took the bait, then he is obviously just like any other guy I’ve ever met. 

“I mean, I guess? I’ve been doing deadlifts so–”

Approaching footsteps and faint voices were heard from the hall. Shohei pushed me toward the opposite end of the hall, where the showers were located. 

“Wha–” I started but was shut up when he pushed me further into the back of the shower room, swiping the doors closed. 

“Shut up if you don’t want to be caught.” He growled and I recoiled back into the tiled corner. On top of me was the almost rusting shower head who had seen better days, and two bottle pumps for shampoo and body wash. 

Voices and conversations were starting to fill in the locker room that was empty only a few seconds ago. The voices of men echoed through the shower rooms.  You could hear the sound of water turning on from neighboring shower stalls, laughter and tired conversation in the locker area. We were surrounded.

Shohei could be heard laughing with his mates while blocking the door to the shower room I was hiding in. 

“Are you using that, Sho? I could use a hot shower right now.” one of his teammates said. 

“Uh, no, I was just about to use this room, sorry.” he said, almost hesitating. After a few seconds, he entered the shower room and started undressing. 

I widened my eyes and shot him daggers. When he unhooked his shirt from his armholes, I was rendered speechless. 

He had the body sculpted by the gods with his wide shoulders and large pecs that glinted under the light. How could someone look handsome and beautiful at the same time? 

So when Shohei reached for the waist belt of his pants down, I didn’t know why I had choked on a silent scream. I looked away, embarrassed to have reacted like an inexperienced teenager. I have seen and have been with naked men before. This should be nothing new to me and my level. Or so I thought.

I stole a glance at Shohei, who was slowly walking towards me (or to the showerhead, where I stood under, obviously)  in only his boxers on, gazing at me in wild amusement.

We were almost inches apart from each other, foreheads almost touching, breaths almost converging, if you may. If I stand on my tiptoes, I would be almost at his eye-level and I could peck him on the lips if I wanted to. 

If I wanted to.

“Sorry, but I need to shower or someone else will try to take this stall.” His voice broke my salacious thoughts. He looked at me and turned the shower on.

“Are you serious?”

“Yes, I’m supposed to. Aren’t I? I just got off practice and I stink.” He said almost sarcastically.

“So I’m supposed to just watch you bathe and hope I get out here alive?” Water slowly dripped into my shirt, soaking my chest and exposing a bit of my underwear. 

“If you didn’t sneak in here, we wouldn’t have this problem.” He concluded and pursed his lips, not looking at me. 

“Shohei? You okay? You sound like you’re talking to someone.” a familiar voice floated into the shower room.

“It was a video on my phone that I forgot to pause, Ippei-san.” Shohei’s face turned red but recovered quickly, glaring at me. 

“Oh, well then, I thought you finally had a girl in there. I was wrong.” Ippei laughed.

Shohei started lathering body wash on his body at the slowest pace possible. His hands glided through his chest, stomach, and into the dick he’s restraining inside his boxers. Simply having this view had me almost whimpering. If it had been another day, I would have obviously enjoyed this, having a sexy man bathe in front of me, because who wouldn’t? But under my circumstances, I’m only fairly annoyed at being a flustered, hot mess and I couldn’t do anything about it. 

“Oh, fuck, now you got me wet.” I blurted a little loudly as the water splashed and got into my socks. 

Shohei’s widened and panicked eyes shot at me.

In between those short seconds, Shohei was able to respond quicker than my brain could. He had faked a laugh and said loudly, “Well, that’s awkward, the video keeps on playing on its own. Let me turn my phone off instead.” gaining laughter from outside the shower area and then reaching for the small of my neck and closed whatever space was seen between us. 

Based on what I had learned in self-defense training, my initial bodily reaction should have been this: If someone is coming at you from the front, a groin kick may deliver enough force to paralyze your attacker, making your escape possible. 1. Stabilize yourself as best you can. 2. Lift your dominant leg off the ground and begin to drive your knee upward. 3. Extend your dominant leg, drive hips forward, slightly lean back, and kick forcefully, making contact between your lower shin or ball of your foot and the attacker’s groin area.

Instead, when his lips touched mine, I felt my arms throw around his neck and pulled him closer. They say we’re all beggars for something, and this indulgence I had let myself be greedy for. 

When his lips reached mine, I parted like the Red Sea almost immediately, welcoming him and everything that he could offer: the taste of his tongue on my mouth, the smell of honey orange and apricot from his body wash seeping through my nose as I peppered kisses on his chest, and his obviously hard dick grinding against my stomach. When I palmed him, he managed a low growl and caught my wrists.

“Not here.” he groaned.

I pushed my head back inquiringly, both of us breathing too hard. 

“I have no condom,” he tucked a wet strand of hair behind my ear. Under the dim bathroom light, I could see his face and chest were flushed. “Next time?”

“Well, usually when two old friends meet after a fall out in college, they just catch up and have coffee.” I said.

He laughed and said quietly, “Okay, so I owe you.”

“The coffee or the protected sex?” 

“Uh, it could go a lot of ways.” Before he could say more, I palmed him through his boxer shorts and looked up at him, trying to find his limit.

Shohei bit his own lip and tugged the roots of my hair in a bundle, pulling and tugging from the pleasure. To keep himself from making such ungodly hot sounds, he pushed his tongue down my throat and thrusted his hips back and forth against my hand.

As if to make it even, he unclasped my bra and sucked on my already soaked breasts, a satisfied groan slipped from me. We both pulled and pushed and sucked and kissed each other in the crevices the shower splatters couldn’t reach, silencing the moans before it could escape us.  

In that brief and elating moment, while we muted the noise from unsuspecting people, we smothered each other’s groans and reached our highs in the quietest, most pleasurable way possible. 

=========================================

7 minutes of heaven

It’s strange how I always find myself in the most ridiculous situations. 

The next few occasions that I’d meet Shohei would be wordless and timed interactions in enclosed spaces. We’d see each other in public and pretend we didn’t know each other but slip each other notes of the next place we’d secretly meet. It all felt strangely exhilarating to keep a secret like a fifteen year old would, with all the sneaking and running. 

We’ve explored almost every nook and cranny of the stadium, discovering hidden spots of our rendezvous. We’d meet up in a different bathroom and he’d push me on my back while he fucks me repeatedly on the bathroom sink. Pre-game preps meant I gave him blowjobs in his manager’s office hours and hours before everyone even arrived. 

Of course, when we ran out of places to hide, we’d go as far as looking for the next empty parking lot and tried to fuck each other noiselessly.

“So when can I take you out for dinner?” he had asked one day, when he dragged me out to meet with him around after midnight. I wouldn’t let him inside my apartment and I refused to do the deed in his either, so he’d bring me to places that only us knew, to fuck, to kiss, sometimes to talk, but more often, to drive each other’s pleasure and only that. 

Because god forbid we both catch feelings and lose the fun, right?

So no talking, no sharing of personal details, no anything. 

We were in an empty parking lot, away from the lampposts and streetlights. Shohei had made sure that we were well hidden in the dark. 

He had his legs spread while sitting on the driver’s seat. His hands, warm and wide, rested on my hips and thighs, lightly urging me to ride him slowly.

Soft RNB music played on the stereo, it was a quiet, still night. It was both our day off so he had wanted us to chill and take the sex slowly.

Slow meant gazing at each other’s eyes–gaze, not look–with endearment or adoration, not lust or pleasure. Slow meant thinking the unthinkable thoughts. Slow meant being vulnerable while coming undone.

And I don’t want the slow and quiet moments. I wanted the fast and rough with no time to talk, gaze or even think, just one hundred percent fun and debauchery. 

“Mmm. Maybe when you show me your photos,” I avoided the question but I also knew Shohei would never show me the photos he had taken–past and present. Even when we had been buddies for an entire semester, he had, not once, shown me his portfolio. 

“So probably never, right?” he gazed up at me with his creamy brown eyes, hands caressing my stomach lightly. 

“Probably,” I muttered and with that he had gripped my thighs tightly and moved his hips upwards to meet me. I moaned when he hit me in the right spots. Any sign of softness he had shown a few moments ago was gone, and only the roughness and unsettling disconnection remained. 

This particularly fine day, I would be standing at the mercy of his mouth. He had dragged me to an empty storage room in the east wing of the stadium, hours after practice. According to him, the area stands the exact opposite from the lockers so most people hardly come by. How he had found out about this, I had no idea. 

He was kneeling in between me, my right leg hooked on his shoulder, giving him more access and my hands tugged at the strands of his hair every time he licked my sensitive clit. 

Shohei’s tongue grazing against me had left me quivering in delight. He stands up and kisses me, giving me a taste. My fingers started unbuckling his belt when he felt his phone vibrate. 

“Oops, Ippei’s looking for me.” He pockets his phone, looking forlorn, as if telling me he didn’t really want to go yet. “See you again next time?”

“Yours or mine?” I had asked, brushing up and straightening my wrinkled dress. And when I realized what I had done, Shohei’s eyes shot up and he beamed widely. 

“I just– I- I want a proper night with sex, you know.” I explained, trying to sound nonchalant. “It’s so uncomfortable having to go commando at work after you had just literally sucked the life out of my vagina, Sho.”

“Mmm-hmm.” He smiled even more.

“What?”

“Nothing.”

“Okay.”

“Okay?” 

“What? Fuck off.” By this time, my face felt hot and had probably looked red like a tomato, which probably amused Shohei even more. 

“Your place, then. I’ll call you.” he gives me one last kiss then heads out first, leaving me a dazed and pulsating mess.

A shrill sound knocked me awake. It felt like seven thousand screaming hungry babies in my ear, bouncing off around my brain like a pinball. 

I looked at the digital clock on the bedside table and saw the time glinting behind the glass: 8:41 PM. I must've fallen asleep after taking a half day off from work, feeling nauseous and slightly feverish. It seemed that whatever body malaise that I have been carrying inside me earlier had sprung into a full-blown ailment.

 I pushed my body up and walked groggily to the source of my misery. 

Someone was buzzing the doorbell and repeatedly pounding on the door. Great.

“If you’re not dead or dying behind this door, you’re about to be.” I croaked harshly, throat burning; putting all my remaining energy in pulling the door open. I was greeted by an extremely tall man with frantic brown eyes, searching my face.

“Oh, thank fucking god. I’ve been knocking for half an hour.” he wrapped me in a tight hug, I almost collapsed. Partly because of the throbbing headache and overall discomfort that I already felt, but hugely because of the warm minty scent of Shohei Ohtani. 

“Jesus, you’re burning up!”

“What are you doing here?” I said, struggling in his grip, his face resting on the curve of my neck. “You’re not supposed to be here.”

“You don’t text someone ‘at least i’ll die happy today knowing that my last meal was shoyu ramen’ and then not fucking reply after.” We were still standing by the entrance, his face now angled towards me, a look of concern or anger mixed in his face, I couldn’t tell. My cerebral cortex functions seemed to have shut down after witnessing this unexpected tenderness. 

“Medicine knocked me down cold.” I shrugged weakly. 

Shohei pulled me into the bedroom and tucked me back in, apologizing for his intrusion, putting down plastic bags of what seemed to be groceries on the kitchen counter, and went back to lightly scolding me for proper texting etiquette to family and friends, to anyone really. That my dark humor doesn’t translate well in messages and that I could have really died and people would think I’m joking but really, he got so scared that he went here as fast as he could.

I don’t remember much but in between fever dreams and my ibuprofen haze, I faintly remember the savory taste of rice porridge exploding in my mouth, the constant dabbing of a cold towel on my face, neck and chest, sometimes, my back, too; the smell of rubbing alcohol and a large, gentle, almost loving touch. 

I don’t remember much but in between waking up in the darkness and stone-cold silence, I remember soft forehead kisses until I drifted back to sleep; of big strong arms enclosing me into a big embrace, as if to tell me, you can put your guard down now. you are safe here. 

I don’t remember much from coming in and out of slumber, but I remember thinking: wouldn’t it be nice if this wasn’t a dream?

======================================

Reset

In the end, I quit sports media on my own volition and got into a friend’s ceramics house. I have always had a thing for ceramics and sculpting as early as college, where I had met my then-professor and now friend–who happens to be the owner of mentioned ceramics house. She had always praised me and encouraged me to join her when she first opened the shop, but as someone who had musings for writing at the time, I politely declined and pursued, you guessed it, journalism. 

I’ve always been good at writing, no doubt, from the way professors always had a good word for me, but I always seem to get into the wrong places every time. Time moves fast if you’re a journo, if you’re slow, then the news is rehashed news, it would just be a late-night recap at a midnight slot that no one is ever awake to watch. 

Here, inside her shop, it was quiet, and time moved slowly. I can get into my laziest clothes and no one bats an eye. I can finally retire my stilettos and straight cut blazers. 

It was all so going well. The customers were always mid-twenties who got interested in our social media marketing of creating your own mugs and other ceramics and always came in in groups, duos, and solos. 

Slowly, I realized that not everyone gets to the places they want. Even when you work blood and sweat for it. Not all were built like, say, Shohei Ohtani, whose talent was recognized early and afforded him an automatic slot in the big leagues.

Some are born to be big icons and some, like the rest of us, are meant for smaller, softer spaces. I get that now. It finally felt like I was in the right place and pace. 

All this positivity and good timing felt all too good to be true and been proven accurate when the scandal blew up. 

Shohei Ohtani photographed exiting his LA apartment with a woman in his arms.

Shohei Ohtani’s rumored girlfriend receives backlash from fans: READ MORE

EXCLUSIVE: More photographs of Shohei Ohtani and rumored girlfriend driving away in his Porsche

Rumored girlfriend of Shohei Ohtani: Who is She?

When I say it was everywhere, I meant it exploded right in front of our faces like a million confetti, falling and twirling fast. It was unstoppable. It was inevitable.

I felt my limbs go numb when I read the morning news. There in bold and black letters was the headline, my name and a clear photo of me holding Shohei’s arm, smiling. A certain news outlet had gotten juice of us and our secret hideouts and had spread all over social media like wildfire. You know what’s funnier? The media outlet that released this was my previous employer. The same company that asked me to snuff out a controversy. While I had failed to give them the news they wanted, I had unintentionally brought them an exclusive that wrote my entire name–and face–off the map and potentially ruined Shohei Ohtani’s clean record. 

Shohei Ohtani, despite his happy-go-lucky and passive demeanor, was a very serious and straight-laced person. I already knew this in university but I got to see more of this side of him when we had started the fucking thing. Even though I had clearly told him that I didn’t want any strings attached, it was unavoidable to give and receive bits and pieces of each other when we’re not naked. 

I  did enjoy talking to Shohei under the sheets. His ingenious ideas and the way he talked about the things he adored spilled all over him, like afternoon sunlight streaming in between curtains, making way even through the small spaces to cast his light. I basked into this warmth as much time allowed me, because who knows when I can experience the glow of his presence again after all the chaos. 

He was exactly like the golden hour: a warm afternoon orange luminescence that usually only stays for ten to fifteen minutes a day. If you wait too long to look up, he disappears quickly as he goes, leaving only the faint orange, yellow and pink hues chasing after him before the black of the night takes over you. 

Well, now the fairytale has run its course and the sun has set to announce that golden hour is over. Night has finally fallen on me and I’m feeling scared and alone.

The first thing I did was to grab as much stuff as I could and put them all in my luggage and filed for an indefinite leave. 

As if like clockwork, my phone rang and saw Shohei’s name on the caller ID. I didn’t answer. I couldn’t. What could I possibly say to him? That I used him just for the clicks and the views? That after all this time we spent together, he would realize that I am still the same despicable, scathing piece of garbage who’d trample on anyone just for a few cents?

So I don’t answer. Even when he calls back again and again and leaves me twenty or more messages by the hour. I turned my phone off. The latest message from Ohtani coming up on the notifications bar read, “Where are you?” before the screen flashed to black. 

I have nothing but my pride left. I’d like to keep it that way.  In such a way, I was embarrassed, too. I thought I finally had something to brag about. A job that I actually liked and enjoyed, a peaceful mind, and the possibility of liking a guy who had shown me nothing but kindness. 

And because I couldn’t handle all of this, I handled it like I have always handled things: I ran away like a coward. 

I rode a bus without reading its destination card and let it drive me away as far as it could, to someplace where no one knew me or Shohei Ohtani, or had any idea about the news. 

The bus drove away and I never looked back. 

================================

Waiting Until My Spring Comes Again: Shohei’s POV

Just like that I lost her. She wasn’t even mine to begin with. 

When the news broke out, I was so furious that I wanted to drive to the news outlet that published the article and give them a piece of my mind. I knew my blind rage would have done more damage so I didn’t.

Instead, I looked for her and wanted to let her know that whatever happens, I won’t drop her just like that. That I’m willing to acknowledge the rumors and make it official, if she wanted to. 

I’ve always been open to the idea of taking it to the next level with her but every time I broached the subject, she would change the topic, get into a foul mood, or try to pick a fight with me. Which I found endearing. She’s so adorable when she pouts. And when she pushes her luck thinking a five foot four girl like her can withstand someone as tall as me. 

I just can’t help but laugh and feel a flutter in my stomach. She’s someone who has been adorable and held a special corner in my heart. 

Y/N’s face was so expressive and whatever emotion she was in it would always be evident on her face. When she’s happy, a dimple on her cheek shows up. When she’s feeling sad or down, she’d look downcast and would prefer that you leave her alone. When she’s thinking about something deep, she would chew on her lower lip and always had a blank almost unfocused stare. Despite her many faces, I’m sure as hell that I love all of them. I wanted to be by her side when all this shit happened, I wanted to see which face she was making. Is she pissed like I was? Is she sad? I wouldn’t know. The moment her number didn’t connect after I had tried reaching her, I already knew that she was avoiding me. 

I lost count of how many messages I had sent her, of how many missed calls and voicemails I left her. She was unreachable. She gave me her spare key so when I tried visiting her apartment, it was empty. 

She was gone. 

And only the traces of her lingered in her apartment. Her unwashed mug with leftover stale coffee was on the kitchen counter, specks of lipstick staining the mouth. Dirty clothes hanging on her bathroom door, forgotten and unwashed. The peachy scent of her purifier that always latches on to her clothes whenever we go out. Her unread books on her coffee table, some dog eared and annotated. 

Everything that I love about her is here except for her and I miss her. 

For the next couple of days, I dodged the media and focused on training, playing and practicing. Those three over and over again. I tried to not think about her and lose sleep because of her. An athlete’s wellbeing is connected to quality sleep. 

But she was everywhere I went. Pieces of her were scattered all over the places I avoided, and it was my fault really, for bringing her to places we usually hid. For hoping that someday, the secrets we hid would be our stories to tell. Now I just let her memories rot inside my heart, where she should be. 

I thought it would be easier when you just let it slip by but the more days that passed without seeing her, the more I feel a gnawing pain in my heart. She had sucked all my sunlight and took it all away with her. 

I want her back. 

=====================================

My Answer is You

Eleven days. It took me nine days to realize running away was a bad idea. 

When I first got off the bus, I thought the place looked familiar. Turns out, I rode the bus to my hometown, to the very south and the last bus stop until it turned around to go back to the city. 

When I appeared in front of my mom–the first time in a long time–she had immediately said, “Did something in the city?”

The moment she asked, I broke down in tears. She shushed and consoled me while I cried like a little kid. Like the way I had bawled to her when my first boyfriend broke up with me, or when my love birds died from illness, the other from loneliness. 

It feels like I would die of loneliness, Mom. I had said.

Did he really say that? Did he tell you that it’s over? She cooed.

I was embarrassed to admit to my mom that no, Shohei had never told me anything because I had shut him out even before I could give him the chance. But what if that call was already the end of it all? What if answering his call meant exactly what I had thought. That would shatter me more. 

So, no, Mom, you can call your daughter a coward but in her heart, it’s all over. 

The next forty-eight hours at home was a blur. After feeding me with what feels like a day’s worth of homemade dishes, she made me wash the dishes, clean my old room, and the living room as well. And when that wasn’t enough, she made me go with her to the night market and bought whatever seafood she could find to feed me. 

Is this what you did when Dad left? I wanted to ask her. Did you go around acting as normal while nursing a wounded heart? Did you go all through that facade just to show me that you were strong for the both of us?

She had her back to me, her hands pale and creased with age, showing signs of passage of time and her hardwork to put me to school. I know she was trying to make me busy to keep my mind off of Shohei. I’m not sure if she fully understands the scandal but she was trying her best to keep my head above the water. Probably just like how she always did. 

I wish I was strong like you, Mom. 

On the fourth and fifth day, she had let me work under the sun harvesting corn. Which I absolutely despised. I had to wear sun hats and these jumpers to cover myself from the heat. 

“It’s cheap labor for letting you stay and eat my food,” she said when I complained. “Tomorrow, you’ll help me sell these at the market.”

As the days grew idly by, I’ve grown more accustomed to rising early and eating less meat and more vegetables. I willingly went out of the sun more to do housework, like hanging clothes, watering Mom’s plants, however, I was still not willing to harvest her vegetables, which she made me do a lot. When I say a lot, it means everyday since then. 

On the eleventh morning, I woke up earlier than usual and found my mom already awake. She busied herself with a cup of coffee. 

“Good morning, mom.” I yawned, grabbing my own mug. 

“After breakfast, pack your things and go back to the city.” She said quietly.

“Huh?” I’m not sure I heard her right. Is she kicking me out?

She pushed today’s newspaper into my hands and pointed at an article. An article shows a picture of Shohei smiling at the camera, behind him was a framed candid photo of me turning my head just in time when the camera clicked, I was wearing a sleeveless shirt, a shawl draped over my shoulders, and the wind blowing my hair and covering my face slightly. Just by looking at the photo, it looked like a time when Shohei and I drove to the beach. He had brought his camera and took a lot of photos. 

The article said, “Portfolio on Love: Shohei Ohtani’s Photographs Displayed for A Cause.”

“....and when the powerhouse athlete gets a day off, he plays around his camera and takes photos of anything, everywhere. He reveals Insider Today that for the first time ever, he is displaying his portfolio to the public at the Grand City Museum starting today until the 31st of the month, with the theme of “hello, love, are you there?”

“...’I don’t know how else to define love but this. I hope when the public sees this, they will instantly know that my photographs are a reflection of my love,’ he said.

“When asked if this was a confirmation to the rumors flying around recently, he just smiled sadly and said, "I'm hoping that this answers everyone’s questions, especially hers.”

“If your face is plastered on all of the newspapers, it wouldn’t make sense to stay here longer.” Mom said after a while. She had finished her breakfast and took them away to the sink.

“It doesn’t end well if you’re too afraid, my darling.” she said, not looking at me. “To love and to be hurt is to be brave. If it doesn’t work out after facing him, then by all means. Come home. My doors are always open for you. And I will feed you rice cakes while you harvest my corn.”

I couldn’t help but laugh. She wasn’t a hugger but welcomed my hug and patted me on the shoulders. “Now go, before all the chismosas wake up and corners you.”

I packed my bags and left home, my heart pieced back together. It was not wrong to go home and seek shelter. What I did wrong was leaving Shohei all alone when he took most of the fall. 

Five hours, one taxi ride, and a ten minute walk later, I arrived at the city museum, nervous, anxious, feeling a little lightheaded and hesitant. I wiped my sweaty palms and got inside. 

It was not as packed as I had expected, probably because it was a little over after lunch, though there was still a relatively big crowd overall. 

When I stepped into the hall featuring Shohei’s displays, I felt a surge of emotion. It was a collection of all the photographs of his loved ones. In a black and white collection, he had photographed his parents holding hands while walking in the snow, a photo of his dog sleeping idly on his couch, a photo of the football stadium in a wide angle shot, showing Ippei and the rest of his teammates playing a warm up game before practice. 

When I turned to a corner, that’s when I saw it. There were multiple frames hanging intricately on one side, showing all of the photos he took of me. One during university days, where I was showing him a strangely large eggplant during our photo walks at the market. There was another with me looking at him angrily for reasons I couldn’t remember, and a more recent one, in the middle, where he was holding my hand while I walked forward, back facing the camera. 

On the metal plate below were words that read in cursive: “2009–present. Moments of love that I hold dear.”

At that moment, tears had started rolling down my cheek and I couldn’t help but sob. The onlookers nearby started moving away, probably weirded out by the sudden burst of emotion over some piece of art.

They weren’t just pieces of art. These were moments when Shohei and I were together and maybe realized that it was love.

By then, someone on my left offered a handkerchief and I gingerly took it, wiping my tears-strewn face. I muttered an apology for ruining the fabric.

“This is not the first time someone cried in front of my photographs. Some were absolutely heartbroken after seeing them.” a man’s voice said. And that reeled me back as I turned around and saw Shohei standing in front me.

“I knew this would lure you back,” he said, smiling.

His face was a little gaunt and tired. He had dark circles around his eyes that I’ve never seen before. I could only look at him and he looked back. I had so many things I wanted to say to him, so many things I wanted to explain but he spoke first and said:

“Did you get a tan?” he started, raising an eyebrow.

“I-I was harvesting corn!” I said, covering my face with both hands. I didn’t even have the time to put on makeup or a swab of lipstick and that’s the first thing he notices.

He took my hands and held them tightly against his chest. “No one looks this beautiful even after harvesting corn.”

“Shut up,” I said looking away.

He tipped my chin and held my face. “Let’s start again, shall we?” 

I raised an eyebrow in question.

“Hi, my name is Shohei Ohtani. I’m an athlete and an amateur photographer sometimes. I’ve been in love with the girl in the photographs since forever.”

I managed a smile and laced my hands around his neck. “Hi, I’m a ceramics maker and sometimes, a farmer, you should see the corn I harvest. You look so familiar. I think you look like my future boyfriend.”

His eyes perked up and laughed at our silly little game. He went in for a kiss and I obliged, feeling safe and brave in his arms.

Let them take the damn photographs and write the articles all they want, but they could never take my sunshine away ever again. 

#shohei ohtani au #shohei ohtani imagines #shohei ohtani #shohei ohtani pov #shohei ohtani fluff #shohei ohtani smut

[kermitkrqb]

The Usual || Tyler Galpin x reader

A/N: More of a Xavier girly tbh but I had an idea for Tyler. I literally watched the entirety of Wednesday in one day and now I’m obsessed. Help. Also idk if this idea has been done so don’t come for me 💀

What to expect: Gender neutral reader, reader messing around, flirting, a flustered Tyler, outcast!reader, implied telekinetic abilities, fluff, !!!!NO SPOILERS IN THIS FIC!!!!

Part 2 is up lovelies!

Raging storm clouds rolled over the small town of Jericho, the streets barren as the rain plummeted down. You were never one to be swayed, even in the harshest of weather. You were new in town, and had just finished unpacking your belongings into your dorm room after your enrolment at Nevermore. Principal Weems and Professor Thornhill had already discussed the school rules to you prior to your enrolment, and had emphasised how “a pass to Jericho was a privilege and not a right.” Who were they to stop you from exploring the new environment? After all, it’s not like you were doing anything cynical. You simply craved a hot chocolate and had heard about the cafe in town. Arriving outside the Weathervane, you peered inside through the window and saw the cafe to be completely empty. Although, the sign on the door clearly said the place was open, so you took your chances and walked in. Carefully placing your umbrella near the exit, you scanned the cafe once more to see if any one else occupied the area until your eyes landed on the bell that was placed on the counter.

Pressing lightly the bell rang, and out came a flustered brunette from the back room. His curls bouncing slightly as he sheepishly made his way to the counter, “Sorry, I hope you weren’t waiting long.” You smiled at him, “No worries, I wouldn’t be expecting anyone either in this weather.” The curly headed boy chuckled whilst joking, “Yet here you are. Anyway, what can I get you?” You quickly scanned the menu and a mischievous idea popped into your head. Fighting the grin you asked, “Can I just get a chocolate muffin? Oh and my usual of course.” The brunette started processing your order on the machine, “Yep, a chocolate muffin and…” He paused blinking once, it took every nerve in your body not to laugh at the situation. Tyler scanned your face once more, internally panicking as he tried to remember if he’s ever seen you before. He racked through his mind, surely he wouldn’t forget someone that attractive. But nothing. Nada. His brown eyes looked into yours, an apologetic smile on his face, “I am so sorry my mind has been everywhere these past couple of days, I just can’t seem to place you in my mind and-”

You furrowed your brows in faux sadness, “Am I that forgettable?” The Galpin boy gulped, “Yet again, I am so sor-” Unable to contain yourself any longer you burst out into laughter much to his dismay, “No, I should be the sorry one! I am completely and utterly new to town and the idea just popped into my head and I just couldn’t resist it.” Visible relief flooded his features as he shook his head in disbelief and amusement, “Oh thank god. I thought I was going crazy! I usually remember all of my regulars…” he paused trailing off slightly, “especially the pretty ones.” You became flustered in return and blushed slightly as he smirked at your reaction, “Now what were you really here for?” You snapped out of your daze clearing your throat, “I’ll take a hot chocolate to go, please.” He quirked his brow, “No more chocolate muffin?” A devilish grin spread onto your face, “No thanks, I have my eyes on something much sweeter.” He froze for a moment blushing at your boldness and deciding, “Y’know what? It’s on the house.” You smiled warmly at him leaning on the counter, “Thank you…?” He completed your sentence introducing himself, “Tyler. Tyler Galpin.”

Tyler walked around the back of the counter preparing your hot chocolate with ease, his muscular arms being the focus of your gaze. You almost didn’t realise your order was ready before he interrupted your thoughts, “A hot chocolate just for you, careful it’s hot.” His hand purposely grazed yours as he handed the disposable cup towards you, the warmth greeting your palm. “Nothing I can’t handle.” You winked at the Galpin boy, grabbing your umbrella with your free hand by the exit. You turned your back towards him about to leave when he called out, “Wait! I didn’t catch your name.” You smirked slightly, “Maybe you’ll catch it another day. See you then, Galpin.” With the flick of your head, the door opened on its own with your hands being full. You looked back one more time, smirking at Tyler before opening your umbrella and walking into the pouring rain. The door closed gently on its own, your encounter with him leaving him stunned and eager to see you once more.

#tyler galpin #wednesday #fanfiction #wednesday fanfic #tyler galpin x reader #netflix #fluff #kermitkrqb

[loverhymeswith]

hello🙈 i’ve been thinking about a mini story based on “exile” by taylor swift with one tommy shelby… former lovers. shelby sees her at a party with a new beau and gets jealous (“i can see you starin honey, like he’s just your understudy, like you’d get your knuckles bloody for me”) it’s a back and forth dialogue type song IDK i think it would be slay

Exile

Pairing: Tommy Shelby x F!Reader

Summary: A familiar figure stirs up feelings you'd rather not face

Word count: 2.4k

Warnings: Mention of drugs.

A/N: Thank you Anon! I love this song and it fits Tommy SO well. Also, I wrote this on a beach. No idea how the setting ended up being NYE. Thank you @a-reader-and-a-writer for the beta read and the ending ❤️

I've added my existing taglist but please note this is not part of the Let’s Be Alone Together universe.

Him

It's fast approaching midnight at The Savoy Hotel. The dawning of the new year is almost within reach. Tommy Shelby drains his glass of champagne, wishing for whiskey instead as he slowly scans the room.

Tickets for the party tonight had been akin to gold dust, a chance to rub shoulders with the upper echelons of London's elite. But Tommy would rather be anywhere else in the world. 

Preferably, Birmingham.

He'd take a bottle of homemade gin, tucked away in the quiet familiarity of Charlie's yard in a heartbeat over this stuffy champagne-fueled ballroom. But no one ever said success was easy.

Tommy had come here tonight for one reason and one reason alone. If his plans to move into the world of politics had any chance of coming to fruition, he would need to mingle with the privileged crowd. To learn their weakness. Their darkest secrets. To take advantage of the liquor loosening their lips.

He's managed to withstand maybe a handful of hours at best before growing tired of all the posturing and arrogance, the not-so-subtle self-aggrandising and the congratulatory back slaps.

Looking for a way out but willing to settle for a distraction, his gaze continues to drift along the sea of tuxedos and expensive dresses.

Unexpectedly, he falters.

These days, it takes a lot to catch Tommy Shelby off guard - between France and his more recent ventures, it would be fair to assume he had developed nerves of steel - but off guard is exactly how he feels when his attention lands on the beautiful woman standing by the bar.

He'd recognise her anywhere. Sometimes, he thinks he searches for her in his dreams. 

Tommy feels the muscles in his jaw clench before he's able to compose himself. A foolish sign of weakness that he can’t afford to display. Not here. 

But it's difficult. A test of his usually unwavering resolve. Because she's not alone. 

There's a man. Younger than Tommy; tall, dark-haired, and slim, the old-money practically oozing off him. Any closer and Tommy would be able to smell it.

Tommy grabs another glass of too-sweet champagne from a passing waiter. Something to occupy his hands, and just in time. Old-Money's arms are wrapped around the woman's body, a possessive gesture and one he recognises well.

Once upon a time, she spent her nights in Tommy’s arms.

Five whole years might have passed - evidently long enough for her tastes to change - but it feels more like five minutes since she walked out of Small Heath and out of his life, a hastily scrawled note declaring she'd had enough.

Three simple sentences. One for each year they had been together. At the time, Tommy had replayed the words over and over until they no longer held any meaning, but liquor and bloodshed had long since turned those memories to slush.

It all boiled down to his plans for the future. Her fear of the potential enemies and danger which those plans might beget.

Whoever said that love would conquer all?

Tommy doesn't taste the sparkling wine as he tips the glass back, draining it in one mouthful. 

The champagne just won't do. He needs something stronger to take the edge off, but his path to the bar is blocked.

Biding his time, Tommy watches the couple. In fact, despite the sourness growing in the back of his throat, he finds himself unable to look away.

Old-Money leans in close, his lips brushing the shell of her ear as he whispers something that even Tommy’s lip-reading skills cannot decipher. 

What is plain to see, however, is her lack of amusement. She tenses, discomfort evident in the clench of her jaw and the tightness of her shoulders. Her laughter, when it comes, is forced, never reaching her eyes.

A lightning bolt of unfiltered rage burns through Tommy’s veins, dulling his remaining senses like Arthur’s cocaine, but he quickly tempers it down. It’s not his problem. She's not his problem. 

She's not his to defend.

Not anymore.

Her

It's almost midnight. Ever since your arrival at The Savoy, your attention has been drifting to the clock on the wall. Waiting for the bells to chime and free you from this misery.

The party had been his idea, your date for the evening clearly operating under the assumption that money makes a man more attractive. An assumption which couldn't be further removed from the truth.

Though The Savoy might be the hottest ticket in town, everything about tonight makes you miss Birmingham - Small Heath, to be precise. New Year's Eve at The Garrison. The excitement. The unpredictability. 

The Peaky Blinders.

Your stomach involuntarily flips at the intrusive thought. You've come too far now to be thinking about the Shelby brothers. All memories pertaining to your former life belong firmly in the past.

Ignoring another pompous comment from your date, you glance up from your drink, desperate for an escape. Perhaps you can slip away in time to avoid the awkward but obligatory midnight kiss.

That's when you see him. 

A ghost - a demon - from your past, seemingly conjured into existence by the power of your thoughts alone.

The very same piercing blue eyes that have long haunted your dreams now stare you down, unblinking, from across the room. His full lips are drawn into a hard line.

Thomas Shelby.

Despite your brain knowing far better, your traitorous heart still flutters.

He looks good. Too good. 

Unfairly good.

The expensive dark suit is sinfully cut to his powerful body and his once-severe haircut has been allowed to somewhat grow out. 

Clearly, he's come a long way since the days of bruised and bloody knuckles. In the presence of polite society, he looks like he belongs.

The last five years may have been kind to your former fiancé, but with a start, the realisation dawns that the same can't be said of you.

Because five years later you still haven't recovered from the incurable affliction of loving Tommy Shelby.

Despite what some might say, you hadn't walked into the relationship blind. You'd known the head of the Shelby family for long enough to accept that a life together would be full of surprises, and not all of them good. But for love, you'd given him half a dozen chances.

Honesty. 

That's all you'd ever wanted. To be treated as his equal. His partner. To not be kept in the dark about decisions which could potentially put you both in harm's way.

Yet still he'd schemed and plotted. Twisted and manipulated. Deceived. He had told you it wasn't lying. That for your own safety, he was simply withholding the truth. As if that somehow made it ok.

Inevitably, after three years together, your patience reached its limit. Making good on a promise to yourself, you'd left, starting a new life for yourself in the capital, far away from the demons of Watery Lane. 

But you'd been foolish to believe that any amount of miles could repair the damage done to your heart. Arguably, damage of your own making.

His name has followed you like an ever-present shadow. His handsome picture staring back at you from newspaper articles. Even in black and white, those beautiful eyes just added insult to injury.

And now he's here in the flesh.

Tommy's stare is unwavering, but he makes no move to come over. Still, it's only a matter of time before he seeks you out. After your cowardly way of leaving, it's easy to imagine he has some choice words for you, but you’re not ready to speak to him. Not here, where manners and decorum are all the rage.

Willing yourself to break eye contact, you notice a side door to your left. Relief washes over you. Freedom or at least a small reprieve. Anything is preferable to this form of slow torture.

Him

Tommy watches her leave - a recurring theme, it would seem - her hurried exit presumably on account of his unexpected presence here tonight. She definitely spotted him amidst the crowd and she did not look pleased.

He should let her go. She's not his problem. She's in his past.

Isn't she?

A minute passes before, not entirely of his own accord, Tommy finds himself following in her footsteps. He's always been inexplicably drawn to her. Apparently, even heartbreak isn't enough to change that.

When he finds her in the lobby, her back is turned but she whips around as he murmurs her name.

"Tommy."

The earlier surprise he saw flash across her delicate features has been replaced by a  carefully rehearsed indifference. One he recognises all too well. 

She's at pains to pretend his presence isn't affecting her. A feeling to which he can certainly relate.

"I didn't expect to see you tonight," she adds when he doesn't immediately respond. "I didn't think this kind of thing was your scene."

He doesn't miss the accusation in her tone. 

What she really means is why are you here?

Slowly, Tommy inclines his head, lest she notice the falter in his gaze. Impossibly, she's even more beautiful than he remembers. It's surely a cruel twist of fate that brings her here tonight. Just when things were looking up for him. Just when he thought he'd put the past to rest.

"Likewise," he agrees. 

"Business or pleasure?" She wonders aloud before scanning the lobby, keenly on the lookout for another escape route.

The words, driven by a lingering hurt, fly from his lips before he can check himself, his attention not so subtly shifting to the blonde woman entering the lobby. "There's no reason it can't be both."

Her

Of course, he followed you. It's a problem you could really do without. You're walking a thin line just by talking to him. Experience tells you there's only two ways this will play out. 

Wondering whether there's any possibility of getting away unscathed, you offer him a polite smile and gesture towards the blonde woman now loitering in the corner. "Well, I'll leave you to your… pleasure."

He studies you carefully, his sharp features set into a cool mask of apathy, but you recognise the hurt hidden behind his icy eyes. 

The hurt which you caused.

"I'd tell you the same, except I doubt your friend knows how to pleasure a woman. You looked miserable back there." 

Despite the sentiment, there's no trace of concern in his cruel words.

"My choice of date for the evening isn't up for debate, Thomas," you tell him curtly, despite silently agreeing with his observation.

"Nothing ever is with you, is it?" he muses, his lips slightly pursing.

And there it is. 

Clearly, he's not going to let you get away until he has aired his grievances. 

Perhaps you owe him that courtesy at the very least.

Dropping your own mask of indifference, you take a step towards him and take his warm hand. To your surprise, he doesn't resist.

"I had to leave, Tommy. You were never going to turn things around. You were never going to change. But for what it's worth, I am sorry about leaving the way I did. I should have been better. I should have been braver."

Tommy shakes his head, keeping his tightly guarded emotions at bay. "You left without warning. You never even heard me out."

"Without warning? God, Tommy. How can you stand there and say that? How could you possibly have missed it? I left you so many signs."

Tommy looks away, his eyes rapidly searching for something just out of sight. The only indication he's feeling anything at all. "I guess I never learnt to read your mind."

"You never learnt to listen," you fire back. "Or communicate at all for that matter. Would it have killed you to be honest with me? To tell me what you had planned?"

A muscle in his jaw ticks. "I was trying to keep you safe."

The realisation that he's never going to change his tune stings more than it should. You drop his hand. "I wish I could believe that." 

The truth, in your eyes, is that he never trusted you. He's never trusted anyone. How could you be expected to give your heart over to a man who would never let you into his own?

There's a beat of silence. Enough time for you to regret letting this conversation play out for so long. Nothing good can come from digging up the past. You should go your separate ways before any further irreparable damage is done.

"Was it worth it?" Tommy asks finally, a bite of frustration slipping through his calm facade. "Leaving everything behind for this?" He gestures around. "Are you happier now?"

"Yes," you lie, but your resolve is rapidly weakening under the intensity of his blue gaze.

The door to the ballroom swings open and a small gathering of revellers spills into the lobby, saving you from admitting the very thing you've been afraid of. 

That leaving Birmingham had been a mistake. 

Tommy reaches for your arm, tugging you away from the crowd and into a recess by the cloakroom. As a result, the two of you have infinitely closed the distance.

His chest, broad and still so inviting, is now inches from your own; his calloused hand is still wrapped firmly around your wrist, his thumb pressed against your pulse point.

Can he feel how fast your heart races?

"For all your talk of honesty, you won't face the truth yourself, will you?" He sighs lightly, something like disappointment coating his words.

"What's that supposed to mean?" You scoff, feigning ignorance as a last resort.

Before he can respond, a loud cheer erupts from within the ballroom, saving you once again.

"That's midnight," you murmur just as Tommy glances down at his elegant gold pocket watch.

"Midnight," he agrees, his eyes flicking back up to your own. "Happy New Year."

You stare at him for a long moment, taking stock of his defining features. Long, dark eyelashes, the kind that would ordinarily be wasted on a man - but not Tommy; razor sharp cheekbones and a jawline to match. Crystalline blue eyes you could so easily drown in.

Almost imperceptibly, he shifts closer, large hands finding your waist with ease.

"Do you still believe in tradition?" He wonders, but it's a rhetorical question. You both know he doesn't need an answer.

Your last sensible thought before he leans in to kiss you: God damn Tommy Shelby and those ocean eyes.

Taglist: @a-reader-and-a-writer @crysxtal @shynovelist @amberpanda99 @globetrotter28 @dragonsondragons @butterfly-lover @sunshineyourethebesttime @iwantmyredvelvetcupcake @breezy2and2freezy

#tommy shelby #cillian murphy #peaky blinders #tommy shelby x reader #peaky blinders fanfic #Thomas shelby

[pretty-toru]

back to where the sun is┆gojo satoru

୧ genre: mild angst, fluff ending

୧ wc: 1.1k

୧ synopsis: young megumi learns that gojo satoru is not him without you (and vice-versa).

Megumi at the young age of nine somehow always knows when you and Satoru fought, even if you both tried to do it quietly and behind closed doors to keep him and Tsumiki from worrying. The two step-siblings would totter their way to the small argument going on inside your shared bedroom with Satoru, and with their little ears pressed against the closed door the brunette would whisper, "Are we going to be okay?" with a crestfallen look on her face and a heavy hand over her heart.

"We will be," Megumi tries to offer comfort. But even he’s afraid that when a serious conflict arises between you two the last thing you want is to resolve the issue and make-up, leaving your little found family behind because you've finally had enough of putting up with his mentor and never want to speak to him again. What aches him the most is that he's accepted you and Satoru as his guardians, yet he feels as though he shouldn't have gotten too comfortable in the off-chance that something happens and he doesn't have a place to call home anymore.

Megumi doesn't know how to help the situation when he finds you rummaging through the kitchen cabinets after midnight, tossing away Satoru's stash of sweets and snacks into a plastic bag because you're upset with him. You don't notice the young sorcerer creeping into the dim lighting until he voices his presence, "Is something wrong?" and you don't know how long he's been standing there.

"Oh! Megumi, you scared me." You momentarily turn your back toward him to wipe your tears away with your sleeves, a clipped smile on your face to give him any semblance of reassurance that there's nothing to be concerned about. "I'm, um, taking away Satoru's snacking privileges for a bit. I'm just worried about his blood sugar levels with the sweets he's been consuming lately s'all. You understand, don't you?"

Before the young boy could open his mouth, you heaved a heavy sigh and shook your head before placing the bag aside and approaching him. "Actually, no. I should be setting a good example for you and Tsumiki instead of making things worse." You knew that Megumi was smart enough to put two and two together so sugar coating wouldn't have done you any favors, so you had to be the bigger person because the children needed to see one of you apologize to each other when it's over to establish what a healthy relationship should look like.

"Did he do something wrong again? I know he's an idiot sometimes, but give him another chance, please." You didn't realize how much he would be affected by the nature of your and Satoru's relationship when you're not on good terms, and it's in the way his sullen eyes fall to the ground and the slight tremor in his voice. And you honestly feel for him given his circumstances and how he came to be your responsibility now.

"Oh no, sweetie. It's, um, actually my fault and I should probably go make things right with him before it's too late. He's only trying his best after all and I know that now. Don't worry, Satoru and I will be fine. Run along and get some sleep now, okay?" You offer him another smile, this time more warm and genuine, and you lean down to press a sweet kiss atop his head.

"Okay, you promise?"

"Yes, of course. It's a promise. Good night, Megumi."

"Good night."

The next morning Megumi awakes to the golden canopy of sunbeams filtering through his window, a sweet scent of breakfast pancakes and strawberry sauce wafts under his nose and he tosses his comforter aside. As he peeks into the living room, he's relieved to see there's no sign of a make-shift bed that would indicate Satoru taking residence there for the night 一 a common occurrence that he observed over previous fights between you two.

When he peers into the kitchen with a white-haired man adorned in an apron hovering over the stove flipping a pancake, he notices a beautiful arrangement of flowers placed in a water-filled vase decorating the dining table that hadn't been there the night before. It appears that you really kept your promise to him and made up with each other, and despite emerging from his room with his usual broody attitude he looked somewhat happy and content.

"Heya, sport. What'cha smiling over there about, hm?" Satoru calls out to him when he sensed his pupil's gaze on him, his signature grin spreading across his features like he's right back to being himself as though the heartwrenching events from last night never happened. "Sleep well?"

Megumi nods and situates himself at the table next to Tsumiki with a plate and utensils already laid out for him, and Satoru strides over to plop two fresh and steaming pancakes onto his plate. Of course, the grown man gestures to the condiments on the table that he can help himself to as he returns back to his post. But not before crouching down to his level and relaying that a "little bird" told him about the intervention he made and that he doesn't need to worry since "It's just another lover's quarrel. You know how I like to spice things up from time to time."

"It really seems they've both forgiven each other. He's been in a good mood all morning," Tsumiki whispers to Megumi as he glances from his breakfast to you appearing in the kitchen and giving Satoru a good morning kiss. You both engage in small talk while being sweet on one another as you’d wrap your arms around your boyfriend watching him pour the last of the batter into the pan and he hand feeds you cubed honeydew for keeping him company.

It’s the same regular routine where you’d greet everyone good morning and make light chatter about today’s agenda and Satoru would seat himself beside you after setting both your plates down and enjoys his breakfast with the three of you. He's even making an effort of putting his shaman life on pause to spend quality time with you since you addressed how it always feels like his body is here but his mind's somewhere else, so whatever Ijichi's ringing him about first thing in the morning can wait until later.

Before Megumi goes to take another sweet bite, he guesses it was a smart decision to sneak back into the kitchen an hour after you've gone to your room to return the evidence of your late-night endeavors of throwing Satoru's most treasured snacks away back to their rightful places in the pantry. After all, he always hated the idea of you two separating if he could do something about it.

#same universe as the other fic — always golden! #gojo satoru x reader #gojo satoru x you #gojo x reader #gojo x you #jjk gojo satoru #jujutsu kaisen gojo #jujutsu kaisen imagines #jujutsu kaisen x reader

[slashers-and-rats]

Do you think... You could do headcanons for the slashers X a mute/nonverbal reader? Like just how they'd react to that & how they'd adjust to alternate forms of communication and stuff like that (Which slashers are up to you, but if Brahms and the Sinclairs were there I'd start squealing and giggling fr)

rat chat: i will provide but i don’t like bo so I’m leaving him out he’s a BITCH

Slashers with a Non-Verbal GN!Reader

featured slashers: brahms heelshire, vincent sinclair, lester sinclair

Brahms Heelshire :

i think brahms would be a little perplexed at first, especially since you’d start out as the house nanny. one of the rules is to talk to the doll, but you find ways around it. you hum along to music when you feel up for it, and usually leave little letters near the doll. sometimes, during lesson time, you even throw in a little bit about sign language, and pretend to teach the doll new words.

when you first meet brahms outside of the walls, he’s quick to show off the things you taught him while he was watching you. he’s kept all your letters, tucking them away in his pockets so he can carry them around with him, and he poorly mimics the few signs you’ve been showing off. it’s a bit heart warming, despite the odd situation you’re in.

once you two have really settled in with each other, he gets into more of a groove with things. he finds he likes the silence. it’s not like you’re not around, you still amuse him in other ways. he likes that he gets to be the chatty one. he practices reading aloud with you, and you show him how to sign some simple sentences, and you continue writing him little letters that he collects. he even finds an old music box to stick them all inside. he keeps them very safe. they remind him of you.

i don’t really think it would effect him all that much. as long as you give him love and affection in your own ways, he’d be so happy. i think his favourite thing would be making you make other noises. y’know, not words. like he’ll sneak up on you and scare you, and hear you yelp, and he’ll snicker to himself. or when you two are alone, and you make a cute noise, he melts a bit. it’s the little things for him.

Vincent Sinclair :

in my head, vincent is selectively mute, so he’s pretty much immediately on board with you being non-verbal. there’s no questions, there’s no needing to get used to it, you two are just two quiet people. he finds it comforting, if anything, since he’s able to so easily relate to you.

you guys pass notes to each other like you’re exchanging secret messages. it’s especially amusing when you’re around the other brothers, and you’ll slide vincent a note, making the other brothers upset they don’t get to know what you guys are talking about. vincent always keeps these very private. communicating with you is a privilege, not a right, and if you choose to be selective about who you talk to, he is not going to let someone else change that.

you guys learn sign language together. bo never saw the use in teaching vincent, and his mum had tried but he stopped practicing when she had passed. so, he was very rusty, and you had similar experiences. you had tried to learn, but never found much use since the people around you didn’t know anyways. so, when you two met, it became a small hobby between the two of you. you explored the town, found a library with some books on asl, and pretty quickly you two were practicing in his little workshop whenever you had a chance.

i think a lot of your comfort with each other comes from the fact that you guys don’t need words to communicate. you can tell without needing to be told when either of you are upset or frustrated, and it’s easy to see when you’re happy. vincent has memorized all the little details of your expressions to know exactly how you’re feeling, even if you’re not open about it. it’s harder for you, since he wears the mask, but you’ve learned his body posture is a pretty big give away on how he’s feeling. you two just know each other really well.

Lester Sinclair :

lester is pretty used to the idea of people being non-verbal cuz of his brother, so it doesn’t take him as much time as others to get used to it, but there are still some bumps. i think, since he’s such a funny little dude, he finds your silence kinda hard to judge sometimes. he’ll tell a joke, or tell a silly story, and you’ll just crack a smile. he never truly knows what you’re thinking, since you never tell him, and so it takes him awhile to get used to being comfortable with just not always knowing.

i think he’d be someone who immediately does everything he can to be better about it tho. deep down, he really cares. he cares about his family, he cares about the town, he cares about you- he puts as much effort into those things as possible. so, he’ll put in the effort to learn ASL behind your back, and surprise you with it on a date or something.

he likes talking to you, and getting good at knowing what you’d say if you did speak. his favourite joke is to make up a conversation between you both and play both parts, and whenever he says something in your voice, he waits for you to nod or shake your head so he knows if he’s right in his assumption. he’s usually pretty accurate tho, since he watches you a lot.

he really does watch you A LOT. since you guys can’t have conversations about your interests, he just finds other ways to figure it out. while you’re reading, he’ll peek over your shoulder. he’s always a page behind tho, but he still gets an understanding of what you like. when you’re riding with him in his truck, he lets you pick the music, and notes down every song you repeat. when you guys are eating, he watches your face to see what you like and don’t like. he just likes learning about you, even if it isn’t as easy as learning about others.

#slasher x reader #ask #slashers #brahms heelshire x reader #brahms heelshire #vincent sinclair x reader #vincent sinclair #lester sinclair #lester sinclair x reader

[theostrophywife]

stargazing.

i can feel your heart beatin' with mine underneath the stars lookin' for a sign glowing in the dark 'til the sun shines started with a spark now we're on fire

author's note: you already know the drill. i am a hoe for mutual pining between two idiot best friends who are so obviously in love. this one actually gave me chest pains and you'll see why.

song inspiration: stargazing by the neighbourhood.

The City of Starlight lived up to its name as the stars glittered over the horizon. 

A cluster of constellations twinkled directly above the spot you had picked—a grassy knoll by the mouth of the Sidra River, which now lapped against the shore with its sapphire waves. It was by far your favorite place for stargazing because it was distant enough from the noise and excitement of Velaris, sandwiched between the colorful townhouses and the peaks of the misty mountains, allowing you the chance to fully appreciate the starkissed night. 

You placed a hand on your hip as your best friend climbed the hillside, his strides graceful and effortless, reaching the clearing without breaking a sweat, which was more than what you could say for yourself.

“You know, I’m perfectly capable of carrying a picnic basket up this hill.”

Azriel raised a brow, the Illyrian warrior utterly unconvinced by your statement. “I’m aware, but I also want to eat sometime before midnight and with the way you’re going, the food will spoil before we even get a chance to taste it.” 

You huffed in feigned offense and crossed your arms. “Not everyone has the privilege of being ridiculously tall. I mean, have you seen yourself? I get that you’re a brooding warrior and all, but anything above six feet is a little overkill, don’t you think?” 

The shadowsinger chuckled, his hazel eyes sparkling with amusement. “My height is perfectly normal. It’s not my fault that you’re practically bite sized.”

You frowned, sticking your tongue out at him. “Come a little closer and we’ll see who’s biting into who.”

“I’m shaking in my leathers.”

Azriel rolled his eyes fondly and shrugged the knapsack off his shoulders before tossing it over to you. The bag containing your favorite blanket and a pair of pillows had derailed your journey for at least ten minutes because your stubborn friend refused to let you carry anything. In the end, you had bullied Azriel into allowing you to lug your own sketchbook and coloured pencils up the damned hill. 

It was an admirable feat given that the shadowsinger was almost as unrelenting as you. Luckily, you could always rely on your secret weapon. A slight pout and puppy dog eyes and Azriel was practically putty in your hands. Needless to say, you weren’t above exploiting his soft spot for you to get what you wanted. 

Mostly because you loved the fact that he could never say no to you. 

"You're absolutely insufferable, shadowsinger."

“Big words for such a small female,” Azriel drawled as you arranged the blanket on the grass. “Careful with the wind, we wouldn’t want it to blow you away.”

You snorted in response, shooting a vulgar gesture over your shoulder. The shadowsinger snickered as you tossed the pillows onto the blanket, putting the finishing touches to your makeshift haven for the night. Azriel plopped onto the ground, stretching his long legs out on the gingham fabric. The moonlight hugged his winged figure, silver beams kissing his devastatingly handsome face.

For a second, you felt jealous of the moon.

While Azriel settled in, you started unpacking the picnic basket. Stored within was an abundance of cheese, fruits, meats, and crackers that you'd nicked from the House of Wind, along with fizzy seltzers that were spiked with wine. You fixed Azriel a plate and handed it over to him. He uncorked the seltzers and clinked his glass against yours with a wink. The two of you dug right in, stuffing yourselves full and getting slightly buzzed from the drinks. 

Azriel propped himself up on his elbows, his features contorted with intense concentration as he watched you toss a grape into the air. He tried to catch it with his mouth, but it hit his nose instead, making you burst out into uncontrollable laughter. The shadowsinger looked utterly confused for a split second before his eyes narrowed in your direction. His gaze darted to the hand you were currently hiding behind your back. 

“You’re cheating,” he said with a pout. 

“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” you replied innocently. Behind you, your hand glowed scarlet from the use of your magic. “Maybe you just have terrible aim.”

“Show me your hands, then.”

“No one likes a sore loser, Az.”

Your friend pounced on you, nearly knocking your drinks over as he dug his fingers into your side. You gasped for breath in between high pitched giggles and smacked Azriel’s arm as he mercilessly tickled you. Shadows curled around you like smoke as though they were summoned by the sound of your laughter. 

“You’re going to crush the cupcakes!” you exclaimed, wriggling away from the shadowsinger. 

His dark head perked up at that. If there was anything you knew about your friend, it was that he had an insatiable sweet tooth. You swatted his hand away and pulled out the cupcakes you’d been saving for dessert. 

Azriel eyed it warily. “It looks a little…deflated.”

You frowned, examining the less than fluffy cupcake. “Elain was teaching me how to make them, but then Lucien walked by shirtless and covered in sweat. They disappeared for a suspicious amount of time, so really I can’t be blamed if they turned out awful.”

Your friend chuckled and raised his cupcake to yours, clinking them together in a mock cheer. “Bottoms up, then.”

The second you bit into the cupcake, your face soured. Azriel wore a similar expression, grimacing at the taste. 

“It’s interesting.”

“It tastes like shit, Az.”

Azriel snorted, patting you on the head. “It’s alright. You tried your best, bug.”

You flicked his hand away with a glare. “You know I hate it when you call me that.”

“But it’s so fitting. You’re cute and small like a lady bug.” You rolled your eyes in response. “Would you prefer something else? Bee? Hornet? Wasp?” Azriel was barely containing his laughter at your obvious annoyance. 

“You’re a pain in the ass, Azriel.”

“Yeah but who else would eat your poison cupcakes and stargaze with you in the middle of the night?”

That earned him a small smile. Azriel winked and sprawled out on the blanket, his wings spreading across the comically small fabric. You sat cross legged, watching as your best friend gazed up at the stars. There was something magical about it. The way the silver beams of moonlight kissed his golden brown skin, the wind tousling his dark locks, the serene smile that spread across his lips. In his cozy striped sweater and sweats, Azriel was the perfect picture of peace. Even his shadows stilled, dripping like honey across his shoulders. 

The sight tugged at your heart. It was perfect. Azriel was perfect and you needed him to see himself exactly how you saw him now. 

You pulled out your sketchbook and coloured pencils at once, scribbling furiously. “Don’t move,” you said, trying your best to capture the moment. 

The shadowsinger obliged, but instead of watching the stars, he turned his attention over to you. The colors blended with your magic as the image before you came to life. You mixed the greens and browns and golds, but somehow they seemed lackluster compared to the glazed honey gaze staring back at you. 

Azriel watched as your magic sparked against the page. He knew how intense you could get when it came to your art, but he’d never seen you like this. After a few more minutes, you leaned back and scrutinized every inch of your canvas. You flicked your wrist and a small spark of scarlet magic spread through the page. Finally, you smiled in satisfaction. 

“It’s perfect,” you murmured. 

“Let's see this masterpiece of yours, then.”

You shook your head. "Not a chance," you said, clutching the drawing to your chest. "At least, not yet."

"So you're saying that there's a slight chance that you'll show it to me someday?" Azriel asked, brimming with curiosity. 

In the years he’d known you, the shadowsinger had only seen a handful of your art. Usually he wouldn’t push, but there was something about the way your eyes twinkled with emotion that made him want to prod. 

“Eventually,” you replied with a soft smile. “When the time is right.”

Azriel didn’t get the chance to ask what that meant before you stashed the drawing away and shuffled beside him. You laid down across his stomach, grinning as you playfully flicked his nose. 

“You’re supposed to be watching the stars, not me.”

“I can enjoy more than one beautiful view at a time.”

You flushed, inclining your head towards the skies so Azriel wouldn’t be able to see the effect of his words. For a while now, the two of you had been teetering that precarious line between just friends and something more. The chemistry between you was visible to everyone. Ever since Kallias had sent you to be his emissary, you and Azriel had grown closer and closer, to the point where your presence in the Night Court had turned into a permanent position.

The shadowsinger had gained your trust with his quiet wit and sharp sarcasm. Little by little, he chipped away at your icy demeanor. In due time, you were both attached at the hip. Besides Kallias and Viviane, he was the only one you'd opened up to about your time under the mountain. Cursed by Amarantha, you were trapped in that wretched place with your cousin, unable to stop the wicked female from wreaking havoc upon the Winter Court. Despite your tremendous power, you were helpless. You lost so many of your loved ones during that time and the guilt had been a heavy burden to bear even after Feyre's sacrifice that led to your freedom.

Azriel showed you that you didn't have to do it alone. Together, you learned how to heal from the ghosts of your past. You found refuge in the dark.

You found a friend.

Whatever it was between you and Azriel, it was something monumental. It wasn’t a fleeting crush or a silly notion of romance, but a magnetic force that had been drawing you together even before you met. 

It felt scary. Like jumping off a cliff and into the raging sea. Though you weren’t the type to balk from a challenge, even you had to admit that it was terrifying. But you knew that you had to take that leap of faith sometime. 

You gazed up at the shadowsinger and found him watching you. The smile that spread across your face was instinctive. “Thanks for coming out here with me, Az.”

“Anytime,” he murmured softly. Azriel weaved his fingers through your hair, curling strands around his knuckles. “I like watching the stars with you. It’s kind of nostalgic, really.”

“How so?” 

Golden eyes flickered down to you as his voice dropped to a raspy whisper. “When I was younger…when all I knew was darkness, I always dreamt of the stars.” 

Your heart ached for a young Azriel, trapped in the dungeons by his cruel father. The experience alone should’ve made him a hardened and bitter male, but your friend was anything but. Despite everything Azriel had endured, there was this resiliency to him that always amazed you. He had such a unique capacity for light and love. 

You intertwined your fingers in his, squeezing gently. He smiled faintly before continuing. “My shadows used to describe the constellations to me. The positioning of the stars, how the night sky looked.” As though they heard his confessions, shadows swarmed around the both of you. “They still do, sometimes.”

A shadow curled like smoke towards a bright star in the sky. "That one is my favorite."

You looked up to where Azriel was pointing and felt your chest tighten. Your voice was shaky as you took a breath. “There’s a legend in the Winter Court about that star. There was once a young goddess named Polaris who roamed Prythian, fated to be lost and alone until a light in the north guided her to the castle of a Fae Prince. He took her in and they fell deeply in love. Polaris married the young prince and together they ruled over our lands until the Daglan came. The prince died fighting against them. Polaris was so heartbroken that she asked the Mother to transform her into a star so she could always watch over the land where her beloved was buried.” 

Azriel listened with rapt attention as you gazed up at the horizon, to a single star shining above all the others. The same one he had pointed at. “Today, we call her the North Star. It’s said that her light is meant to guide you to your other half, just as that star in the sky once led her to her prince.”

The shadowsinger went still underneath you. As you looked up, you found him staring up at Polaris with a burning gaze. You could feel your heart pounding in your chest as his eyes met yours. 

Azriel swallowed thickly as his scarred fingers traced the outline of your jaw. Then softly, so low that you had to strain to hear him, he said the words that cracked your heart open. “I think you’re my Polaris.”

Tears welled in your eyes, but before they could fall, before the opportunity escaped you, you conjured the drawing from earlier into Azriel’s hands. The shadowsinger looked down at the moving image of him sprawled out across the grassy knoll, his wings flared out beneath him like some dark prince, a soft smile fixed on his lips as he gazed up at the star shining brightly above him. 

The North Star. 

That’s what Azriel was—your north star. The beacon that led you straight home. The hope that you had held onto even in the darkest of times. Under the Mountain, you hadn't let yourself dream. You didn't think you'd ever get this chance, but somewhere deep down, you kept the story of Polaris and her Prince tucked away in your heart. 

And it had led you here. 

Underneath the light of the north star, in the city you now called home, in the arms of the male that had helped you restore and rebuild yourself after all that you lost. 

All that was left was to take that leap of faith. 

“You’re my north star, Azriel.” You said with a smile, silver lining your eyes. “You led me home.”

One of his shadows darted towards you, catching your tears as Azriel pulled you against him. He cradled your cheek in his hand, fingers trembling as he looked at you. Really looked at you, like he saw all of who you were and adored every part, even the jagged edges.

“Falling in love with my best friend,” he said with a slight smile. “That’s pretty cliche of us, isn’t it?”

Your laughter spilled into the quiet night, happy tears coating your cheeks. “Don’t ruin the moment, Az.”

The endearing grin on his face etched itself into the depths of your soul. “I wouldn’t dream of it, bug.”

As the north star twinkled above the City of Starlight, Azriel leaned in and kissed you for the first time.

taglist: @viradeity @moony-thoughts @i-opened-the-chamber-of-secrets @demirunner @swansworth @heart-defendor @momlo @mali22 @roselensage @searchingford@nessianxgwynriel@azriels-angels@brekkershadowsinger@morelovemorepeacemoretattoo-blog @mattte-black @marina468 @lillithathecathecat @highladyofillyria

#I JUST LOVE HURTING MYSELF WTF #but god yeah #azriel #azriel fluff #azriel fic #azriel x reader #azriel fanfic #azriel acotar #azriel shadowsinger #azriel fanfiction #azriel spymaster #azriel x you #azriel/reader

[contentloadingandstuff]

"Ningguang's Dog" - Male!Reader x Ningguang

CW: Male!Reader.

A/N: Things have been quiet recently, I am aware of that. Currently, I'm working on the second chapter of Mortuarius, and a big smut fic. Don't hold your breath, though. I don't know when those will be completed.

Ningguang's life never was free from criticism and pressure - after all, there's no one higher in Liyue than Tianquan. That fact naturally attracts prying eyes and jealous competitors, just waiting for a chance to undermine her reputation and, hopefully, take her place. But it has been plenty of time and nobody succeeded. 

The attention grew since she started meeting up with you. You were both aware of that being the case if you would date, and both agreed to take it on. Although Ningguang never officially confirmed that fact, everybody knew what was going on. She was often seen with you out in the city, during official events, as well as the festivities. She was also seen with you after hours in a few luxurious restaurants. That didn’t leave much place for guessing.

Most were happy for her. Especially the older, more conservative folk. Ningguang was a spinster in their eyes, so having a husband would make things more “normal” in their eyes. Are such opinions premature? Yes, very much so. Those that aren’t happy are mostly neutral or just okay with that fact. But some? Boy, are they upset.

Unsurprisingly, most of them are bitter, old entrepreneurs - rivals of Ningguang. How can she be so happy with you? They shower her in gifts: expensive jewelry, precious artifacts, priceless paintings, luxury food… And all they get is a hum of satisfaction, or a smile if they are lucky, while you? You give her trash like silver necklaces, small outings, flowers, or nothing at all. Despite that, Ningguang always smiles brightly and thanks you profusely.

Actually, you don’t even need to do anything for her to smile. She does that seemingly just because you’re there. The mean ones compare you to a dog, or rather a puppy. Hence your nickname - “Ningguang’s Dog”.

Those gifts they call “trash” are more precious than anything they ever gave her, Ningguang thinks. Those are heartless emotional bribes, stripped of all feeling and good intent. Unlike yours. No matter how small your offering is, it always carries love. A small silver necklace with a Noctilus Jade was bought with your hard earned money. You could have borrowed it from her - she would gladly spare you as much Mora as you wished, but still you chose to get it yourself. Those Glaze Lilies you bring aren’t there to help convince her - you get them because they “remind you of her beauty”. And the outings? It may not be Xinyue Kiosk every time, but the place is still always nice, with the right atmosphere and tasty food. And, of course, you are there. 

You. It’s the reason. Simple as. This is how love feels like, doesn’t it? Being happy simply because her lover is there, that she has the privilege of your affection, she gets to be showered in those few-but-honest gifts, the best of them being your genuine feeling. 

Ningguang wears your gifts with pride, even if they stand out. She will never not do so. It’s a sign that you chose her, of all the Liyue women. Social status means nothing when it comes to love - it transcends boundaries. There are girls better than her, of course. Kinder, more energetic, with more free time and energy to devote to their lovers. Still, she got to enjoy you. How lucky she is, she still can’t believe it. 

And the critics? If they don’t comprehend such a straightforward thing as love, they don’t deserve even a snippet of her recognition.

Thanks for reading!

#genshin impact #genshin #genshin x reader #genshin impact x reader #genshin x male reader #genshin impact x male reader #genshin smut #genshin impact fluff #genshin fluff #fluff #genshin impact ningguang #ningguang #ningguang x reader #ningguang x male reader #ningguang fluff #ningguang x y/n #ningguang x you

[undiscovered-horizon]

Imagine being the one who releases Morpheus. - Part 2

[Part 1] [Part 3] [Part 4] [Part 5] [Part 6] [Part 7] [ENDING] [ALT. ENDING] || A/N: I spilt the beans regarding my blog's name/title || Sandman-inspired playlist

For him, it's been mere hours but for you long years had passed where you had to learn life anew, without the comforts of privilege that your surname once provided you. Ever since Morpheus returned to his domain, his unkempt thoughts would slip away and slither back to the memory of your kind words and gentle eyes. After all, you had no reason to work against your father and set him free. You knew there was a real probability that Morpheus would kill you - a judge, jury and executioner in a world he didn't belong to - and yet you took that chance, believing in his assumed mercy. It was fairly foolish, even you knew that but it was also very human and that was an affliction you couldn't simply reason your way out of. That curious complexity Morpheus wasn't entirely capable of comprehending occupied a portion of his mind while he was busy rebuilding his kingdom.

When his realm was stable enough for the king himself to leave its grounds and venture into the Waking World once more, Morpheus followed your dreams and found himself in a small town by the sea. Looking around in search of your familiar face, he noticed someone sitting at the end of a long pier. They looked ethereal in their loneliness as people walking by the boulevard were either oblivious to their existence or consciously ignored them; the world of humans kept spinning in its usual rhythm and yet there was someone, a hermit by the endless waters, who existed next to it as if they were part of this world but the world wasn't exactly part of them.

Morpheus followed the pier, old and rotting planks creaking underneath his feet. As the sound of cars, people and dogs grew silent with every step he took towards the forgotten individual, it seemed as if he was crossing some invisible threshold between two parallel but not equal worlds. He was entering their seclusion as they once entered his.

You listened to the rhythm of his steps until they abruptly stopped close behind you. Looking over your shoulder, you saw exactly the same brooding man you helped escape a few years ago. There was something unnerving and yet comforting in the way nothing about him seemed to have changed. In some poetic way, you freed him from your father's malice entire years ago but he left that cold basement no earlier than yesterday.

"You haven't aged a day," you spoke up.

Not a shadow of any emotion passed by his features. "You did."

"Come on, sit." You patted the planks next to you.

"This is not a social call," he warned in a cold tone.

"Maybe not but I sure could use one."

Morpheus did not answer. Reluctantly, he approached the edge of the pier where you sat and only then did he notice a raft of mallards swimming around you. In your hands, you were holding a bag with cracked corn, oats and nuts. With an experienced flick of your wrist, you threw a handful of the mixed dry food to the ducks in the cold water below you. Pushing one another, each of the birds tried to eat as much as they possibly could.

"Where are we?" he asked. It was somewhat surprising to you that he had found you and yet did not know where exactly he did so. Maybe instead of following roads and signs, like people do, the King of Dreams relied upon a sense he was created with but one you could never relate to.

"Southend-on-sea, England. Right outside of London."

"Why here?"

His question had an interesting hidden suggestion that you had willingly chosen this place specifically to meet with him again when in fact you were never sure you would see Morpheus even one more time.

"Shh," you whispered as you raised your finger in a meaningful manner. "Just listen."

Surprisingly enough, Morpheus complied. At the tip of his tongue, he had a reprimand, reminding you that he was in no way your equal and you should never treat him as such but something made him discard that expression of his ego. The sound of waves crashing against the shore filled his ears. It was a rhythmic sough, one that brought tranquillity into the hearts of those hearing it despite its loudness. Seagulls were flying over his head, screaming their frustrations and hopes into the aether. With each breath, he smelt salt and algal bloom. In the presence of an otherworldly monarch, Mother Nature remained unmoved in her might, unimpressed with the oniric thaumaturge.

Being the King of Dreams, he had seen things more breathtaking and wonderful in their strangeness that the sight before him. Maybe in this fascination with nature's simplicity, he could find the key to your exceptionalism that he so desired to understand.

Listening to nature, a soft smile entered your face as you let out a tired sigh. "It's so peaceful in here. When you've grown up in a burning house, you simply assume the whole world is on fire. But it's not... It's not." Morpheus noticed how your voice was dripping with hope.

Watching you feed the ducks with corn, oats and seeds, Dream noticed something about your skin: there was a long scar on the back of your hand as if a beast of malice once dared to raise its horrible hand against you. The blemish was white in colour, a sign that the wound it was before was caused quite a long time ago; surely it wasn't a recent hurt. It did cross his mind that he was the reason for that scar - that fateful day when he broke free he paid for your kindness with a deep wound. Truthfully, it wasn't very king-like of him but at the same time he refused to take the blame for it: after all, he never did ask you to break open his prison.

"I never assumed I'd see you again, dear stranger," you interrupted the reflective silence.

"I was busy rebuilding my kingdom."

"So, Dream of the Endless, to what do I owe the pleasure of our reunion?" It was clear to you that an entity of his class wasn't one for welfare checks or anything like that. Wherever he appears, he had business to tend to there.

"I admit that it is knowledge I desire." Morpheus made a pause. "Why did you do it?"

For a moment, you simply watched his expressionless face. It felt almost funny that you could provide knowledge to someone who was probably as old as humanity if not even older. Whether either of you knew it at the moment - it didn't matter, not quite but Morpheus in his mundane lack of understanding of your motives, seemed no less humane than the pedestrians walking along the boulevard far behind you. The cold sea breeze tugged at your coat.

"The school I attended had a beautiful relief of lions and vines over the entrance with inscribed Seneca's quote: Dum iter homines sumus, colamus humanitatem. As long as we are human, let us be humane. That fateful day I did only that: I was humane."

"You are Rodrick's child. I could have killed you." Morpheus seemed to not quite be ready to let go of the notion that you, possibly, had an ulterior motive that you had discarded only upon basking in the might and glory of the King of Dreams.

"And it would have been your responsibility." What caught Dream's attention was your seeming lack of fear in the face of even hypothetical death. In his experience, people both craved and dreaded that fated moment. "What is kindness if not bravery in the face of cowardice and cruelty?"

"Had you no fear of your father's anger?" he changed the course of the conversation.

To you, it seemed nearly as if Morpheus came to you with a list of questions he wished to ask - like he was conducting research more than checking up on a past partner in crime if you could be called so.

"Oh, I did," you answered in a sad voice. Absentmindedly you rubbed the left side of your chest where Magus had burned a sacrilegious mark. It stopped hurting after you moved to the seaside, something about the humidity and salt bringing relief to the acute pain. "That day he disowned and cursed me, although what hex lies on me I do not know. In a way, I doubt I wish to ever know. The responsibility of such knowledge I might not withstand."

He had no doubts that you were strikingly different from humanity as a whole. You asked for nothing, you desired no power nor riches; you were strangely content not knowing. But that observation did not satiate his curiosity for Morpheus still did not comprehend why it was that way. The secret of your exceptionalism was still elusive to him. But, perhaps, he already had been given the exact answer he'd been seeking for the past years but something about him, some expectation he wasn't entirely aware of, prevented him from seeing it. Maybe he refused to accept that behind such dilemma and complexity stood a simple, very mundane and human, explanation.

Morpheus's eyes met yours. By the soft, understanding stare you gave him, he knew you had realized exactly what piece of knowledge he was seeking - the reason why he found you in the first place. He neither asked nor begged for he was a king. And yet you decided to answer his silent plea:

"Sometimes I think that it could be a truly revolutionary thought in its simplicity." To his utmost surprise, you grabbed Dream's hand. Your skin felt hot against his cold palm as if he was a corpse brought back to life by your burning touch. Firmly and yet gently, you held his hand as you poured some of the birdfeed into his palm. "That all it takes to make the world a little better, a little warmer, is just a little bit of tenderness."

You let go of his hand and suddenly the sea breeze felt a lot more freezing than Morpheus previously thought. Had he not known the pleasant warmth of your skin, the cold weather wouldn't be so severe to him then. The same chilly air shook him awake and Dream raised his hand above the raft of mallards and opened his fingers to let the birdfeed freely fall into the murky water.

Only then, when the seeds, oats and corn spilt from his open hand and into the water to be gobbled by hungered mallards, did Morpheus experience a truly human enlightenment: those birds owed him nothing and neither did he to them. They had no means of feeling gratefulness or of rewarding his good deed. The secret of human morality and its inborn complexity was revealed to him in all of its simplicity. The King of Dreams finally understood that you helped because you could. Because you wanted to. No other reason was needed for the love you spread wherever life guided you.

He thought back to your warm touch and how it burned his cold skin. In its absence, everything felt unbearably cold to the point of undermining his peace of mind. Was that... tenderness?

Tagging people who were interested in a follow-up: @rosaren2498 @jessiboobdbdb @chantzmar @lexi-anastasia @bisexualunicronrunningloose

#the sandman fanfic #the sandman imagine #the sandman fanfiction #the sandman netflix #the sandman #dream of the endless imagine #dream of the endless x you #dream of the endless fanfiction #dream of the endless x reader #dream of the endless #morpheus imagine #morpheus sandman #morpheus x you #morpheus x reader #morpheus

[angstsfordays]

I will go to you like the first snow [2/?]

Pairing: Coriolanus Snow x OC! femreader

Summary: "I liked it so much. Watching over you, my heart (is) fluttering." Coryo realizes that loving you and having you are two separate things.

Warnings: Coriolanus Snow is a warning. Pre-signs of toxic! and possessive! Coryo!

Notes: For new readers to my work, the genre of my writing is usually more angst, sometimes fluff and slightly melodramatic. So if you are expecting anything sexy, I forewarn you that you ain't getting any. If you want sexy in terms of emotions, maybe I will try! Here's another chapter while I still on a writing roll! Happy new year everyone! 🥳🎆

Love, Angstsfordays 🫶🏼

Link to part one here

-----------------------------------------------------

This is the last place Coriolanus thought he would spend his last break before his final and senior year at the Academy. The grand Carnell estate was a sight to behold and the privilege of having a chance to step foot into the home ground of the most distinguished family in Panem is one most could only dream of.

Unlike most of the elite in Panem who lived in penthouses, your family is the rare few who gets to live on an entire estate land belonging to themselves aside from the President.

He didn't expect a simple comment he made about roses would actually grant him this privilege.

The two of you were having a short break at your special spot under the Burning Ash tree before your next class was about to begin. While penning down your study notes, you felt that your hair was starting to get in the way as the wind was picking up.

Grabbing a hair tie from your bag, you gathered your loose hair and tie them into a loose tail. Coryo's eyes were fixated at how you held your hair tie between your lips and wondered since when they looked so lovely. The kind that were looked soft and inviting that he would love to just kiss over and over again.

Once you were done tying your hair, Coryo noticed how your already beautiful features stood out even more. His eyes then went down to the mole that rested halfway on the right side of your neck and wondered if he were to kiss that spot, what kind of reaction would you give him?

A particular scent then wafted to his nose as the wind blew once more. It was feminine yet zesty, comforting and making him want to get closer to you to get more of the delicious scent. It then clicked for Coryo why your scent was comforting.

"You smell like roses." Coryo's voice got you to look at him when you barely returned to your notes after tying your hair.

"Oh, you noticed?"

"And something else." His voice was deep and eyes were intent on you. You were starting to feel butterflies again, oh boy. You cleared your throat to avoid sounding like you were nervous.

"Apples."

"Apples?" It came off as question rather than a statement and you chose to elaborate further.

"When my parents moved to District 11, they lived and worked on an apple orchard. I grew up surrounded by apples." This was news to Coryo as you seldom mentioned anything about your father. Rather than being ashamed, Coryo thought you did not want to say anything as it would have triggered deeper emotions within you. Your glassy eyes proved his point.

"My mother has been interested in perfumery lately and she just created this scent. She always liked roses and the apples reminded her of the happier times she had with my father." You were trying to not look at Coryo as you spoke, fearing that you could break down any second. Taking a deep breath to calm yourself, you willed yourself to look at Coryo for a second before looking down at your notes again.

"I sprayed a little after gym class to not smell. Hope you don't mind."

"No not all. My mother loved roses too." Coryo rarely spoke about his any of his parents. You did know both passed on, his father died from a rebel shooting during the war and his mother in childbirth. Hearing him speak about her to you made you feel special.

Throwing a small smile his way, he caught it and returned one in kind. "She has this compact powder that smelt of roses, sometimes I will take it out when I think of her more on a particular day. " You didn't miss the look of nostalgia and longing in Coryo's eyes as he spoke. Reaching over to cover his hands in yours, your thumb brushed against his knuckles in a comforting effort. Coryo moved his fingers over to engulf your hand in his, tightening his grip to show that he did not want to let your hand go anytime soon.

"My grandma'am also likes to grow roses in our home's rooftop garden. She's rather possessive of them but would sometimes give me one for important occasions." He tried to lighten the mood. A sudden idea popped in your head.

"You should come over to my house!" Coryo's eyes widened at your statement as you excitedly continued on.

"My mother has an extensive personal garden and she has grown many types of flowers including roses! I will ask her if I can have some for your grandma'am!"

"No, I couldn't impose-" Coryo started sputtering which was very unlike him, but why wouldn't him be? It felt so intimate having you invite him over to your home. He had never visited any of his classmates' home ever since his family went into poverty.

"No, you're not. What's the point of so many flowers if you do not share it with someone? I will talk to my mother, she will be more than happy to! She's maybe my grandfather's daughter, but she's the furthest thing from him." Coryo grinned at your child-like excitement before nodding.

"If you insist."

"It's a date then!" You said excitedly not knowing the subtle impact of your words on Coryo. A date with you? Coryo felt like his fantasy just came true.

-----------------------------------------------------

So here he was, decked out in his finest clothes to impress. After giving his name to the guards at your front gate, he was let in no more than a minute later. Once he reached the front porch, a handsome ginger haired man who looked around to be in his mid-twenties was waiting for him.

"Greetings, Mr Snow. I am Rowan, a butler to Miss Y/N. As an esteemed guest of Miss Y/N, please allow me to escort you inside." Coryo nodded and muttered a word of thanks before walking through the grand doors that were held opened for him.

The inside of the Carnell estate was truly a sight of marvel, his family penthouse even back in its glory days was nothing in comparison to your family manor.

Greeted by the doubled sided grand stairs at the center, Coryo took the time to drink in the posh interior.

"Coryo, you're here!" His attention was taken by your voice. Coryo looked to see you dressed in mid length flowy dress with a knit sweater. Your hair was different as it was curled in looser waves and it seemed light as it bounced in the air when you made quick steps down the grand stairs.

"Miss Y/N, you know that you're not supposed to run in the manor."

"Please Rowan, grandfather's not here." You rebutted in jest.

"He has eyes and ears everywhere." Rowan reminded you in response. You sidled up closely to your butler and playfully poked him before speaking.

"And I supposed you're one of them? Are you going to tell on me?" Rowan remained unfazed at your childish behaviour although Coryo could tell he was trying to hold in a smile.

Coryo knew you could be playful sometimes but never would he have thought you to behave the same towards your own staff. Afterall, you are the dignified young lady of the house Carnell.

But then again, you were never one for formalities so seeing you acting so casually to your butler was not too surprising either. However, he did not know if he liked that you acting this way to this Rowan.

"I am but a humble servant in service to the honorable Chief Commander Carnell." Rowan placed his right hand over his left chest before offering you a kind smile. You scoffed before turning to Coryo and grabbing his arm. Giving him a wide smile, you were excited at having your best friend over at your home for the first time.

"Come on, let me give you the quickest house tour before we head over to the garden!" Coryo brought a hand to rest on yours and then noticed how Rowan's eyes narrowed in at the physical contact.

'Harboring feelings for your young miss, Rowan?', Coryo's brows raised slightly at this unexpected discovery.

You waved off Rowan who offered to escort the both of you to the garden, reassuring that you knew your way around and wanted him to take a break.

As you started to ramble on about the house tour, Coryo turned back to see Rowan still looking on at the both of you and proceeded to twitch his mouth into a wired smug look.

You can't and never will have her, Rowan.

Once the house tour which was cut short to just the main living areas due to its sheer size (it would have taken half a day to go over the entire estate) was over, you led Coryo to have a meal at the your mother's garden.

You then brought him to where the rose beds laid and to see Coryo's face light up at the sight of the roses made your heart soared. With your mother's permission, you got the gardener to pick some roses and kept them for Coryo's grandma'am later.

Picking up a small budding rose bud that fell from the bunch, you blew off the invisible dust and beckoned Coryo over. Gesturing him to bend closer to your height, you then broke a part of the stem and tucked the flower above his ear and into his golden curls.

Giggling at your work, you brought Coryo over to the fountain nearby and stared at both of your reflection in the water.

"As pure as the driven snow." Crinkling nose at how cringey you came off, you looked down and away from Coryo who was still looking in the water at your shy expression. His hand rested on your shoulder to prevent you from turning away and nudged you to turn towards him.

His fingers then moved to find your chin and tilted it up to have you face him. As light his eyes were, you were able to find yourself in the reflection of those blue orbs.

"Look into my eyes. That is the person who's the real definition of being pure as as the driven snow." His husky voice spoke and your heart trembled at how attractive you found it.

He was very close. You two have never been this close. "Coryo...."

Coryo grinned at seeing how your ears were turning red- a telltale sign of you being embarrassed.

MY little blushing rose.

Your eyes fluttered shut as you held your breath in anticipation of what might happen next. Coryo smiled at your little action and decided that the time was now to make you his. Just one more inch and he will be able to find out if your lips were as lovely as he thought.

"Y/N! My darling, you in here?" An outsider's voice broke the spell between you and Coryo as you took a few steps back. The both of you looked around awkwardly and pretended as if nothing was about to happen just a few seconds prior.

The voice that called for your name spoke again and you realised it was your mother!

"Mother!" You responded to her call as you moved forward. Coryo was disappointed at what transpired but his feeling quickly dissipated and changed to one of nerves when he saw your mother stepped into sight.

Your mother was a gem of a beauty and one might not have believed that she had bore a teenage daughter with her how youthful she looked. She carried herself well just like any elite lady of the Capitol. But what differentiated her was the kind and approachable disposition she also carried, making her even more charming to the heart.

Coryo thought the apple did not fall far from the tree. The only difference that you had from your mother was the energy you gave. If Coryo were to describe you to be warm and bright like sunshine, your mother exuded a calmness like the moonlight.

"There you are, dear. Oh, you must be Y/N's friend." You greeted your mother in a tight hug before letting go.

"I'm Coriolanus Snow. It's nice to meet you , ma'am. Thank you for having me." Coryo saw how your mother looked over his features before forming an affectionate smile.

"You do look alot like your father."

"You knew my father?" His words came out hoarser than he realized.

"Yes, he was once a pupil under my father. I met him and your mother at their engagement party once. She was such a lovely person. It's a shame." She looked at Coryo with sad eyes but they were not pitiful.

"I'm sorry to bring up painful memories, my dear. If there’s anything you ever need, I’m here to help." Your mother reached over to hold both of Coryo's hands. The warmth she radiated was the same as yours, Coryo thought.

"Are the roses enough? Y/N here told me your grandmother grew roses too."

"Yes, more than enough. She would be thrilled." Coryo's answer caused your mother to smile widely, one that mirrored the smile he adored so much.

"That's wonderful. I can't say enough thanks for you taking care of Y/N in school. I was honestly so worried when we moved back to the Capitol and she enrolled in the Academy. It's a rather big adjustment since she lived most her life in an entirely different place. I'm just so glad she has a friend that she can trust."

"I'm very grateful for her too."

"Grateful that I'm keeping you on your toes? You better be prepared for the new school term if you still want to be on top!" You taunted cheekily, trying to cover up how tense you were still feeling from that almost-kiss from earlier.

"Y/N, be nice to Coriolanus here!" Your mother chided you softly. You crinkled your nose in an attempt to be innocent to your mother.

"I am! I always am!" Coryo chortled at your act. "Not when you try to pelt me down with those dodgeballs during gym class just the other week-"

You immediately brought a hand over Coryo's mouth in an attempt to shush him as you didn't want your mother to hear of your 'unlady'-like behaviour in school. Your mother shook her head while giggling at the two of you engaging in a childish fight as Coryo tried prying your hands off and proceeding to aim and tickle for your weak spot.

Coryo just managed to wrap his arms from behind you in a hold to stop you from running away. Your tummy was feeling weak from the laughing so much and Coryo relished in having you snugged in his embrace.

"Miss Esme,” Rowan came in to the garden in hurried steps and greeted your mother first before greeting you. His eyes looked at how Coryo was holding you before meeting the young Snow's with an almost defiant look.

You didn't catch it but was wondering why Coryo was still holding onto you tightly, (not that you didn't like it) but you didn't want to show such intimacy in front of others.

"Master Carnell has returned home." Your eyes furrowed in confusion before speaking, "But he was not to be back until the day after?”

"Apparently, his trip out has been cancelled early due to unforeseen circumstances from the other party." Letting out a deep sigh, you can't believe that your grandfather had returned earlier than expected. You planned for Coryo to come over today, knowing he was making a trip out of the Capitol to provide consultation at the peacekeepers headquarters in district 2.

"Then I guess I have to go, I'm sorry Coryo. I wished you could have stayed longer." You started pouting at the fact that your day with Coryo has to be cut short. Rowan ceared his throat to get your attention.

"Master Carnell is aware that you have a guest and wishes to see all of you in the main foray." Your eyes widened in fear, why would your grandfather want to see Coryo, absolutely not! Who knows what he would say and do to scare Coryo off!

"No no, you do not want to meet him. He's absolutely hor-" Your mother uncharacteristically called your name in an almost shrilling tone.

Pursing your lips tight after your mother's chiding, your eyes wandered to see Coryo biting his lip to hold back his amusement.

"Miss Y/N, we do not want to keep Master Carnell waiting." Letting out a big exhale, you stomped off ahead of the rest to face the music.

-----------------------------------------------------

As Coryo entered the main reception area, he first saw the back of your grandfather which stood tall and imposing in his uniform. Hearing the sound of your footsteps, your grandfather turned around and Coryo was immediately reminded of how he used to look up at his father back then.

Your grandfather nodded to Rowan who made his exit shortly after everyone entered the room.

"Esme, Y/N."

"Father." Your mother's voice was polite and sweet.

"Grandpa." You also tried to your best to sound as cordial as your mother.

"What a nice welcome home indeed." Your grandfather was known to be feared by most that knew him but he always reserved the rare warm side of him for the dearest women in his life- his wife, daughter and granddaughter.

This was shown by the small smile (which already meant a lot) on his face as he looked over both you and your mother. The smile immediately dropped however when his eyes moved over to glance upon the young mister Snow.

"I see you brought a guest."

"This is Coriolanus, my friend from school." Usually you would act more of like a brat in front of your stern but albeit forgiving (only towards you) grandfather but you kept in mind that you wanted him to be nice to Coryo and decided to go against your usual routine.

"Mr Snow is it?" Coryo stood a little taller and puffed his chest slightly more to give off a more confident stance at your grandfather's address. He definitely wanted to make a good impression not because he was the great Chief Commander Carnell of Panem but your grandfather too- if he were to ever want you, this was the man he needed to make an impression on.

"Yes sir."

"I heard many things about you." Your grandfather's tone was steadfast.

"I don't remember sharing about Coryo before." You were puzzled as to your grandfather's words before he looked over to you with an almost mischievous glint in his eyes.

"I have my ways." Your grandfather finally let a wide smile as seeing how your eyes widened in astonishment. You wanted to retort before your grandfather continued.

"I trust Y/N was a good host."

"The best, sir." Coryo answered truthfully.

"Hmm, Y/N- would you give us the room to talk?" Your grandfather tilted his head towards you and you furrowed your brows at his statement.

"Grandpa..." You spoke in a slight warning tone. Your grandfather nonchalant to your expression and instead told you he just wanted to have a short chat with Coryo.

With a reluctant step, you walked over to Coryo to pat his arm gently as a form of support. You nodded to him and he responded in kind to ease you of your worry.

"Grandpa, please be nice. Please." You had a love-hate relationship with your grandfather ever since you returned to live with him. While sometimes you were upset whenever you thought of how he treated your parents in the past and his over-demanding tendencies, the moments of tough love he gave you could not be ignored.

You were the only person that could get away with talking back to him and he was always trying to make up to for not being present ever since you were born. Once your mother and yourself were out of sight, your grandfather swiftly addressed the elephant in the room.

"Mr Snow, what are your intentions with my granddaughter?" Coryo had somewhat expected your grandfather to ask this question but it still unnerved him the same.

"I have no other intentions other than being her friend."

Your grandfather didn't seem to take kindly to the politically correct answer that Coryo gave.

"It's funny how you think you can lie to me. I hope you don't think you can use her to your benefit." Coryo started to panic at how direct your grandfather was being. His words were uncompromising and his tone was resolute.

"Never. I would never do that to her. She's too important to me." Coryo justified himself and your grandfather took a short pause before he continued speaking.

"You father was a great man, one of the finest generals I ever got to work with. Your family name is also not one to look over, the Snow is a prominent name." Dread fell upon Coryo as he was being once reminded of how far his family had fallen from the glory days and for your grandfather, a prominent figure in Panem to point them out only served to increase the heart wrenching feeling he always held in his heart.

"My daughter once fell in love with a talented man with no name. And so it seems my granddaughter seems to like a boy that comes with a great name but yet to prove himself worthy of that name." Hearing Master Carnell bluntly saying you liked him sounded too good to be true but of course, Coryo was in high spirits hearing that. He had to control his excitement before responding.

"I don't think Y/N likes me like that, sir." Your grandfather smiled in amusement as he shook his head.

"I may have only reunited with my granddaughter not long ago but I know her well enough. The fact that she acted so cordial with me in front of you which is really unlike her usual self showed me plenty on how she regards you and how she wanted me to like you." Master Carnell took several steps closer to Coryo and the young Snow swore he had to use every fibre of his being to stop his legs from trembling in an obvious manner as the old gentleman stopped a few feet from him.

Your grandfather's eyes instantaneously switched and sent chills down Coryo's spine.

"Mr Snow, you are not worthy. I will tell you this and foremost. Y/N is my only granddaughter. She might not be my successor but I will not doubt she is able to achieve great things and bring glory to the Carnell name." Seeing how Coryo has paled, your grandfather backed up to take it easy on the young man.

"It's a shame what your family has come to after the first war." Coryo sucked in his breath and let out an exhale to give himself the confidence to speak up after all of your grandfather's contempt.

"I am ambitious Sir. I plan to bring my family name back to its glory days." Coryo's answer caught the attention of your grandfather who turned back to face him.

"Are you?" Your grandfather held Coryo in a death stare to see if he truly meant his words and Coryo did try to his best to unyield to your grandfather's micro-aggression.

"Prove it to me and perhaps I shall consider giving you my blessing to even court my granddaughter." It was then that it dawn upon Coryo that wanting you and having you were two separate things. If he ever wanted to have you, your grandfather would be a big obstacle for him to overcome. And for that to happen, Coryo had to gain more power- far more than he initially dreamed of.

Coryo mustered up all the confidence he had before voicing up.

"I will do my best, sir. For Y/N." Your grandfather just nodded before calling for Rowan. It was then you burst into the room like you were on fire.

"Everything is good? Are you alright?" You immediately went over to Coryo's side and placed a hand on his arm. Coryo felt the intense stare that your grandfather was sending and just nodded curtly to you. He added a reassuring smile which relieved you of your worries.

You looked over to your grandfather and spoke, "Thank you for being nice."

"If I knew you would act so demurely whenever your friend is around, I would have invited him sooner." Your grandfather chuckled before looking over at Coryo once more, "feel free to come over whenever you like, Mr Snow."

"Thank you for the hospitality, sir." Coryo replied before your grandfather took his leave. Once the two of your were left alone, you turned to Coryo with both your hands on either side of his arms.

"He didn't say anything to scare you right?"

"I would be lying if I say he's not intimidating but I can tell he loves you very much." Coryo was heartened to see you care so much for him. You scoffed at what your friend said and replied, "He has an odd way of showing it."

"I would do the same if I had such a beloved granddaughter myself." Your face crinkled at how cheesy Coryo was but you didn't give it too much thought.

"But I think everything seemed to go well, he even said you could come over next time. Thank goodness. You did well." Coryo preened at your praise and you stretched your hand to place it on his head affectionately.

Coryo leaned in and felt his heart fluttering as he watched over you looking at him with such pure fondness. You were the only one who ever watched him with such pure adoring eyes.

I will do whatever it takes to have you, Y/N. Nothing and no one will get in my way.

-----------------------------------------------------

Thank you for the support through the likes and reblogs! ♥️ Do let me know what you think of this chapter in the comment section!

I will open up a tag list for anyone who's interested to follow this series! 😆

#tbosas #coriolanus snow x you #angstsfordays #coriolanus snow x female!reader #coriolanus x reader #coriolanus snow #i will go to you like the first snow #coriolanus snow x reader #coriolanus x you #coriolanus fanfiction #coriolanus x y/n #coriolanus x oc